// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.13;
import { Consideration } from "./lib/Consideration.sol";
/**
 * @title Seaport
 * @custom:version 1.1
 * @author 0age (0age.eth)
 * @custom:coauthor d1ll0n (d1ll0n.eth)
 * @custom:coauthor transmissions11 (t11s.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Kartik (slokh.eth)
 * @custom:contributor LeFevre (lefevre.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Joseph Schiarizzi (CupOJoseph.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Aspyn Palatnick (stuckinaboot.eth)
 * @custom:contributor James Wenzel (emo.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Stephan Min (stephanm.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Ryan Ghods (ralxz.eth)
 * @custom:contributor hack3r-0m (hack3r-0m.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Diego Estevez (antidiego.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Chomtana (chomtana.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Saw-mon and Natalie (sawmonandnatalie.eth)
 * @custom:contributor 0xBeans (0xBeans.eth)
 * @custom:contributor 0x4non (punkdev.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Laurence E. Day (norsefire.eth)
 * @custom:contributor vectorized.eth (vectorized.eth)
 * @custom:contributor karmacoma (karmacoma.eth)
 * @custom:contributor horsefacts (horsefacts.eth)
 * @custom:contributor UncarvedBlock (uncarvedblock.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Zoraiz Mahmood (zorz.eth)
 * @custom:contributor William Poulin (wpoulin.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Rajiv Patel-O'Connor (rajivpoc.eth)
 * @custom:contributor tserg (tserg.eth)
 * @custom:contributor cygaar (cygaar.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Meta0xNull (meta0xnull.eth)
 * @custom:contributor gpersoon (gpersoon.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Matt Solomon (msolomon.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Weikang Song (weikangs.eth)
 * @custom:contributor zer0dot (zer0dot.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Mudit Gupta (mudit.eth)
 * @custom:contributor leonardoalt (leoalt.eth)
 * @custom:contributor cmichel (cmichel.eth)
 * @custom:contributor PraneshASP (pranesh.eth)
 * @custom:contributor JasperAlexander (jasperalexander.eth)
 * @custom:contributor Ellahi (ellahi.eth)
 * @custom:contributor zaz (1zaz1.eth)
 * @custom:contributor berndartmueller (berndartmueller.eth)
 * @custom:contributor dmfxyz (dmfxyz.eth)
 * @custom:contributor daltoncoder (dontkillrobots.eth)
 * @custom:contributor 0xf4ce (0xf4ce.eth)
 * @custom:contributor phaze (phaze.eth)
 * @custom:contributor hrkrshnn (hrkrshnn.eth)
 * @custom:contributor axic (axic.eth)
 * @custom:contributor leastwood (leastwood.eth)
 * @custom:contributor 0xsanson (sanson.eth)
 * @custom:contributor blockdev (blockd3v.eth)
 * @custom:contributor fiveoutofnine (fiveoutofnine.eth)
 * @custom:contributor shuklaayush (shuklaayush.eth)
 * @custom:contributor 0xPatissier
 * @custom:contributor pcaversaccio
 * @custom:contributor David Eiber
 * @custom:contributor csanuragjain
 * @custom:contributor sach1r0
 * @custom:contributor twojoy0
 * @custom:contributor ori_dabush
 * @custom:contributor Daniel Gelfand
 * @custom:contributor okkothejawa
 * @custom:contributor FlameHorizon
 * @custom:contributor vdrg
 * @custom:contributor dmitriia
 * @custom:contributor bokeh-eth
 * @custom:contributor asutorufos
 * @custom:contributor rfart(rfa)
 * @custom:contributor Riley Holterhus
 * @custom:contributor big-tech-sux
 * @notice Seaport is a generalized ETH/ERC20/ERC721/ERC1155 marketplace. It
 *         minimizes external calls to the greatest extent possible and provides
 *         lightweight methods for common routes as well as more flexible
 *         methods for composing advanced orders or groups of orders. Each order
 *         contains an arbitrary number of items that may be spent (the "offer")
 *         along with an arbitrary number of items that must be received back by
 *         the indicated recipients (the "consideration").
 */
contract Seaport is Consideration {
    /**
     * @notice Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *         separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController) Consideration(conduitController) {}
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to retrieve and return the name of this
     *      contract.
     *
     * @return The name of this contract.
     */
    function _name() internal pure override returns (string memory) {
        // Return the name of the contract.
        assembly {
            mstore(0x20, 0x20)
            mstore(0x47, 0x07536561706f7274)
            return(0x20, 0x60)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to retrieve the name of this contract as a
     *      string that will be used to derive the name hash in the constructor.
     *
     * @return The name of this contract as a string.
     */
    function _nameString() internal pure override returns (string memory) {
        // Return the name of the contract.
        return "Seaport";
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
// prettier-ignore
import {
    BasicOrderParameters,
    OrderComponents,
    Fulfillment,
    FulfillmentComponent,
    Execution,
    Order,
    AdvancedOrder,
    OrderStatus,
    CriteriaResolver
} from "../lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
/**
 * @title SeaportInterface
 * @author 0age
 * @custom:version 1.1
 * @notice Seaport is a generalized ETH/ERC20/ERC721/ERC1155 marketplace. It
 *         minimizes external calls to the greatest extent possible and provides
 *         lightweight methods for common routes as well as more flexible
 *         methods for composing advanced orders.
 *
 * @dev SeaportInterface contains all external function interfaces for Seaport.
 */
interface SeaportInterface {
    /**
     * @notice Fulfill an order offering an ERC721 token by supplying Ether (or
     *         the native token for the given chain) as consideration for the
     *         order. An arbitrary number of "additional recipients" may also be
     *         supplied which will each receive native tokens from the fulfiller
     *         as consideration.
     *
     * @param parameters Additional information on the fulfilled order. Note
     *                   that the offerer must first approve this contract (or
     *                   their preferred conduit if indicated by the order) for
     *                   their offered ERC721 token to be transferred.
     *
     * @return fulfilled A boolean indicating whether the order has been
     *                   successfully fulfilled.
     */
    function fulfillBasicOrder(BasicOrderParameters calldata parameters)
        external
        payable
        returns (bool fulfilled);
    /**
     * @notice Fulfill an order with an arbitrary number of items for offer and
     *         consideration. Note that this function does not support
     *         criteria-based orders or partial filling of orders (though
     *         filling the remainder of a partially-filled order is supported).
     *
     * @param order               The order to fulfill. Note that both the
     *                            offerer and the fulfiller must first approve
     *                            this contract (or the corresponding conduit if
     *                            indicated) to transfer any relevant tokens on
     *                            their behalf and that contracts must implement
     *                            `onERC1155Received` to receive ERC1155 tokens
     *                            as consideration.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what conduit, if
     *                            any, to source the fulfiller's token approvals
     *                            from. The zero hash signifies that no conduit
     *                            should be used, with direct approvals set on
     *                            Seaport.
     *
     * @return fulfilled A boolean indicating whether the order has been
     *                   successfully fulfilled.
     */
    function fulfillOrder(Order calldata order, bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey)
        external
        payable
        returns (bool fulfilled);
    /**
     * @notice Fill an order, fully or partially, with an arbitrary number of
     *         items for offer and consideration alongside criteria resolvers
     *         containing specific token identifiers and associated proofs.
     *
     * @param advancedOrder       The order to fulfill along with the fraction
     *                            of the order to attempt to fill. Note that
     *                            both the offerer and the fulfiller must first
     *                            approve this contract (or their preferred
     *                            conduit if indicated by the order) to transfer
     *                            any relevant tokens on their behalf and that
     *                            contracts must implement `onERC1155Received`
     *                            to receive ERC1155 tokens as consideration.
     *                            Also note that all offer and consideration
     *                            components must have no remainder after
     *                            multiplication of the respective amount with
     *                            the supplied fraction for the partial fill to
     *                            be considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers   An array where each element contains a
     *                            reference to a specific offer or
     *                            consideration, a token identifier, and a proof
     *                            that the supplied token identifier is
     *                            contained in the merkle root held by the item
     *                            in question's criteria element. Note that an
     *                            empty criteria indicates that any
     *                            (transferable) token identifier on the token
     *                            in question is valid and that no associated
     *                            proof needs to be supplied.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what conduit, if
     *                            any, to source the fulfiller's token approvals
     *                            from. The zero hash signifies that no conduit
     *                            should be used, with direct approvals set on
     *                            Seaport.
     * @param recipient           The intended recipient for all received items,
     *                            with `address(0)` indicating that the caller
     *                            should receive the items.
     *
     * @return fulfilled A boolean indicating whether the order has been
     *                   successfully fulfilled.
     */
    function fulfillAdvancedOrder(
        AdvancedOrder calldata advancedOrder,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient
    ) external payable returns (bool fulfilled);
    /**
     * @notice Attempt to fill a group of orders, each with an arbitrary number
     *         of items for offer and consideration. Any order that is not
     *         currently active, has already been fully filled, or has been
     *         cancelled will be omitted. Remaining offer and consideration
     *         items will then be aggregated where possible as indicated by the
     *         supplied offer and consideration component arrays and aggregated
     *         items will be transferred to the fulfiller or to each intended
     *         recipient, respectively. Note that a failing item transfer or an
     *         issue with order formatting will cause the entire batch to fail.
     *         Note that this function does not support criteria-based orders or
     *         partial filling of orders (though filling the remainder of a
     *         partially-filled order is supported).
     *
     * @param orders                    The orders to fulfill. Note that both
     *                                  the offerer and the fulfiller must first
     *                                  approve this contract (or the
     *                                  corresponding conduit if indicated) to
     *                                  transfer any relevant tokens on their
     *                                  behalf and that contracts must implement
     *                                  `onERC1155Received` to receive ERC1155
     *                                  tokens as consideration.
     * @param offerFulfillments         An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which offer items to attempt
     *                                  to aggregate when preparing executions.
     * @param considerationFulfillments An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which consideration items to
     *                                  attempt to aggregate when preparing
     *                                  executions.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey       A bytes32 value indicating what conduit,
     *                                  if any, to source the fulfiller's token
     *                                  approvals from. The zero hash signifies
     *                                  that no conduit should be used, with
     *                                  direct approvals set on this contract.
     * @param maximumFulfilled          The maximum number of orders to fulfill.
     *
     * @return availableOrders An array of booleans indicating if each order
     *                         with an index corresponding to the index of the
     *                         returned boolean was fulfillable or not.
     * @return executions      An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                         transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                         orders.
     */
    function fulfillAvailableOrders(
        Order[] calldata orders,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata offerFulfillments,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata considerationFulfillments,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        uint256 maximumFulfilled
    )
        external
        payable
        returns (bool[] memory availableOrders, Execution[] memory executions);
    /**
     * @notice Attempt to fill a group of orders, fully or partially, with an
     *         arbitrary number of items for offer and consideration per order
     *         alongside criteria resolvers containing specific token
     *         identifiers and associated proofs. Any order that is not
     *         currently active, has already been fully filled, or has been
     *         cancelled will be omitted. Remaining offer and consideration
     *         items will then be aggregated where possible as indicated by the
     *         supplied offer and consideration component arrays and aggregated
     *         items will be transferred to the fulfiller or to each intended
     *         recipient, respectively. Note that a failing item transfer or an
     *         issue with order formatting will cause the entire batch to fail.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders            The orders to fulfill along with the
     *                                  fraction of those orders to attempt to
     *                                  fill. Note that both the offerer and the
     *                                  fulfiller must first approve this
     *                                  contract (or their preferred conduit if
     *                                  indicated by the order) to transfer any
     *                                  relevant tokens on their behalf and that
     *                                  contracts must implement
     *                                  `onERC1155Received` to enable receipt of
     *                                  ERC1155 tokens as consideration. Also
     *                                  note that all offer and consideration
     *                                  components must have no remainder after
     *                                  multiplication of the respective amount
     *                                  with the supplied fraction for an
     *                                  order's partial fill amount to be
     *                                  considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers         An array where each element contains a
     *                                  reference to a specific offer or
     *                                  consideration, a token identifier, and a
     *                                  proof that the supplied token identifier
     *                                  is contained in the merkle root held by
     *                                  the item in question's criteria element.
     *                                  Note that an empty criteria indicates
     *                                  that any (transferable) token
     *                                  identifier on the token in question is
     *                                  valid and that no associated proof needs
     *                                  to be supplied.
     * @param offerFulfillments         An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which offer items to attempt
     *                                  to aggregate when preparing executions.
     * @param considerationFulfillments An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which consideration items to
     *                                  attempt to aggregate when preparing
     *                                  executions.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey       A bytes32 value indicating what conduit,
     *                                  if any, to source the fulfiller's token
     *                                  approvals from. The zero hash signifies
     *                                  that no conduit should be used, with
     *                                  direct approvals set on this contract.
     * @param recipient                 The intended recipient for all received
     *                                  items, with `address(0)` indicating that
     *                                  the caller should receive the items.
     * @param maximumFulfilled          The maximum number of orders to fulfill.
     *
     * @return availableOrders An array of booleans indicating if each order
     *                         with an index corresponding to the index of the
     *                         returned boolean was fulfillable or not.
     * @return executions      An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                         transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                         orders.
     */
    function fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders(
        AdvancedOrder[] calldata advancedOrders,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata offerFulfillments,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata considerationFulfillments,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient,
        uint256 maximumFulfilled
    )
        external
        payable
        returns (bool[] memory availableOrders, Execution[] memory executions);
    /**
     * @notice Match an arbitrary number of orders, each with an arbitrary
     *         number of items for offer and consideration along with as set of
     *         fulfillments allocating offer components to consideration
     *         components. Note that this function does not support
     *         criteria-based or partial filling of orders (though filling the
     *         remainder of a partially-filled order is supported).
     *
     * @param orders       The orders to match. Note that both the offerer and
     *                     fulfiller on each order must first approve this
     *                     contract (or their conduit if indicated by the order)
     *                     to transfer any relevant tokens on their behalf and
     *                     each consideration recipient must implement
     *                     `onERC1155Received` to enable ERC1155 token receipt.
     * @param fulfillments An array of elements allocating offer components to
     *                     consideration components. Note that each
     *                     consideration component must be fully met for the
     *                     match operation to be valid.
     *
     * @return executions An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                    transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                    orders.
     */
    function matchOrders(
        Order[] calldata orders,
        Fulfillment[] calldata fulfillments
    ) external payable returns (Execution[] memory executions);
    /**
     * @notice Match an arbitrary number of full or partial orders, each with an
     *         arbitrary number of items for offer and consideration, supplying
     *         criteria resolvers containing specific token identifiers and
     *         associated proofs as well as fulfillments allocating offer
     *         components to consideration components.
     *
     * @param orders            The advanced orders to match. Note that both the
     *                          offerer and fulfiller on each order must first
     *                          approve this contract (or a preferred conduit if
     *                          indicated by the order) to transfer any relevant
     *                          tokens on their behalf and each consideration
     *                          recipient must implement `onERC1155Received` in
     *                          order to receive ERC1155 tokens. Also note that
     *                          the offer and consideration components for each
     *                          order must have no remainder after multiplying
     *                          the respective amount with the supplied fraction
     *                          in order for the group of partial fills to be
     *                          considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers An array where each element contains a reference
     *                          to a specific order as well as that order's
     *                          offer or consideration, a token identifier, and
     *                          a proof that the supplied token identifier is
     *                          contained in the order's merkle root. Note that
     *                          an empty root indicates that any (transferable)
     *                          token identifier is valid and that no associated
     *                          proof needs to be supplied.
     * @param fulfillments      An array of elements allocating offer components
     *                          to consideration components. Note that each
     *                          consideration component must be fully met in
     *                          order for the match operation to be valid.
     *
     * @return executions An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                    transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                    orders.
     */
    function matchAdvancedOrders(
        AdvancedOrder[] calldata orders,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers,
        Fulfillment[] calldata fulfillments
    ) external payable returns (Execution[] memory executions);
    /**
     * @notice Cancel an arbitrary number of orders. Note that only the offerer
     *         or the zone of a given order may cancel it. Callers should ensure
     *         that the intended order was cancelled by calling `getOrderStatus`
     *         and confirming that `isCancelled` returns `true`.
     *
     * @param orders The orders to cancel.
     *
     * @return cancelled A boolean indicating whether the supplied orders have
     *                   been successfully cancelled.
     */
    function cancel(OrderComponents[] calldata orders)
        external
        returns (bool cancelled);
    /**
     * @notice Validate an arbitrary number of orders, thereby registering their
     *         signatures as valid and allowing the fulfiller to skip signature
     *         verification on fulfillment. Note that validated orders may still
     *         be unfulfillable due to invalid item amounts or other factors;
     *         callers should determine whether validated orders are fulfillable
     *         by simulating the fulfillment call prior to execution. Also note
     *         that anyone can validate a signed order, but only the offerer can
     *         validate an order without supplying a signature.
     *
     * @param orders The orders to validate.
     *
     * @return validated A boolean indicating whether the supplied orders have
     *                   been successfully validated.
     */
    function validate(Order[] calldata orders)
        external
        returns (bool validated);
    /**
     * @notice Cancel all orders from a given offerer with a given zone in bulk
     *         by incrementing a counter. Note that only the offerer may
     *         increment the counter.
     *
     * @return newCounter The new counter.
     */
    function incrementCounter() external returns (uint256 newCounter);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the order hash for a given order.
     *
     * @param order The components of the order.
     *
     * @return orderHash The order hash.
     */
    function getOrderHash(OrderComponents calldata order)
        external
        view
        returns (bytes32 orderHash);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the status of a given order by hash, including whether
     *         the order has been cancelled or validated and the fraction of the
     *         order that has been filled.
     *
     * @param orderHash The order hash in question.
     *
     * @return isValidated A boolean indicating whether the order in question
     *                     has been validated (i.e. previously approved or
     *                     partially filled).
     * @return isCancelled A boolean indicating whether the order in question
     *                     has been cancelled.
     * @return totalFilled The total portion of the order that has been filled
     *                     (i.e. the "numerator").
     * @return totalSize   The total size of the order that is either filled or
     *                     unfilled (i.e. the "denominator").
     */
    function getOrderStatus(bytes32 orderHash)
        external
        view
        returns (
            bool isValidated,
            bool isCancelled,
            uint256 totalFilled,
            uint256 totalSize
        );
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the current counter for a given offerer.
     *
     * @param offerer The offerer in question.
     *
     * @return counter The current counter.
     */
    function getCounter(address offerer)
        external
        view
        returns (uint256 counter);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve configuration information for this contract.
     *
     * @return version           The contract version.
     * @return domainSeparator   The domain separator for this contract.
     * @return conduitController The conduit Controller set for this contract.
     */
    function information()
        external
        view
        returns (
            string memory version,
            bytes32 domainSeparator,
            address conduitController
        );
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the name of this contract.
     *
     * @return contractName The name of this contract.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory contractName);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
import "./TransferHelperStructs.sol";
import { TokenTransferrer } from "../lib/TokenTransferrer.sol";
import { ConduitInterface } from "../interfaces/ConduitInterface.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
    ConduitControllerInterface
} from "../interfaces/ConduitControllerInterface.sol";
import { Conduit } from "../conduit/Conduit.sol";
import { ConduitTransfer } from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
    TransferHelperInterface
} from "../interfaces/TransferHelperInterface.sol";
/**
 * @title TransferHelper
 * @author stuckinaboot, stephankmin
 * @notice TransferHelper is a utility contract for transferring
 *         ERC20/ERC721/ERC1155 items in bulk to a specific recipient.
 */
contract TransferHelper is TransferHelperInterface, TokenTransferrer {
    // Allow for interaction with the conduit controller.
    ConduitControllerInterface internal immutable _CONDUIT_CONTROLLER;
    // Cache the conduit creation hash used by the conduit controller.
    bytes32 internal immutable _CONDUIT_CREATION_CODE_HASH;
    /**
     * @dev Set the supplied conduit controller and retrieve its
     *      conduit creation code hash.
     *
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController) {
        // Get the conduit creation code hash from the supplied conduit
        // controller and set it as an immutable.
        ConduitControllerInterface controller = ConduitControllerInterface(
            conduitController
        );
        (_CONDUIT_CREATION_CODE_HASH, ) = controller.getConduitCodeHashes();
        // Set the supplied conduit controller as an immutable.
        _CONDUIT_CONTROLLER = controller;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Transfer multiple items to a single recipient.
     *
     * @param items      The items to transfer.
     * @param recipient  The address the items should be transferred to.
     * @param conduitKey The key of the conduit through which the bulk transfer
     *                   should occur.
     *
     * @return magicValue A value indicating that the transfers were successful.
     */
    function bulkTransfer(
        TransferHelperItem[] calldata items,
        address recipient,
        bytes32 conduitKey
    ) external override returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
        // Retrieve total number of transfers and place on stack.
        uint256 totalTransfers = items.length;
        // If no conduitKey is given, use TokenTransferrer to perform transfers.
        if (conduitKey == bytes32(0)) {
            // Skip overflow checks: all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
            unchecked {
                // Iterate over each transfer.
                for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalTransfers; ++i) {
                    // Retrieve the transfer in question.
                    TransferHelperItem calldata item = items[i];
                    // Perform a transfer based on the transfer's item type.
                    // Revert if item being transferred is a native token.
                    if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.NATIVE) {
                        revert InvalidItemType();
                    } else if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC20) {
                        _performERC20Transfer(
                            item.token,
                            msg.sender,
                            recipient,
                            item.amount
                        );
                    } else if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC721) {
                        _performERC721Transfer(
                            item.token,
                            msg.sender,
                            recipient,
                            item.identifier
                        );
                    } else {
                        _performERC1155Transfer(
                            item.token,
                            msg.sender,
                            recipient,
                            item.identifier,
                            item.amount
                        );
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        // Otherwise, a conduitKey was provided.
        else {
            // Derive the conduit address from the deployer, conduit key
            // and creation code hash.
            address conduit = address(
                uint160(
                    uint256(
                        keccak256(
                            abi.encodePacked(
                                bytes1(0xff),
                                address(_CONDUIT_CONTROLLER),
                                conduitKey,
                                _CONDUIT_CREATION_CODE_HASH
                            )
                        )
                    )
                )
            );
            // Declare a new array to populate with each token transfer.
            ConduitTransfer[] memory conduitTransfers = new ConduitTransfer[](
                totalTransfers
            );
            // Skip overflow checks: all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
            unchecked {
                // Iterate over each transfer.
                for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalTransfers; ++i) {
                    // Retrieve the transfer in question.
                    TransferHelperItem calldata item = items[i];
                    // Create a ConduitTransfer corresponding to each
                    // TransferHelperItem.
                    conduitTransfers[i] = ConduitTransfer(
                        item.itemType,
                        item.token,
                        msg.sender,
                        recipient,
                        item.identifier,
                        item.amount
                    );
                }
            }
            // Call the conduit and execute bulk transfers.
            ConduitInterface(conduit).execute(conduitTransfers);
        }
        // Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
        magicValue = this.bulkTransfer.selector;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
import { ConduitItemType } from "../conduit/lib/ConduitEnums.sol";
struct TransferHelperItem {
    ConduitItemType itemType;
    address token;
    uint256 identifier;
    uint256 amount;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
import "./TokenTransferrerConstants.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
    TokenTransferrerErrors
} from "../interfaces/TokenTransferrerErrors.sol";
import { ConduitBatch1155Transfer } from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
/**
 * @title TokenTransferrer
 * @author 0age
 * @custom:coauthor d1ll0n
 * @custom:coauthor transmissions11
 * @notice TokenTransferrer is a library for performing optimized ERC20, ERC721,
 *         ERC1155, and batch ERC1155 transfers, used by both Seaport as well as
 *         by conduits deployed by the ConduitController. Use great caution when
 *         considering these functions for use in other codebases, as there are
 *         significant side effects and edge cases that need to be thoroughly
 *         understood and carefully addressed.
 */
contract TokenTransferrer is TokenTransferrerErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC20 tokens from a given originator
     *      to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on the
     *      contract performing the transfer.
     *
     * @param token      The ERC20 token to transfer.
     * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount to transfer.
     */
    function _performERC20Transfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC20 token transfer.
        assembly {
            // The free memory pointer memory slot will be used when populating
            // call data for the transfer; read the value and restore it later.
            let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            // Write call data into memory, starting with function selector.
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr, ERC20_transferFrom_signature)
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr, from)
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr, to)
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr, amount)
            // Make call & copy up to 32 bytes of return data to scratch space.
            // Scratch space does not need to be cleared ahead of time, as the
            // subsequent check will ensure that either at least a full word of
            // return data is received (in which case it will be overwritten) or
            // that no data is received (in which case scratch space will be
            // ignored) on a successful call to the given token.
            let callStatus := call(
                gas(),
                token,
                0,
                ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC20_transferFrom_length,
                0,
                OneWord
            )
            // Determine whether transfer was successful using status & result.
            let success := and(
                // Set success to whether the call reverted, if not check it
                // either returned exactly 1 (can't just be non-zero data), or
                // had no return data.
                or(
                    and(eq(mload(0), 1), gt(returndatasize(), 31)),
                    iszero(returndatasize())
                ),
                callStatus
            )
            // Handle cases where either the transfer failed or no data was
            // returned. Group these, as most transfers will succeed with data.
            // Equivalent to `or(iszero(success), iszero(returndatasize()))`
            // but after it's inverted for JUMPI this expression is cheaper.
            if iszero(and(success, iszero(iszero(returndatasize())))) {
                // If the token has no code or the transfer failed: Equivalent
                // to `or(iszero(success), iszero(extcodesize(token)))` but
                // after it's inverted for JUMPI this expression is cheaper.
                if iszero(and(iszero(iszero(extcodesize(token))), success)) {
                    // If the transfer failed:
                    if iszero(success) {
                        // If it was due to a revert:
                        if iszero(callStatus) {
                            // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as
                            // sufficient gas remains to do so:
                            if returndatasize() {
                                // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to
                                // copy returndata while expanding memory where
                                // necessary. Start by computing the word size
                                // of returndata and allocated memory. Round up
                                // to the nearest full word.
                                let returnDataWords := div(
                                    add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                                    OneWord
                                )
                                // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of
                                // msize() to work around a Yul warning that
                                // prevents accessing msize directly when the IR
                                // pipeline is activated.
                                let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
                                // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                                let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                                // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                                if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                                    cost := add(
                                        cost,
                                        add(
                                            mul(
                                                sub(
                                                    returnDataWords,
                                                    msizeWords
                                                ),
                                                CostPerWord
                                            ),
                                            div(
                                                sub(
                                                    mul(
                                                        returnDataWords,
                                                        returnDataWords
                                                    ),
                                                    mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                                ),
                                                MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                            )
                                        )
                                    )
                                }
                                // Finally, add a small constant and compare to
                                // gas remaining; bubble up the revert data if
                                // enough gas is still available.
                                if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                                    // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite
                                    // existing memory.
                                    returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                                    // Revert, specifying memory region with
                                    // copied returndata.
                                    revert(0, returndatasize())
                                }
                            }
                            // Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                            )
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr,
                                token
                            )
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr,
                                from
                            )
                            mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                            mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, 0)
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr,
                                amount
                            )
                            revert(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                            )
                        }
                        // Otherwise revert with a message about the token
                        // returning false or non-compliant return values.
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr,
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_signature
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr,
                            token
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr,
                            from
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr,
                            to
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr,
                            amount
                        )
                        revert(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr,
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length
                        )
                    }
                    // Otherwise, revert with error about token not having code:
                    mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                    mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                    revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
                }
                // Otherwise, the token just returned no data despite the call
                // having succeeded; no need to optimize for this as it's not
                // technically ERC20 compliant.
            }
            // Restore the original free memory pointer.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
            // Restore the zero slot to zero.
            mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer an ERC721 token from a given
     *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
     *      the contract performing the transfer. Note that this function does
     *      not check whether the receiver can accept the ERC721 token (i.e. it
     *      does not use `safeTransferFrom`).
     *
     * @param token      The ERC721 token to transfer.
     * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param identifier The tokenId to transfer.
     */
    function _performERC721Transfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC721 token transfer.
        assembly {
            // If the token has no code, revert.
            if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
            }
            // The free memory pointer memory slot will be used when populating
            // call data for the transfer; read the value and restore it later.
            let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            // Write call data to memory starting with function selector.
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr, ERC721_transferFrom_signature)
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr, from)
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr, to)
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr, identifier)
            // Perform the call, ignoring return data.
            let success := call(
                gas(),
                token,
                0,
                ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC721_transferFrom_length,
                0,
                0
            )
            // If the transfer reverted:
            if iszero(success) {
                // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient
                // gas remains to do so:
                if returndatasize() {
                    // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                    // returndata while expanding memory where necessary. Start
                    // by computing word size of returndata & allocated memory.
                    // Round up to the nearest full word.
                    let returnDataWords := div(
                        add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                        OneWord
                    )
                    // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to
                    // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize
                    // directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                    let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
                    // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                    let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                    // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                    if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                        cost := add(
                            cost,
                            add(
                                mul(
                                    sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                    CostPerWord
                                ),
                                div(
                                    sub(
                                        mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
                                        mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                    ),
                                    MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                )
                            )
                        )
                    }
                    // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                    // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                    // still available.
                    if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                        // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
                        returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                        // Revert, giving memory region with copied returndata.
                        revert(0, returndatasize())
                    }
                }
                // Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
                mstore(
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                )
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr, token)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr, from)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, identifier)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr, 1)
                revert(
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                )
            }
            // Restore the original free memory pointer.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
            // Restore the zero slot to zero.
            mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given
     *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
     *      the contract performing the transfer and contract recipients must
     *      implement the ERC1155TokenReceiver interface to indicate that they
     *      are willing to accept the transfer.
     *
     * @param token      The ERC1155 token to transfer.
     * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param identifier The id to transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount to transfer.
     */
    function _performERC1155Transfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC1155 token transfer.
        assembly {
            // If the token has no code, revert.
            if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
            }
            // The following memory slots will be used when populating call data
            // for the transfer; read the values and restore them later.
            let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            let slot0x80 := mload(Slot0x80)
            let slot0xA0 := mload(Slot0xA0)
            let slot0xC0 := mload(Slot0xC0)
            // Write call data into memory, beginning with function selector.
            mstore(
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature
            )
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr, from)
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr, to)
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr, identifier)
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr, amount)
            mstore(
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset
            )
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr, 0)
            // Perform the call, ignoring return data.
            let success := call(
                gas(),
                token,
                0,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length,
                0,
                0
            )
            // If the transfer reverted:
            if iszero(success) {
                // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient
                // gas remains to do so:
                if returndatasize() {
                    // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                    // returndata while expanding memory where necessary. Start
                    // by computing word size of returndata & allocated memory.
                    // Round up to the nearest full word.
                    let returnDataWords := div(
                        add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                        OneWord
                    )
                    // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to
                    // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize
                    // directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                    let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
                    // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                    let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                    // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                    if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                        cost := add(
                            cost,
                            add(
                                mul(
                                    sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                    CostPerWord
                                ),
                                div(
                                    sub(
                                        mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
                                        mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                    ),
                                    MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                )
                            )
                        )
                    }
                    // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                    // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                    // still available.
                    if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                        // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
                        returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                        // Revert, giving memory region with copied returndata.
                        revert(0, returndatasize())
                    }
                }
                // Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
                mstore(
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                )
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr, token)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr, from)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, identifier)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr, amount)
                revert(
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                )
            }
            mstore(Slot0x80, slot0x80) // Restore slot 0x80.
            mstore(Slot0xA0, slot0xA0) // Restore slot 0xA0.
            mstore(Slot0xC0, slot0xC0) // Restore slot 0xC0.
            // Restore the original free memory pointer.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
            // Restore the zero slot to zero.
            mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given
     *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
     *      the contract performing the transfer and contract recipients must
     *      implement the ERC1155TokenReceiver interface to indicate that they
     *      are willing to accept the transfer. NOTE: this function is not
     *      memory-safe; it will overwrite existing memory, restore the free
     *      memory pointer to the default value, and overwrite the zero slot.
     *      This function should only be called once memory is no longer
     *      required and when uninitialized arrays are not utilized, and memory
     *      should be considered fully corrupted (aside from the existence of a
     *      default-value free memory pointer) after calling this function.
     *
     * @param batchTransfers The group of 1155 batch transfers to perform.
     */
    function _performERC1155BatchTransfers(
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform optimized batch 1155 transfers.
        assembly {
            let len := batchTransfers.length
            // Pointer to first head in the array, which is offset to the struct
            // at each index. This gets incremented after each loop to avoid
            // multiplying by 32 to get the offset for each element.
            let nextElementHeadPtr := batchTransfers.offset
            // Pointer to beginning of the head of the array. This is the
            // reference position each offset references. It's held static to
            // let each loop calculate the data position for an element.
            let arrayHeadPtr := nextElementHeadPtr
            // Write the function selector, which will be reused for each call:
            // safeBatchTransferFrom(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)
            mstore(
                ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset,
                ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature
            )
            // Iterate over each batch transfer.
            for {
                let i := 0
            } lt(i, len) {
                i := add(i, 1)
            } {
                // Read the offset to the beginning of the element and add
                // it to pointer to the beginning of the array head to get
                // the absolute position of the element in calldata.
                let elementPtr := add(
                    arrayHeadPtr,
                    calldataload(nextElementHeadPtr)
                )
                // Retrieve the token from calldata.
                let token := calldataload(elementPtr)
                // If the token has no code, revert.
                if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                    mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                    mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                    revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
                }
                // Get the total number of supplied ids.
                let idsLength := calldataload(
                    add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset)
                )
                // Determine the expected offset for the amounts array.
                let expectedAmountsOffset := add(
                    ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset,
                    mul(idsLength, OneWord)
                )
                // Validate struct encoding.
                let invalidEncoding := iszero(
                    and(
                        // ids.length == amounts.length
                        eq(
                            idsLength,
                            calldataload(add(elementPtr, expectedAmountsOffset))
                        ),
                        and(
                            // ids_offset == 0xa0
                            eq(
                                calldataload(
                                    add(
                                        elementPtr,
                                        ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset
                                    )
                                ),
                                ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset
                            ),
                            // amounts_offset == 0xc0 + ids.length*32
                            eq(
                                calldataload(
                                    add(
                                        elementPtr,
                                        ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset
                                    )
                                ),
                                expectedAmountsOffset
                            )
                        )
                    )
                )
                // Revert with an error if the encoding is not valid.
                if invalidEncoding {
                    mstore(
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector
                    )
                    revert(
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length
                    )
                }
                // Update the offset position for the next loop
                nextElementHeadPtr := add(nextElementHeadPtr, OneWord)
                // Copy the first section of calldata (before dynamic values).
                calldatacopy(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr,
                    add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset),
                    ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size
                )
                // Determine size of calldata required for ids and amounts. Note
                // that the size includes both lengths as well as the data.
                let idsAndAmountsSize := add(TwoWords, mul(idsLength, TwoWords))
                // Update the offset for the data array in memory.
                mstore(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr,
                    add(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset,
                        idsAndAmountsSize
                    )
                )
                // Set the length of the data array in memory to zero.
                mstore(
                    add(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr,
                        idsAndAmountsSize
                    ),
                    0
                )
                // Determine the total calldata size for the call to transfer.
                let transferDataSize := add(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize,
                    idsAndAmountsSize
                )
                // Copy second section of calldata (including dynamic values).
                calldatacopy(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr,
                    add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset),
                    idsAndAmountsSize
                )
                // Perform the call to transfer 1155 tokens.
                let success := call(
                    gas(),
                    token,
                    0,
                    ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset, // Data portion start.
                    transferDataSize, // Location of the length of callData.
                    0,
                    0
                )
                // If the transfer reverted:
                if iszero(success) {
                    // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as
                    // sufficient gas remains to do so:
                    if returndatasize() {
                        // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                        // returndata while expanding memory where necessary.
                        // Start by computing word size of returndata and
                        // allocated memory. Round up to the nearest full word.
                        let returnDataWords := div(
                            add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                            OneWord
                        )
                        // Note: use transferDataSize in place of msize() to
                        // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing
                        // msize directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                        // The free memory pointer is not used here because
                        // this function does almost all memory management
                        // manually and does not update it, and transferDataSize
                        // should be the largest memory value used (unless a
                        // previous batch was larger).
                        let msizeWords := div(transferDataSize, OneWord)
                        // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                        let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                        // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                        if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                            cost := add(
                                cost,
                                add(
                                    mul(
                                        sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                        CostPerWord
                                    ),
                                    div(
                                        sub(
                                            mul(
                                                returnDataWords,
                                                returnDataWords
                                            ),
                                            mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                        ),
                                        MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                    )
                                )
                            )
                        }
                        // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                        // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                        // still available.
                        if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                            // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing.
                            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                            // Revert with memory region containing returndata.
                            revert(0, returndatasize())
                        }
                    }
                    // Set the error signature.
                    mstore(
                        0,
                        ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                    )
                    // Write the token.
                    mstore(ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr, token)
                    // Increase the offset to ids by 32.
                    mstore(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr,
                        ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset
                    )
                    // Increase the offset to amounts by 32.
                    mstore(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr,
                        add(
                            OneWord,
                            mload(BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr)
                        )
                    )
                    // Return modified region. The total size stays the same as
                    // `token` uses the same number of bytes as `data.length`.
                    revert(0, transferDataSize)
                }
            }
            // Reset the free memory pointer to the default value; memory must
            // be assumed to be dirtied and not reused from this point forward.
            // Also note that the zero slot is not reset to zero, meaning empty
            // arrays cannot be safely created or utilized until it is restored.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, DefaultFreeMemoryPointer)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
// prettier-ignore
import {
    ConduitTransfer,
    ConduitBatch1155Transfer
} from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
/**
 * @title ConduitInterface
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ConduitInterface contains all external function interfaces, events,
 *         and errors for conduit contracts.
 */
interface ConduitInterface {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute transfers using a
     *      caller that does not have an open channel.
     */
    error ChannelClosed(address channel);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update a channel to the
     *      current status of that channel.
     */
    error ChannelStatusAlreadySet(address channel, bool isOpen);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute a transfer for an
     *      item that does not have an ERC20/721/1155 item type.
     */
    error InvalidItemType();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update the status of a
     *      channel from a caller that is not the conduit controller.
     */
    error InvalidController();
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever a channel is opened or closed.
     *
     * @param channel The channel that has been updated.
     * @param open    A boolean indicating whether the conduit is open or not.
     */
    event ChannelUpdated(address indexed channel, bool open);
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of ERC20/721/1155 transfers. Only a caller
     *         with an open channel can call this function.
     *
     * @param transfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function execute(ConduitTransfer[] calldata transfers)
        external
        returns (bytes4 magicValue);
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of batch 1155 transfers. Only a caller with an
     *         open channel can call this function.
     *
     * @param batch1155Transfers The 1155 batch transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function executeBatch1155(
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batch1155Transfers
    ) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of transfers, both single and batch 1155. Only
     *         a caller with an open channel can call this function.
     *
     * @param standardTransfers  The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
     * @param batch1155Transfers The 1155 batch transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function executeWithBatch1155(
        ConduitTransfer[] calldata standardTransfers,
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batch1155Transfers
    ) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);
    /**
     * @notice Open or close a given channel. Only callable by the controller.
     *
     * @param channel The channel to open or close.
     * @param isOpen  The status of the channel (either open or closed).
     */
    function updateChannel(address channel, bool isOpen) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
/**
 * @title ConduitControllerInterface
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ConduitControllerInterface contains all external function interfaces,
 *         structs, events, and errors for the conduit controller.
 */
interface ConduitControllerInterface {
    /**
     * @dev Track the conduit key, current owner, new potential owner, and open
     *      channels for each deployed conduit.
     */
    struct ConduitProperties {
        bytes32 key;
        address owner;
        address potentialOwner;
        address[] channels;
        mapping(address => uint256) channelIndexesPlusOne;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever a new conduit is created.
     *
     * @param conduit    The newly created conduit.
     * @param conduitKey The conduit key used to create the new conduit.
     */
    event NewConduit(address conduit, bytes32 conduitKey);
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever conduit ownership is transferred.
     *
     * @param conduit       The conduit for which ownership has been
     *                      transferred.
     * @param previousOwner The previous owner of the conduit.
     * @param newOwner      The new owner of the conduit.
     */
    event OwnershipTransferred(
        address indexed conduit,
        address indexed previousOwner,
        address indexed newOwner
    );
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever a conduit owner registers a new potential
     *      owner for that conduit.
     *
     * @param newPotentialOwner The new potential owner of the conduit.
     */
    event PotentialOwnerUpdated(address indexed newPotentialOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to create a new conduit using a
     *      conduit key where the first twenty bytes of the key do not match the
     *      address of the caller.
     */
    error InvalidCreator();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to create a new conduit when no
     *      initial owner address is supplied.
     */
    error InvalidInitialOwner();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to set a new potential owner
     *      that is already set.
     */
    error NewPotentialOwnerAlreadySet(
        address conduit,
        address newPotentialOwner
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to cancel ownership transfer
     *      when no new potential owner is currently set.
     */
    error NoPotentialOwnerCurrentlySet(address conduit);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to interact with a conduit that
     *      does not yet exist.
     */
    error NoConduit();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to create a conduit that
     *      already exists.
     */
    error ConduitAlreadyExists(address conduit);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update channels or transfer
     *      ownership of a conduit when the caller is not the owner of the
     *      conduit in question.
     */
    error CallerIsNotOwner(address conduit);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to register a new potential
     *      owner and supplying the null address.
     */
    error NewPotentialOwnerIsZeroAddress(address conduit);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to claim ownership of a conduit
     *      with a caller that is not the current potential owner for the
     *      conduit in question.
     */
    error CallerIsNotNewPotentialOwner(address conduit);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to retrieve a channel using an
     *      index that is out of range.
     */
    error ChannelOutOfRange(address conduit);
    /**
     * @notice Deploy a new conduit using a supplied conduit key and assigning
     *         an initial owner for the deployed conduit. Note that the first
     *         twenty bytes of the supplied conduit key must match the caller
     *         and that a new conduit cannot be created if one has already been
     *         deployed using the same conduit key.
     *
     * @param conduitKey   The conduit key used to deploy the conduit. Note that
     *                     the first twenty bytes of the conduit key must match
     *                     the caller of this contract.
     * @param initialOwner The initial owner to set for the new conduit.
     *
     * @return conduit The address of the newly deployed conduit.
     */
    function createConduit(bytes32 conduitKey, address initialOwner)
        external
        returns (address conduit);
    /**
     * @notice Open or close a channel on a given conduit, thereby allowing the
     *         specified account to execute transfers against that conduit.
     *         Extreme care must be taken when updating channels, as malicious
     *         or vulnerable channels can transfer any ERC20, ERC721 and ERC1155
     *         tokens where the token holder has granted the conduit approval.
     *         Only the owner of the conduit in question may call this function.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to open or close the channel.
     * @param channel The channel to open or close on the conduit.
     * @param isOpen  A boolean indicating whether to open or close the channel.
     */
    function updateChannel(
        address conduit,
        address channel,
        bool isOpen
    ) external;
    /**
     * @notice Initiate conduit ownership transfer by assigning a new potential
     *         owner for the given conduit. Once set, the new potential owner
     *         may call `acceptOwnership` to claim ownership of the conduit.
     *         Only the owner of the conduit in question may call this function.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to initiate ownership transfer.
     * @param newPotentialOwner The new potential owner of the conduit.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address conduit, address newPotentialOwner)
        external;
    /**
     * @notice Clear the currently set potential owner, if any, from a conduit.
     *         Only the owner of the conduit in question may call this function.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to cancel ownership transfer.
     */
    function cancelOwnershipTransfer(address conduit) external;
    /**
     * @notice Accept ownership of a supplied conduit. Only accounts that the
     *         current owner has set as the new potential owner may call this
     *         function.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to accept ownership.
     */
    function acceptOwnership(address conduit) external;
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the current owner of a deployed conduit.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the associated owner.
     *
     * @return owner The owner of the supplied conduit.
     */
    function ownerOf(address conduit) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the conduit key for a deployed conduit via reverse
     *         lookup.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the associated conduit
     *                key.
     *
     * @return conduitKey The conduit key used to deploy the supplied conduit.
     */
    function getKey(address conduit) external view returns (bytes32 conduitKey);
    /**
     * @notice Derive the conduit associated with a given conduit key and
     *         determine whether that conduit exists (i.e. whether it has been
     *         deployed).
     *
     * @param conduitKey The conduit key used to derive the conduit.
     *
     * @return conduit The derived address of the conduit.
     * @return exists  A boolean indicating whether the derived conduit has been
     *                 deployed or not.
     */
    function getConduit(bytes32 conduitKey)
        external
        view
        returns (address conduit, bool exists);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the potential owner, if any, for a given conduit. The
     *         current owner may set a new potential owner via
     *         `transferOwnership` and that owner may then accept ownership of
     *         the conduit in question via `acceptOwnership`.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the potential owner.
     *
     * @return potentialOwner The potential owner, if any, for the conduit.
     */
    function getPotentialOwner(address conduit)
        external
        view
        returns (address potentialOwner);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the status (either open or closed) of a given channel on
     *         a conduit.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the channel status.
     * @param channel The channel for which to retrieve the status.
     *
     * @return isOpen The status of the channel on the given conduit.
     */
    function getChannelStatus(address conduit, address channel)
        external
        view
        returns (bool isOpen);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the total number of open channels for a given conduit.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the total channel count.
     *
     * @return totalChannels The total number of open channels for the conduit.
     */
    function getTotalChannels(address conduit)
        external
        view
        returns (uint256 totalChannels);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve an open channel at a specific index for a given conduit.
     *         Note that the index of a channel can change as a result of other
     *         channels being closed on the conduit.
     *
     * @param conduit      The conduit for which to retrieve the open channel.
     * @param channelIndex The index of the channel in question.
     *
     * @return channel The open channel, if any, at the specified channel index.
     */
    function getChannel(address conduit, uint256 channelIndex)
        external
        view
        returns (address channel);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve all open channels for a given conduit. Note that calling
     *         this function for a conduit with many channels will revert with
     *         an out-of-gas error.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve open channels.
     *
     * @return channels An array of open channels on the given conduit.
     */
    function getChannels(address conduit)
        external
        view
        returns (address[] memory channels);
    /**
     * @dev Retrieve the conduit creation code and runtime code hashes.
     */
    function getConduitCodeHashes()
        external
        view
        returns (bytes32 creationCodeHash, bytes32 runtimeCodeHash);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
import { ConduitInterface } from "../interfaces/ConduitInterface.sol";
import { ConduitItemType } from "./lib/ConduitEnums.sol";
import { TokenTransferrer } from "../lib/TokenTransferrer.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
    ConduitTransfer,
    ConduitBatch1155Transfer
} from "./lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
import "./lib/ConduitConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title Conduit
 * @author 0age
 * @notice This contract serves as an originator for "proxied" transfers. Each
 *         conduit is deployed and controlled by a "conduit controller" that can
 *         add and remove "channels" or contracts that can instruct the conduit
 *         to transfer approved ERC20/721/1155 tokens. *IMPORTANT NOTE: each
 *         conduit has an owner that can arbitrarily add or remove channels, and
 *         a malicious or negligent owner can add a channel that allows for any
 *         approved ERC20/721/1155 tokens to be taken immediately — be extremely
 *         cautious with what conduits you give token approvals to!*
 */
contract Conduit is ConduitInterface, TokenTransferrer {
    // Set deployer as an immutable controller that can update channel statuses.
    address private immutable _controller;
    // Track the status of each channel.
    mapping(address => bool) private _channels;
    /**
     * @notice Ensure that the caller is currently registered as an open channel
     *         on the conduit.
     */
    modifier onlyOpenChannel() {
        // Utilize assembly to access channel storage mapping directly.
        assembly {
            // Write the caller to scratch space.
            mstore(ChannelKey_channel_ptr, caller())
            // Write the storage slot for _channels to scratch space.
            mstore(ChannelKey_slot_ptr, _channels.slot)
            // Derive the position in storage of _channels[msg.sender]
            // and check if the stored value is zero.
            if iszero(
                sload(keccak256(ChannelKey_channel_ptr, ChannelKey_length))
            ) {
                // The caller is not an open channel; revert with
                // ChannelClosed(caller). First, set error signature in memory.
                mstore(ChannelClosed_error_ptr, ChannelClosed_error_signature)
                // Next, set the caller as the argument.
                mstore(ChannelClosed_channel_ptr, caller())
                // Finally, revert, returning full custom error with argument.
                revert(ChannelClosed_error_ptr, ChannelClosed_error_length)
            }
        }
        // Continue with function execution.
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @notice In the constructor, set the deployer as the controller.
     */
    constructor() {
        // Set the deployer as the controller.
        _controller = msg.sender;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of ERC20/721/1155 transfers. Only a caller
     *         with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
     *         are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
     *         that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
     *         multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
     *         expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
     *         items if that constraint is desired.
     *
     * @param transfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function execute(ConduitTransfer[] calldata transfers)
        external
        override
        onlyOpenChannel
        returns (bytes4 magicValue)
    {
        // Retrieve the total number of transfers and place on the stack.
        uint256 totalStandardTransfers = transfers.length;
        // Iterate over each transfer.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalStandardTransfers; ) {
            // Retrieve the transfer in question and perform the transfer.
            _transfer(transfers[i]);
            // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
        magicValue = this.execute.selector;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of batch 1155 item transfers. Only a caller
     *         with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
     *         are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
     *         that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
     *         multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
     *         expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
     *         items if that constraint is desired.
     *
     * @param batchTransfers The 1155 batch item transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the item transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function executeBatch1155(
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
    ) external override onlyOpenChannel returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
        // Perform 1155 batch transfers. Note that memory should be considered
        // entirely corrupted from this point forward.
        _performERC1155BatchTransfers(batchTransfers);
        // Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
        magicValue = this.executeBatch1155.selector;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of transfers, both single ERC20/721/1155 item
     *         transfers as well as batch 1155 item transfers. Only a caller
     *         with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
     *         are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
     *         that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
     *         multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
     *         expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
     *         items if that constraint is desired.
     *
     * @param standardTransfers The ERC20/721/1155 item transfers to perform.
     * @param batchTransfers    The 1155 batch item transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the item transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function executeWithBatch1155(
        ConduitTransfer[] calldata standardTransfers,
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
    ) external override onlyOpenChannel returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
        // Retrieve the total number of transfers and place on the stack.
        uint256 totalStandardTransfers = standardTransfers.length;
        // Iterate over each standard transfer.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalStandardTransfers; ) {
            // Retrieve the transfer in question and perform the transfer.
            _transfer(standardTransfers[i]);
            // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Perform 1155 batch transfers. Note that memory should be considered
        // entirely corrupted from this point forward aside from the free memory
        // pointer having the default value.
        _performERC1155BatchTransfers(batchTransfers);
        // Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
        magicValue = this.executeWithBatch1155.selector;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Open or close a given channel. Only callable by the controller.
     *
     * @param channel The channel to open or close.
     * @param isOpen  The status of the channel (either open or closed).
     */
    function updateChannel(address channel, bool isOpen) external override {
        // Ensure that the caller is the controller of this contract.
        if (msg.sender != _controller) {
            revert InvalidController();
        }
        // Ensure that the channel does not already have the indicated status.
        if (_channels[channel] == isOpen) {
            revert ChannelStatusAlreadySet(channel, isOpen);
        }
        // Update the status of the channel.
        _channels[channel] = isOpen;
        // Emit a corresponding event.
        emit ChannelUpdated(channel, isOpen);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer a given ERC20/721/1155 item. Note that
     *      channels are expected to implement checks against transferring any
     *      zero-amount items if that constraint is desired.
     *
     * @param item The ERC20/721/1155 item to transfer.
     */
    function _transfer(ConduitTransfer calldata item) internal {
        // Determine the transfer method based on the respective item type.
        if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC20) {
            // Transfer ERC20 token. Note that item.identifier is ignored and
            // therefore ERC20 transfer items are potentially malleable — this
            // check should be performed by the calling channel if a constraint
            // on item malleability is desired.
            _performERC20Transfer(item.token, item.from, item.to, item.amount);
        } else if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC721) {
            // Ensure that exactly one 721 item is being transferred.
            if (item.amount != 1) {
                revert InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
            }
            // Transfer ERC721 token.
            _performERC721Transfer(
                item.token,
                item.from,
                item.to,
                item.identifier
            );
        } else if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC1155) {
            // Transfer ERC1155 token.
            _performERC1155Transfer(
                item.token,
                item.from,
                item.to,
                item.identifier,
                item.amount
            );
        } else {
            // Throw with an error.
            revert InvalidItemType();
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
import { ConduitItemType } from "./ConduitEnums.sol";
struct ConduitTransfer {
    ConduitItemType itemType;
    address token;
    address from;
    address to;
    uint256 identifier;
    uint256 amount;
}
struct ConduitBatch1155Transfer {
    address token;
    address from;
    address to;
    uint256[] ids;
    uint256[] amounts;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
import { TransferHelperItem } from "../helpers/TransferHelperStructs.sol";
interface TransferHelperInterface {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute transfers with a
     *      NATIVE itemType.
     */
    error InvalidItemType();
    /**
     * @notice Transfer multiple items to a single recipient.
     *
     * @param items The items to transfer.
     * @param recipient  The address the items should be transferred to.
     * @param conduitKey  The key of the conduit performing the bulk transfer.
     */
    function bulkTransfer(
        TransferHelperItem[] calldata items,
        address recipient,
        bytes32 conduitKey
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
enum ConduitItemType {
    NATIVE, // unused
    ERC20,
    ERC721,
    ERC1155
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
/*
 * -------------------------- Disambiguation & Other Notes ---------------------
 *    - The term "head" is used as it is in the documentation for ABI encoding,
 *      but only in reference to dynamic types, i.e. it always refers to the
 *      offset or pointer to the body of a dynamic type. In calldata, the head
 *      is always an offset (relative to the parent object), while in memory,
 *      the head is always the pointer to the body. More information found here:
 *      https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.8.14/abi-spec.html#argument-encoding
 *        - Note that the length of an array is separate from and precedes the
 *          head of the array.
 *
 *    - The term "body" is used in place of the term "head" used in the ABI
 *      documentation. It refers to the start of the data for a dynamic type,
 *      e.g. the first word of a struct or the first word of the first element
 *      in an array.
 *
 *    - The term "pointer" is used to describe the absolute position of a value
 *      and never an offset relative to another value.
 *        - The suffix "_ptr" refers to a memory pointer.
 *        - The suffix "_cdPtr" refers to a calldata pointer.
 *
 *    - The term "offset" is used to describe the position of a value relative
 *      to some parent value. For example, OrderParameters_conduit_offset is the
 *      offset to the "conduit" value in the OrderParameters struct relative to
 *      the start of the body.
 *        - Note: Offsets are used to derive pointers.
 *
 *    - Some structs have pointers defined for all of their fields in this file.
 *      Lines which are commented out are fields that are not used in the
 *      codebase but have been left in for readability.
 */
uint256 constant AlmostOneWord = 0x1f;
uint256 constant OneWord = 0x20;
uint256 constant TwoWords = 0x40;
uint256 constant ThreeWords = 0x60;
uint256 constant FreeMemoryPointerSlot = 0x40;
uint256 constant ZeroSlot = 0x60;
uint256 constant DefaultFreeMemoryPointer = 0x80;
uint256 constant Slot0x80 = 0x80;
uint256 constant Slot0xA0 = 0xa0;
uint256 constant Slot0xC0 = 0xc0;
// abi.encodeWithSignature("transferFrom(address,address,uint256)")
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_signature = (
    0x23b872dd00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_length = 0x64; // 4 + 32 * 3 == 100
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
//     "safeTransferFrom(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"
// )
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature = (
    0xf242432a00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr = 0x84;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length = 0xc4; // 4 + 32 * 6 == 196
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset = 0xa0;
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
//     "safeBatchTransferFrom(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"
// )
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature = (
    0x2eb2c2d600000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
bytes4 constant ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_selector = bytes4(
    bytes32(ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature)
);
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_signature = ERC20_transferFrom_signature;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_length = 0x64; // 4 + 32 * 3 == 100
// abi.encodeWithSignature("NoContract(address)")
uint256 constant NoContract_error_signature = (
    0x5f15d67200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant NoContract_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant NoContract_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant NoContract_error_length = 0x24; // 4 + 32 == 36
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
//     "TokenTransferGenericFailure(address,address,address,uint256,uint256)"
// )
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature = (
    0xf486bc8700000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr = 0x84;
// 4 + 32 * 5 == 164
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length = 0xa4;
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
//     "BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(address,address,address,uint256)"
// )
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_signature = (
    0x9889192300000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr = 0x64;
// 4 + 32 * 4 == 132
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length = 0x84;
uint256 constant ExtraGasBuffer = 0x20;
uint256 constant CostPerWord = 3;
uint256 constant MemoryExpansionCoefficient = 0x200;
// Values are offset by 32 bytes in order to write the token to the beginning
// in the event of a revert
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr = 0x84;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_length_baseOffset = 0xc0;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_baseOffset = 0xe0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_head_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset = 0xc0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_calldata_baseSize = 0xc0;
// Note: abbreviated version of above constant to adhere to line length limit.
uint256 constant ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length = 0x04;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector = (
    0xeba2084c00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature = (
    0xafc445e200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset = 0xc0;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
/**
 * @title TokenTransferrerErrors
 */
interface TokenTransferrerErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC721 transfer with amount other than
     *      one is attempted.
     */
    error InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order where an
     *      item has an amount of zero.
     */
    error MissingItemAmount();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order where an
     *      item has unused parameters. This includes both the token and the
     *      identifier parameters for native transfers as well as the identifier
     *      parameter for ERC20 transfers. Note that the conduit does not
     *      perform this check, leaving it up to the calling channel to enforce
     *      when desired.
     */
    error UnusedItemParameters();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20, ERC721, or ERC1155 token
     *      transfer reverts.
     *
     * @param token      The token for which the transfer was attempted.
     * @param from       The source of the attempted transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the attempted transfer.
     * @param identifier The identifier for the attempted transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount for the attempted transfer.
     */
    error TokenTransferGenericFailure(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier,
        uint256 amount
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a batch ERC1155 token transfer reverts.
     *
     * @param token       The token for which the transfer was attempted.
     * @param from        The source of the attempted transfer.
     * @param to          The recipient of the attempted transfer.
     * @param identifiers The identifiers for the attempted transfer.
     * @param amounts     The amounts for the attempted transfer.
     */
    error ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] identifiers,
        uint256[] amounts
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20 token transfer returns a falsey
     *      value.
     *
     * @param token      The token for which the ERC20 transfer was attempted.
     * @param from       The source of the attempted ERC20 transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the attempted ERC20 transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount for the attempted ERC20 transfer.
     */
    error BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an account being called as an assumed
     *      contract does not have code and returns no data.
     *
     * @param account The account that should contain code.
     */
    error NoContract(address account);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute an 1155 batch
     *      transfer using calldata not produced by default ABI encoding or with
     *      different lengths for ids and amounts arrays.
     */
    error Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding();
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
// error ChannelClosed(address channel)
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_signature = (
    0x93daadf200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_channel_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_length = 0x24;
// For the mapping:
// mapping(address => bool) channels
// The position in storage for a particular account is:
// keccak256(abi.encode(account, channels.slot))
uint256 constant ChannelKey_channel_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant ChannelKey_slot_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant ChannelKey_length = 0x40;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.13;
import { ConduitInterface } from "../interfaces/ConduitInterface.sol";
import { ConduitItemType } from "../conduit/lib/ConduitEnums.sol";
import { ItemType } from "./ConsiderationEnums.sol";
import { ReceivedItem } from "./ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import { Verifiers } from "./Verifiers.sol";
import { TokenTransferrer } from "./TokenTransferrer.sol";
import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title Executor
 * @author 0age
 * @notice Executor contains functions related to processing executions (i.e.
 *         transferring items, either directly or via conduits).
 */
contract Executor is Verifiers, TokenTransferrer {
    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController) Verifiers(conduitController) {}
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer a given item, either directly or via
     *      a corresponding conduit.
     *
     * @param item        The item to transfer, including an amount and a
     *                    recipient.
     * @param from        The account supplying the item.
     * @param conduitKey  A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                    if any, to source token approvals from. The zero hash
     *                    signifies that no conduit should be used, with direct
     *                    approvals set on this contract.
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     */
    function _transfer(
        ReceivedItem memory item,
        address from,
        bytes32 conduitKey,
        bytes memory accumulator
    ) internal {
        // If the item type indicates Ether or a native token...
        if (item.itemType == ItemType.NATIVE) {
            // Ensure neither the token nor the identifier parameters are set.
            if ((uint160(item.token) | item.identifier) != 0) {
                revert UnusedItemParameters();
            }
            // transfer the native tokens to the recipient.
            _transferEth(item.recipient, item.amount);
        } else if (item.itemType == ItemType.ERC20) {
            // Ensure that no identifier is supplied.
            if (item.identifier != 0) {
                revert UnusedItemParameters();
            }
            // Transfer ERC20 tokens from the source to the recipient.
            _transferERC20(
                item.token,
                from,
                item.recipient,
                item.amount,
                conduitKey,
                accumulator
            );
        } else if (item.itemType == ItemType.ERC721) {
            // Transfer ERC721 token from the source to the recipient.
            _transferERC721(
                item.token,
                from,
                item.recipient,
                item.identifier,
                item.amount,
                conduitKey,
                accumulator
            );
        } else {
            // Transfer ERC1155 token from the source to the recipient.
            _transferERC1155(
                item.token,
                from,
                item.recipient,
                item.identifier,
                item.amount,
                conduitKey,
                accumulator
            );
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer an individual ERC721 or ERC1155 item
     *      from a given originator to a given recipient. The accumulator will
     *      be bypassed, meaning that this function should be utilized in cases
     *      where multiple item transfers can be accumulated into a single
     *      conduit call. Sufficient approvals must be set, either on the
     *      respective conduit or on this contract itself.
     *
     * @param itemType   The type of item to transfer, either ERC721 or ERC1155.
     * @param token      The token to transfer.
     * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param identifier The tokenId to transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount to transfer.
     * @param conduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                   if any, to source token approvals from. The zero hash
     *                   signifies that no conduit should be used, with direct
     *                   approvals set on this contract.
     */
    function _transferIndividual721Or1155Item(
        ItemType itemType,
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes32 conduitKey
    ) internal {
        // Determine if the transfer is to be performed via a conduit.
        if (conduitKey != bytes32(0)) {
            // Use free memory pointer as calldata offset for the conduit call.
            uint256 callDataOffset;
            // Utilize assembly to place each argument in free memory.
            assembly {
                // Retrieve the free memory pointer and use it as the offset.
                callDataOffset := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
                // Write ConduitInterface.execute.selector to memory.
                mstore(callDataOffset, Conduit_execute_signature)
                // Write the offset to the ConduitTransfer array in memory.
                mstore(
                    add(
                        callDataOffset,
                        Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_offset_ptr
                    ),
                    Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_ptr
                )
                // Write the length of the ConduitTransfer array to memory.
                mstore(
                    add(
                        callDataOffset,
                        Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_length_ptr
                    ),
                    Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_length
                )
                // Write the item type to memory.
                mstore(
                    add(callDataOffset, Conduit_execute_transferItemType_ptr),
                    itemType
                )
                // Write the token to memory.
                mstore(
                    add(callDataOffset, Conduit_execute_transferToken_ptr),
                    token
                )
                // Write the transfer source to memory.
                mstore(
                    add(callDataOffset, Conduit_execute_transferFrom_ptr),
                    from
                )
                // Write the transfer recipient to memory.
                mstore(add(callDataOffset, Conduit_execute_transferTo_ptr), to)
                // Write the token identifier to memory.
                mstore(
                    add(callDataOffset, Conduit_execute_transferIdentifier_ptr),
                    identifier
                )
                // Write the transfer amount to memory.
                mstore(
                    add(callDataOffset, Conduit_execute_transferAmount_ptr),
                    amount
                )
            }
            // Perform the call to the conduit.
            _callConduitUsingOffsets(
                conduitKey,
                callDataOffset,
                OneConduitExecute_size
            );
        } else {
            // Otherwise, determine whether it is an ERC721 or ERC1155 item.
            if (itemType == ItemType.ERC721) {
                // Ensure that exactly one 721 item is being transferred.
                if (amount != 1) {
                    revert InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
                }
                // Perform transfer via the token contract directly.
                _performERC721Transfer(token, from, to, identifier);
            } else {
                // Perform transfer via the token contract directly.
                _performERC1155Transfer(token, from, to, identifier, amount);
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer Ether or other native tokens to a
     *      given recipient.
     *
     * @param to     The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param amount The amount to transfer.
     */
    function _transferEth(address payable to, uint256 amount) internal {
        // Ensure that the supplied amount is non-zero.
        _assertNonZeroAmount(amount);
        // Declare a variable indicating whether the call was successful or not.
        bool success;
        assembly {
            // Transfer the ETH and store if it succeeded or not.
            success := call(gas(), to, amount, 0, 0, 0, 0)
        }
        // If the call fails...
        if (!success) {
            // Revert and pass the revert reason along if one was returned.
            _revertWithReasonIfOneIsReturned();
            // Otherwise, revert with a generic error message.
            revert EtherTransferGenericFailure(to, amount);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC20 tokens from a given originator
     *      to a given recipient using a given conduit if applicable. Sufficient
     *      approvals must be set on this contract or on a respective conduit.
     *
     * @param token       The ERC20 token to transfer.
     * @param from        The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to          The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param amount      The amount to transfer.
     * @param conduitKey  A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                    if any, to source token approvals from. The zero hash
     *                    signifies that no conduit should be used, with direct
     *                    approvals set on this contract.
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     */
    function _transferERC20(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes32 conduitKey,
        bytes memory accumulator
    ) internal {
        // Ensure that the supplied amount is non-zero.
        _assertNonZeroAmount(amount);
        // Trigger accumulated transfers if the conduits differ.
        _triggerIfArmedAndNotAccumulatable(accumulator, conduitKey);
        // If no conduit has been specified...
        if (conduitKey == bytes32(0)) {
            // Perform the token transfer directly.
            _performERC20Transfer(token, from, to, amount);
        } else {
            // Insert the call to the conduit into the accumulator.
            _insert(
                conduitKey,
                accumulator,
                ConduitItemType.ERC20,
                token,
                from,
                to,
                uint256(0),
                amount
            );
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer a single ERC721 token from a given
     *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set,
     *      either on the respective conduit or on this contract itself.
     *
     * @param token       The ERC721 token to transfer.
     * @param from        The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to          The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param identifier  The tokenId to transfer (must be 1 for ERC721).
     * @param amount      The amount to transfer.
     * @param conduitKey  A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                    if any, to source token approvals from. The zero hash
     *                    signifies that no conduit should be used, with direct
     *                    approvals set on this contract.
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     */
    function _transferERC721(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes32 conduitKey,
        bytes memory accumulator
    ) internal {
        // Trigger accumulated transfers if the conduits differ.
        _triggerIfArmedAndNotAccumulatable(accumulator, conduitKey);
        // If no conduit has been specified...
        if (conduitKey == bytes32(0)) {
            // Ensure that exactly one 721 item is being transferred.
            if (amount != 1) {
                revert InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
            }
            // Perform transfer via the token contract directly.
            _performERC721Transfer(token, from, to, identifier);
        } else {
            // Insert the call to the conduit into the accumulator.
            _insert(
                conduitKey,
                accumulator,
                ConduitItemType.ERC721,
                token,
                from,
                to,
                identifier,
                amount
            );
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given originator
     *      to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set, either on
     *      the respective conduit or on this contract itself.
     *
     * @param token       The ERC1155 token to transfer.
     * @param from        The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to          The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param identifier  The id to transfer.
     * @param amount      The amount to transfer.
     * @param conduitKey  A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                    if any, to source token approvals from. The zero hash
     *                    signifies that no conduit should be used, with direct
     *                    approvals set on this contract.
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     */
    function _transferERC1155(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes32 conduitKey,
        bytes memory accumulator
    ) internal {
        // Ensure that the supplied amount is non-zero.
        _assertNonZeroAmount(amount);
        // Trigger accumulated transfers if the conduits differ.
        _triggerIfArmedAndNotAccumulatable(accumulator, conduitKey);
        // If no conduit has been specified...
        if (conduitKey == bytes32(0)) {
            // Perform transfer via the token contract directly.
            _performERC1155Transfer(token, from, to, identifier, amount);
        } else {
            // Insert the call to the conduit into the accumulator.
            _insert(
                conduitKey,
                accumulator,
                ConduitItemType.ERC1155,
                token,
                from,
                to,
                identifier,
                amount
            );
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to trigger a call to the conduit currently held by
     *      the accumulator if the accumulator contains item transfers (i.e. it
     *      is "armed") and the supplied conduit key does not match the key held
     *      by the accumulator.
     *
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     * @param conduitKey  A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                    if any, to source token approvals from. The zero hash
     *                    signifies that no conduit should be used, with direct
     *                    approvals set on this contract.
     */
    function _triggerIfArmedAndNotAccumulatable(
        bytes memory accumulator,
        bytes32 conduitKey
    ) internal {
        // Retrieve the current conduit key from the accumulator.
        bytes32 accumulatorConduitKey = _getAccumulatorConduitKey(accumulator);
        // Perform conduit call if the set key does not match the supplied key.
        if (accumulatorConduitKey != conduitKey) {
            _triggerIfArmed(accumulator);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to trigger a call to the conduit currently held by
     *      the accumulator if the accumulator contains item transfers (i.e. it
     *      is "armed").
     *
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     */
    function _triggerIfArmed(bytes memory accumulator) internal {
        // Exit if the accumulator is not "armed".
        if (accumulator.length != AccumulatorArmed) {
            return;
        }
        // Retrieve the current conduit key from the accumulator.
        bytes32 accumulatorConduitKey = _getAccumulatorConduitKey(accumulator);
        // Perform conduit call.
        _trigger(accumulatorConduitKey, accumulator);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to trigger a call to the conduit corresponding to
     *      a given conduit key, supplying all accumulated item transfers. The
     *      accumulator will be "disarmed" and reset in the process.
     *
     * @param conduitKey  A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                    if any, to source token approvals from. The zero hash
     *                    signifies that no conduit should be used, with direct
     *                    approvals set on this contract.
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     */
    function _trigger(bytes32 conduitKey, bytes memory accumulator) internal {
        // Declare variables for offset in memory & size of calldata to conduit.
        uint256 callDataOffset;
        uint256 callDataSize;
        // Call the conduit with all the accumulated transfers.
        assembly {
            // Call begins at third word; the first is length or "armed" status,
            // and the second is the current conduit key.
            callDataOffset := add(accumulator, TwoWords)
            // 68 + items * 192
            callDataSize := add(
                Accumulator_array_offset_ptr,
                mul(
                    mload(add(accumulator, Accumulator_array_length_ptr)),
                    Conduit_transferItem_size
                )
            )
        }
        // Call conduit derived from conduit key & supply accumulated transfers.
        _callConduitUsingOffsets(conduitKey, callDataOffset, callDataSize);
        // Reset accumulator length to signal that it is now "disarmed".
        assembly {
            mstore(accumulator, AccumulatorDisarmed)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to perform a call to the conduit corresponding to
     *      a given conduit key based on the offset and size of the calldata in
     *      question in memory.
     *
     * @param conduitKey     A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding
     *                       conduit, if any, to source token approvals from.
     *                       The zero hash signifies that no conduit should be
     *                       used, with direct approvals set on this contract.
     * @param callDataOffset The memory pointer where calldata is contained.
     * @param callDataSize   The size of calldata in memory.
     */
    function _callConduitUsingOffsets(
        bytes32 conduitKey,
        uint256 callDataOffset,
        uint256 callDataSize
    ) internal {
        // Derive the address of the conduit using the conduit key.
        address conduit = _deriveConduit(conduitKey);
        bool success;
        bytes4 result;
        // call the conduit.
        assembly {
            // Ensure first word of scratch space is empty.
            mstore(0, 0)
            // Perform call, placing first word of return data in scratch space.
            success := call(
                gas(),
                conduit,
                0,
                callDataOffset,
                callDataSize,
                0,
                OneWord
            )
            // Take value from scratch space and place it on the stack.
            result := mload(0)
        }
        // If the call failed...
        if (!success) {
            // Pass along whatever revert reason was given by the conduit.
            _revertWithReasonIfOneIsReturned();
            // Otherwise, revert with a generic error.
            revert InvalidCallToConduit(conduit);
        }
        // Ensure result was extracted and matches EIP-1271 magic value.
        if (result != ConduitInterface.execute.selector) {
            revert InvalidConduit(conduitKey, conduit);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to retrieve the current conduit key set for
     *      the accumulator.
     *
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     *
     * @return accumulatorConduitKey The conduit key currently set for the
     *                               accumulator.
     */
    function _getAccumulatorConduitKey(bytes memory accumulator)
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes32 accumulatorConduitKey)
    {
        // Retrieve the current conduit key from the accumulator.
        assembly {
            accumulatorConduitKey := mload(
                add(accumulator, Accumulator_conduitKey_ptr)
            )
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to place an item transfer into an accumulator
     *      that collects a series of transfers to execute against a given
     *      conduit in a single call.
     *
     * @param conduitKey  A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                    if any, to source token approvals from. The zero hash
     *                    signifies that no conduit should be used, with direct
     *                    approvals set on this contract.
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     * @param itemType    The type of the item to transfer.
     * @param token       The token to transfer.
     * @param from        The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to          The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param identifier  The tokenId to transfer.
     * @param amount      The amount to transfer.
     */
    function _insert(
        bytes32 conduitKey,
        bytes memory accumulator,
        ConduitItemType itemType,
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal pure {
        uint256 elements;
        // "Arm" and prime accumulator if it's not already armed. The sentinel
        // value is held in the length of the accumulator array.
        if (accumulator.length == AccumulatorDisarmed) {
            elements = 1;
            bytes4 selector = ConduitInterface.execute.selector;
            assembly {
                mstore(accumulator, AccumulatorArmed) // "arm" the accumulator.
                mstore(add(accumulator, Accumulator_conduitKey_ptr), conduitKey)
                mstore(add(accumulator, Accumulator_selector_ptr), selector)
                mstore(
                    add(accumulator, Accumulator_array_offset_ptr),
                    Accumulator_array_offset
                )
                mstore(add(accumulator, Accumulator_array_length_ptr), elements)
            }
        } else {
            // Otherwise, increase the number of elements by one.
            assembly {
                elements := add(
                    mload(add(accumulator, Accumulator_array_length_ptr)),
                    1
                )
                mstore(add(accumulator, Accumulator_array_length_ptr), elements)
            }
        }
        // Insert the item.
        assembly {
            let itemPointer := sub(
                add(accumulator, mul(elements, Conduit_transferItem_size)),
                Accumulator_itemSizeOffsetDifference
            )
            mstore(itemPointer, itemType)
            mstore(add(itemPointer, Conduit_transferItem_token_ptr), token)
            mstore(add(itemPointer, Conduit_transferItem_from_ptr), from)
            mstore(add(itemPointer, Conduit_transferItem_to_ptr), to)
            mstore(
                add(itemPointer, Conduit_transferItem_identifier_ptr),
                identifier
            )
            mstore(add(itemPointer, Conduit_transferItem_amount_ptr), amount)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
// prettier-ignore
enum OrderType {
    // 0: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    FULL_OPEN,
    // 1: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 2: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 3: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    PARTIAL_RESTRICTED
}
// prettier-ignore
enum BasicOrderType {
    // 0: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC721_FULL_OPEN,
    // 1: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC721_PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 2: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC721_FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 3: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC721_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,
    // 4: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC1155_FULL_OPEN,
    // 5: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC1155_PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 6: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC1155_FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 7: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC1155_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,
    // 8: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC721_FULL_OPEN,
    // 9: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC721_PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 10: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC721_FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 11: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC721_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,
    // 12: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC1155_FULL_OPEN,
    // 13: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC1155_PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 14: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC1155_FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 15: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC1155_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,
    // 16: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ERC721_TO_ERC20_FULL_OPEN,
    // 17: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ERC721_TO_ERC20_PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 18: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC721_TO_ERC20_FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 19: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC721_TO_ERC20_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,
    // 20: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ERC1155_TO_ERC20_FULL_OPEN,
    // 21: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ERC1155_TO_ERC20_PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 22: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC1155_TO_ERC20_FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 23: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC1155_TO_ERC20_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED
}
// prettier-ignore
enum BasicOrderRouteType {
    // 0: provide Ether (or other native token) to receive offered ERC721 item.
    ETH_TO_ERC721,
    // 1: provide Ether (or other native token) to receive offered ERC1155 item.
    ETH_TO_ERC1155,
    // 2: provide ERC20 item to receive offered ERC721 item.
    ERC20_TO_ERC721,
    // 3: provide ERC20 item to receive offered ERC1155 item.
    ERC20_TO_ERC1155,
    // 4: provide ERC721 item to receive offered ERC20 item.
    ERC721_TO_ERC20,
    // 5: provide ERC1155 item to receive offered ERC20 item.
    ERC1155_TO_ERC20
}
// prettier-ignore
enum ItemType {
    // 0: ETH on mainnet, MATIC on polygon, etc.
    NATIVE,
    // 1: ERC20 items (ERC777 and ERC20 analogues could also technically work)
    ERC20,
    // 2: ERC721 items
    ERC721,
    // 3: ERC1155 items
    ERC1155,
    // 4: ERC721 items where a number of tokenIds are supported
    ERC721_WITH_CRITERIA,
    // 5: ERC1155 items where a number of ids are supported
    ERC1155_WITH_CRITERIA
}
// prettier-ignore
enum Side {
    // 0: Items that can be spent
    OFFER,
    // 1: Items that must be received
    CONSIDERATION
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
// prettier-ignore
import {
    OrderType,
    BasicOrderType,
    ItemType,
    Side
} from "./ConsiderationEnums.sol";
/**
 * @dev An order contains eleven components: an offerer, a zone (or account that
 *      can cancel the order or restrict who can fulfill the order depending on
 *      the type), the order type (specifying partial fill support as well as
 *      restricted order status), the start and end time, a hash that will be
 *      provided to the zone when validating restricted orders, a salt, a key
 *      corresponding to a given conduit, a counter, and an arbitrary number of
 *      offer items that can be spent along with consideration items that must
 *      be received by their respective recipient.
 */
struct OrderComponents {
    address offerer;
    address zone;
    OfferItem[] offer;
    ConsiderationItem[] consideration;
    OrderType orderType;
    uint256 startTime;
    uint256 endTime;
    bytes32 zoneHash;
    uint256 salt;
    bytes32 conduitKey;
    uint256 counter;
}
/**
 * @dev An offer item has five components: an item type (ETH or other native
 *      tokens, ERC20, ERC721, and ERC1155, as well as criteria-based ERC721 and
 *      ERC1155), a token address, a dual-purpose "identifierOrCriteria"
 *      component that will either represent a tokenId or a merkle root
 *      depending on the item type, and a start and end amount that support
 *      increasing or decreasing amounts over the duration of the respective
 *      order.
 */
struct OfferItem {
    ItemType itemType;
    address token;
    uint256 identifierOrCriteria;
    uint256 startAmount;
    uint256 endAmount;
}
/**
 * @dev A consideration item has the same five components as an offer item and
 *      an additional sixth component designating the required recipient of the
 *      item.
 */
struct ConsiderationItem {
    ItemType itemType;
    address token;
    uint256 identifierOrCriteria;
    uint256 startAmount;
    uint256 endAmount;
    address payable recipient;
}
/**
 * @dev A spent item is translated from a utilized offer item and has four
 *      components: an item type (ETH or other native tokens, ERC20, ERC721, and
 *      ERC1155), a token address, a tokenId, and an amount.
 */
struct SpentItem {
    ItemType itemType;
    address token;
    uint256 identifier;
    uint256 amount;
}
/**
 * @dev A received item is translated from a utilized consideration item and has
 *      the same four components as a spent item, as well as an additional fifth
 *      component designating the required recipient of the item.
 */
struct ReceivedItem {
    ItemType itemType;
    address token;
    uint256 identifier;
    uint256 amount;
    address payable recipient;
}
/**
 * @dev For basic orders involving ETH / native / ERC20 <=> ERC721 / ERC1155
 *      matching, a group of six functions may be called that only requires a
 *      subset of the usual order arguments. Note the use of a "basicOrderType"
 *      enum; this represents both the usual order type as well as the "route"
 *      of the basic order (a simple derivation function for the basic order
 *      type is `basicOrderType = orderType + (4 * basicOrderRoute)`.)
 */
struct BasicOrderParameters {
    // calldata offset
    address considerationToken; // 0x24
    uint256 considerationIdentifier; // 0x44
    uint256 considerationAmount; // 0x64
    address payable offerer; // 0x84
    address zone; // 0xa4
    address offerToken; // 0xc4
    uint256 offerIdentifier; // 0xe4
    uint256 offerAmount; // 0x104
    BasicOrderType basicOrderType; // 0x124
    uint256 startTime; // 0x144
    uint256 endTime; // 0x164
    bytes32 zoneHash; // 0x184
    uint256 salt; // 0x1a4
    bytes32 offererConduitKey; // 0x1c4
    bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey; // 0x1e4
    uint256 totalOriginalAdditionalRecipients; // 0x204
    AdditionalRecipient[] additionalRecipients; // 0x224
    bytes signature; // 0x244
    // Total length, excluding dynamic array data: 0x264 (580)
}
/**
 * @dev Basic orders can supply any number of additional recipients, with the
 *      implied assumption that they are supplied from the offered ETH (or other
 *      native token) or ERC20 token for the order.
 */
struct AdditionalRecipient {
    uint256 amount;
    address payable recipient;
}
/**
 * @dev The full set of order components, with the exception of the counter,
 *      must be supplied when fulfilling more sophisticated orders or groups of
 *      orders. The total number of original consideration items must also be
 *      supplied, as the caller may specify additional consideration items.
 */
struct OrderParameters {
    address offerer; // 0x00
    address zone; // 0x20
    OfferItem[] offer; // 0x40
    ConsiderationItem[] consideration; // 0x60
    OrderType orderType; // 0x80
    uint256 startTime; // 0xa0
    uint256 endTime; // 0xc0
    bytes32 zoneHash; // 0xe0
    uint256 salt; // 0x100
    bytes32 conduitKey; // 0x120
    uint256 totalOriginalConsiderationItems; // 0x140
    // offer.length                          // 0x160
}
/**
 * @dev Orders require a signature in addition to the other order parameters.
 */
struct Order {
    OrderParameters parameters;
    bytes signature;
}
/**
 * @dev Advanced orders include a numerator (i.e. a fraction to attempt to fill)
 *      and a denominator (the total size of the order) in addition to the
 *      signature and other order parameters. It also supports an optional field
 *      for supplying extra data; this data will be included in a staticcall to
 *      `isValidOrderIncludingExtraData` on the zone for the order if the order
 *      type is restricted and the offerer or zone are not the caller.
 */
struct AdvancedOrder {
    OrderParameters parameters;
    uint120 numerator;
    uint120 denominator;
    bytes signature;
    bytes extraData;
}
/**
 * @dev Orders can be validated (either explicitly via `validate`, or as a
 *      consequence of a full or partial fill), specifically cancelled (they can
 *      also be cancelled in bulk via incrementing a per-zone counter), and
 *      partially or fully filled (with the fraction filled represented by a
 *      numerator and denominator).
 */
struct OrderStatus {
    bool isValidated;
    bool isCancelled;
    uint120 numerator;
    uint120 denominator;
}
/**
 * @dev A criteria resolver specifies an order, side (offer vs. consideration),
 *      and item index. It then provides a chosen identifier (i.e. tokenId)
 *      alongside a merkle proof demonstrating the identifier meets the required
 *      criteria.
 */
struct CriteriaResolver {
    uint256 orderIndex;
    Side side;
    uint256 index;
    uint256 identifier;
    bytes32[] criteriaProof;
}
/**
 * @dev A fulfillment is applied to a group of orders. It decrements a series of
 *      offer and consideration items, then generates a single execution
 *      element. A given fulfillment can be applied to as many offer and
 *      consideration items as desired, but must contain at least one offer and
 *      at least one consideration that match. The fulfillment must also remain
 *      consistent on all key parameters across all offer items (same offerer,
 *      token, type, tokenId, and conduit preference) as well as across all
 *      consideration items (token, type, tokenId, and recipient).
 */
struct Fulfillment {
    FulfillmentComponent[] offerComponents;
    FulfillmentComponent[] considerationComponents;
}
/**
 * @dev Each fulfillment component contains one index referencing a specific
 *      order and another referencing a specific offer or consideration item.
 */
struct FulfillmentComponent {
    uint256 orderIndex;
    uint256 itemIndex;
}
/**
 * @dev An execution is triggered once all consideration items have been zeroed
 *      out. It sends the item in question from the offerer to the item's
 *      recipient, optionally sourcing approvals from either this contract
 *      directly or from the offerer's chosen conduit if one is specified. An
 *      execution is not provided as an argument, but rather is derived via
 *      orders, criteria resolvers, and fulfillments (where the total number of
 *      executions will be less than or equal to the total number of indicated
 *      fulfillments) and returned as part of `matchOrders`.
 */
struct Execution {
    ReceivedItem item;
    address offerer;
    bytes32 conduitKey;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.13;
import { OrderStatus } from "./ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import { Assertions } from "./Assertions.sol";
import { SignatureVerification } from "./SignatureVerification.sol";
/**
 * @title Verifiers
 * @author 0age
 * @notice Verifiers contains functions for performing verifications.
 */
contract Verifiers is Assertions, SignatureVerification {
    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController) Assertions(conduitController) {}
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to ensure that the current time falls within
     *      an order's valid timespan.
     *
     * @param startTime       The time at which the order becomes active.
     * @param endTime         The time at which the order becomes inactive.
     * @param revertOnInvalid A boolean indicating whether to revert if the
     *                        order is not active.
     *
     * @return valid A boolean indicating whether the order is active.
     */
    function _verifyTime(
        uint256 startTime,
        uint256 endTime,
        bool revertOnInvalid
    ) internal view returns (bool valid) {
        // Revert if order's timespan hasn't started yet or has already ended.
        if (startTime > block.timestamp || endTime <= block.timestamp) {
            // Only revert if revertOnInvalid has been supplied as true.
            if (revertOnInvalid) {
                revert InvalidTime();
            }
            // Return false as the order is invalid.
            return false;
        }
        // Return true as the order time is valid.
        valid = true;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to verify the signature of an order. An
     *      ERC-1271 fallback will be attempted if either the signature length
     *      is not 32 or 33 bytes or if the recovered signer does not match the
     *      supplied offerer. Note that in cases where a 32 or 33 byte signature
     *      is supplied, only standard ECDSA signatures that recover to a
     *      non-zero address are supported.
     *
     * @param offerer   The offerer for the order.
     * @param orderHash The order hash.
     * @param signature A signature from the offerer indicating that the order
     *                  has been approved.
     */
    function _verifySignature(
        address offerer,
        bytes32 orderHash,
        bytes memory signature
    ) internal view {
        // Skip signature verification if the offerer is the caller.
        if (offerer == msg.sender) {
            return;
        }
        // Derive EIP-712 digest using the domain separator and the order hash.
        bytes32 digest = _deriveEIP712Digest(_domainSeparator(), orderHash);
        // Ensure that the signature for the digest is valid for the offerer.
        _assertValidSignature(offerer, digest, signature);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to validate that a given order is fillable
     *      and not cancelled based on the order status.
     *
     * @param orderHash       The order hash.
     * @param orderStatus     The status of the order, including whether it has
     *                        been cancelled and the fraction filled.
     * @param onlyAllowUnused A boolean flag indicating whether partial fills
     *                        are supported by the calling function.
     * @param revertOnInvalid A boolean indicating whether to revert if the
     *                        order has been cancelled or filled beyond the
     *                        allowable amount.
     *
     * @return valid A boolean indicating whether the order is valid.
     */
    function _verifyOrderStatus(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        OrderStatus storage orderStatus,
        bool onlyAllowUnused,
        bool revertOnInvalid
    ) internal view returns (bool valid) {
        // Ensure that the order has not been cancelled.
        if (orderStatus.isCancelled) {
            // Only revert if revertOnInvalid has been supplied as true.
            if (revertOnInvalid) {
                revert OrderIsCancelled(orderHash);
            }
            // Return false as the order status is invalid.
            return false;
        }
        // Read order status numerator from storage and place on stack.
        uint256 orderStatusNumerator = orderStatus.numerator;
        // If the order is not entirely unused...
        if (orderStatusNumerator != 0) {
            // ensure the order has not been partially filled when not allowed.
            if (onlyAllowUnused) {
                // Always revert on partial fills when onlyAllowUnused is true.
                revert OrderPartiallyFilled(orderHash);
            }
            // Otherwise, ensure that order has not been entirely filled.
            else if (orderStatusNumerator >= orderStatus.denominator) {
                // Only revert if revertOnInvalid has been supplied as true.
                if (revertOnInvalid) {
                    revert OrderAlreadyFilled(orderHash);
                }
                // Return false as the order status is invalid.
                return false;
            }
        }
        // Return true as the order status is valid.
        valid = true;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
/*
 * -------------------------- Disambiguation & Other Notes ---------------------
 *    - The term "head" is used as it is in the documentation for ABI encoding,
 *      but only in reference to dynamic types, i.e. it always refers to the
 *      offset or pointer to the body of a dynamic type. In calldata, the head
 *      is always an offset (relative to the parent object), while in memory,
 *      the head is always the pointer to the body. More information found here:
 *      https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.8.14/abi-spec.html#argument-encoding
 *        - Note that the length of an array is separate from and precedes the
 *          head of the array.
 *
 *    - The term "body" is used in place of the term "head" used in the ABI
 *      documentation. It refers to the start of the data for a dynamic type,
 *      e.g. the first word of a struct or the first word of the first element
 *      in an array.
 *
 *    - The term "pointer" is used to describe the absolute position of a value
 *      and never an offset relative to another value.
 *        - The suffix "_ptr" refers to a memory pointer.
 *        - The suffix "_cdPtr" refers to a calldata pointer.
 *
 *    - The term "offset" is used to describe the position of a value relative
 *      to some parent value. For example, OrderParameters_conduit_offset is the
 *      offset to the "conduit" value in the OrderParameters struct relative to
 *      the start of the body.
 *        - Note: Offsets are used to derive pointers.
 *
 *    - Some structs have pointers defined for all of their fields in this file.
 *      Lines which are commented out are fields that are not used in the
 *      codebase but have been left in for readability.
 */
// Declare constants for name, version, and reentrancy sentinel values.
// Name is right padded, so it touches the length which is left padded. This
// enables writing both values at once. Length goes at byte 95 in memory, and
// name fills bytes 96-109, so both values can be written left-padded to 77.
uint256 constant NameLengthPtr = 77;
uint256 constant NameWithLength = 0x0d436F6E73696465726174696F6E;
uint256 constant Version = 0x312e31;
uint256 constant Version_length = 3;
uint256 constant Version_shift = 0xe8;
uint256 constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
uint256 constant _ENTERED = 2;
// Common Offsets
// Offsets for identically positioned fields shared by:
// OfferItem, ConsiderationItem, SpentItem, ReceivedItem
uint256 constant Common_token_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Common_identifier_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant Common_amount_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant ReceivedItem_size = 0xa0;
uint256 constant ReceivedItem_amount_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant ReceivedItem_recipient_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant ReceivedItem_CommonParams_size = 0x60;
uint256 constant ConsiderationItem_recipient_offset = 0xa0;
// Store the same constant in an abbreviated format for a line length fix.
uint256 constant ConsiderItem_recipient_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant Execution_offerer_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Execution_conduit_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant InvalidFulfillmentComponentData_error_signature = (
    0x7fda727900000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant InvalidFulfillmentComponentData_error_len = 0x04;
uint256 constant Panic_error_signature = (
    0x4e487b7100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant Panic_error_offset = 0x04;
uint256 constant Panic_error_length = 0x24;
uint256 constant Panic_arithmetic = 0x11;
uint256 constant MissingItemAmount_error_signature = (
    0x91b3e51400000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant MissingItemAmount_error_len = 0x04;
uint256 constant OrderParameters_offer_head_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant OrderParameters_conduit_offset = 0x120;
uint256 constant OrderParameters_counter_offset = 0x140;
uint256 constant Fulfillment_itemIndex_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant AdvancedOrder_numerator_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant AlmostOneWord = 0x1f;
uint256 constant OneWord = 0x20;
uint256 constant TwoWords = 0x40;
uint256 constant ThreeWords = 0x60;
uint256 constant FourWords = 0x80;
uint256 constant FiveWords = 0xa0;
uint256 constant FreeMemoryPointerSlot = 0x40;
uint256 constant ZeroSlot = 0x60;
uint256 constant DefaultFreeMemoryPointer = 0x80;
uint256 constant Slot0x80 = 0x80;
uint256 constant Slot0xA0 = 0xa0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_endAmount_cdPtr = 0x104;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_common_params_size = 0xa0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationHashesArray_ptr = 0x160;
uint256 constant EIP712_Order_size = 0x180;
uint256 constant EIP712_OfferItem_size = 0xc0;
uint256 constant EIP712_ConsiderationItem_size = 0xe0;
uint256 constant AdditionalRecipients_size = 0x40;
uint256 constant EIP712_DomainSeparator_offset = 0x02;
uint256 constant EIP712_OrderHash_offset = 0x22;
uint256 constant EIP712_DigestPayload_size = 0x42;
uint256 constant receivedItemsHash_ptr = 0x60;
/*
 *  Memory layout in _prepareBasicFulfillmentFromCalldata of
 *  data for OrderFulfilled
 *
 *   event OrderFulfilled(
 *     bytes32 orderHash,
 *     address indexed offerer,
 *     address indexed zone,
 *     address fulfiller,
 *     SpentItem[] offer,
 *       > (itemType, token, id, amount)
 *     ReceivedItem[] consideration
 *       > (itemType, token, id, amount, recipient)
 *   )
 *
 *  - 0x00: orderHash
 *  - 0x20: fulfiller
 *  - 0x40: offer offset (0x80)
 *  - 0x60: consideration offset (0x120)
 *  - 0x80: offer.length (1)
 *  - 0xa0: offerItemType
 *  - 0xc0: offerToken
 *  - 0xe0: offerIdentifier
 *  - 0x100: offerAmount
 *  - 0x120: consideration.length (1 + additionalRecipients.length)
 *  - 0x140: considerationItemType
 *  - 0x160: considerationToken
 *  - 0x180: considerationIdentifier
 *  - 0x1a0: considerationAmount
 *  - 0x1c0: considerationRecipient
 *  - ...
 */
// Minimum length of the OrderFulfilled event data.
// Must be added to the size of the ReceivedItem array for additionalRecipients
// (0xa0 * additionalRecipients.length) to calculate full size of the buffer.
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_baseSize = 0x1e0;
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_selector = (
    0x9d9af8e38d66c62e2c12f0225249fd9d721c54b83f48d9352c97c6cacdcb6f31
);
// Minimum offset in memory to OrderFulfilled event data.
// Must be added to the size of the EIP712 hash array for additionalRecipients
// (32 * additionalRecipients.length) to calculate the pointer to event data.
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_baseOffset = 0x180;
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_consideration_length_baseOffset = 0x2a0;
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_offer_length_baseOffset = 0x200;
// uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_orderHash_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_fulfiller_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_offer_head_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_offer_body_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_consideration_head_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_consideration_body_offset = 0x120;
// BasicOrderParameters
uint256 constant BasicOrder_parameters_cdPtr = 0x04;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationToken_cdPtr = 0x24;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationIdentifier_cdPtr = 0x44;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationAmount_cdPtr = 0x64;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr = 0x84;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_zone_cdPtr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerToken_cdPtr = 0xc4;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerIdentifier_cdPtr = 0xe4;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerAmount_cdPtr = 0x104;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_basicOrderType_cdPtr = 0x124;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_startTime_cdPtr = 0x144;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_endTime_cdPtr = 0x164;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_zoneHash_cdPtr = 0x184;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_salt_cdPtr = 0x1a4;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_offererConduit_cdPtr = 0x1c4;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_fulfillerConduit_cdPtr = 0x1e4;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_totalOriginalAdditionalRecipients_cdPtr = 0x204;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_head_cdPtr = 0x224;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_signature_cdPtr = 0x244;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_length_cdPtr = 0x264;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_data_cdPtr = 0x284;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_parameters_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_basicOrderType_range = 0x18; // 24 values
/*
 *  Memory layout in _prepareBasicFulfillmentFromCalldata of
 *  EIP712 data for ConsiderationItem
 *   - 0x80: ConsiderationItem EIP-712 typehash (constant)
 *   - 0xa0: itemType
 *   - 0xc0: token
 *   - 0xe0: identifier
 *   - 0x100: startAmount
 *   - 0x120: endAmount
 *   - 0x140: recipient
 */
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationItem_typeHash_ptr = 0x80; // memoryPtr
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationItem_itemType_ptr = 0xa0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationItem_token_ptr = 0xc0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationItem_identifier_ptr = 0xe0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationItem_startAmount_ptr = 0x100;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationItem_endAmount_ptr = 0x120;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationItem_recipient_ptr = 0x140;
/*
 *  Memory layout in _prepareBasicFulfillmentFromCalldata of
 *  EIP712 data for OfferItem
 *   - 0x80:  OfferItem EIP-712 typehash (constant)
 *   - 0xa0:  itemType
 *   - 0xc0:  token
 *   - 0xe0:  identifier (reused for offeredItemsHash)
 *   - 0x100: startAmount
 *   - 0x120: endAmount
 */
uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerItem_typeHash_ptr = DefaultFreeMemoryPointer;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerItem_itemType_ptr = 0xa0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerItem_token_ptr = 0xc0;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerItem_identifier_ptr = 0xe0;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerItem_startAmount_ptr = 0x100;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerItem_endAmount_ptr = 0x120;
/*
 *  Memory layout in _prepareBasicFulfillmentFromCalldata of
 *  EIP712 data for Order
 *   - 0x80:   Order EIP-712 typehash (constant)
 *   - 0xa0:   orderParameters.offerer
 *   - 0xc0:   orderParameters.zone
 *   - 0xe0:   keccak256(abi.encodePacked(offerHashes))
 *   - 0x100:  keccak256(abi.encodePacked(considerationHashes))
 *   - 0x120:  orderType
 *   - 0x140:  startTime
 *   - 0x160:  endTime
 *   - 0x180:  zoneHash
 *   - 0x1a0:  salt
 *   - 0x1c0:  conduit
 *   - 0x1e0:  _counters[orderParameters.offerer] (from storage)
 */
uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_typeHash_ptr = 0x80;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_offerer_ptr = 0xa0;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_zone_ptr = 0xc0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_offerHashes_ptr = 0xe0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_considerationHashes_ptr = 0x100;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_orderType_ptr = 0x120;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_startTime_ptr = 0x140;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_endTime_ptr = 0x160;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_zoneHash_ptr = 0x180;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_salt_ptr = 0x1a0;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_conduitKey_ptr = 0x1c0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_counter_ptr = 0x1e0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_head_ptr = 0x240;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_signature_ptr = 0x260;
// Signature-related
bytes32 constant EIP2098_allButHighestBitMask = (
    0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff
);
bytes32 constant ECDSA_twentySeventhAndTwentyEighthBytesSet = (
    0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000101000000
);
uint256 constant ECDSA_MaxLength = 65;
uint256 constant ECDSA_signature_s_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant ECDSA_signature_v_offset = 0x60;
bytes32 constant EIP1271_isValidSignature_selector = (
    0x1626ba7e00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant EIP1271_isValidSignature_signatureHead_negativeOffset = 0x20;
uint256 constant EIP1271_isValidSignature_digest_negativeOffset = 0x40;
uint256 constant EIP1271_isValidSignature_selector_negativeOffset = 0x44;
uint256 constant EIP1271_isValidSignature_calldata_baseLength = 0x64;
uint256 constant EIP1271_isValidSignature_signature_head_offset = 0x40;
// abi.encodeWithSignature("NoContract(address)")
uint256 constant NoContract_error_signature = (
    0x5f15d67200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant NoContract_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant NoContract_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant NoContract_error_length = 0x24; // 4 + 32 == 36
uint256 constant EIP_712_PREFIX = (
    0x1901000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ExtraGasBuffer = 0x20;
uint256 constant CostPerWord = 3;
uint256 constant MemoryExpansionCoefficient = 0x200; // 512
uint256 constant Create2AddressDerivation_ptr = 0x0b;
uint256 constant Create2AddressDerivation_length = 0x55;
uint256 constant MaskOverByteTwelve = (
    0x0000000000000000000000ff0000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant MaskOverLastTwentyBytes = (
    0x000000000000000000000000ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff
);
uint256 constant MaskOverFirstFourBytes = (
    0xffffffff00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_signature = (
    0x4ce34aa200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant MaxUint8 = 0xff;
uint256 constant MaxUint120 = 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_length = 0x01;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_offset_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_length_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_transferItemType_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_transferToken_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_transferFrom_ptr = 0x84;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_transferTo_ptr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_transferIdentifier_ptr = 0xc4;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_transferAmount_ptr = 0xe4;
uint256 constant OneConduitExecute_size = 0x104;
// Sentinel value to indicate that the conduit accumulator is not armed.
uint256 constant AccumulatorDisarmed = 0x20;
uint256 constant AccumulatorArmed = 0x40;
uint256 constant Accumulator_conduitKey_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant Accumulator_selector_ptr = 0x40;
uint256 constant Accumulator_array_offset_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant Accumulator_array_length_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant Accumulator_itemSizeOffsetDifference = 0x3c;
uint256 constant Accumulator_array_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Conduit_transferItem_size = 0xc0;
uint256 constant Conduit_transferItem_token_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant Conduit_transferItem_from_ptr = 0x40;
uint256 constant Conduit_transferItem_to_ptr = 0x60;
uint256 constant Conduit_transferItem_identifier_ptr = 0x80;
uint256 constant Conduit_transferItem_amount_ptr = 0xa0;
// Declare constant for errors related to amount derivation.
// error InexactFraction() @ AmountDerivationErrors.sol
uint256 constant InexactFraction_error_signature = (
    0xc63cf08900000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant InexactFraction_error_len = 0x04;
// Declare constant for errors related to signature verification.
uint256 constant Ecrecover_precompile = 1;
uint256 constant Ecrecover_args_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant Signature_lower_v = 27;
// error BadSignatureV(uint8) @ SignatureVerificationErrors.sol
uint256 constant BadSignatureV_error_signature = (
    0x1f003d0a00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant BadSignatureV_error_offset = 0x04;
uint256 constant BadSignatureV_error_length = 0x24;
// error InvalidSigner() @ SignatureVerificationErrors.sol
uint256 constant InvalidSigner_error_signature = (
    0x815e1d6400000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant InvalidSigner_error_length = 0x04;
// error InvalidSignature() @ SignatureVerificationErrors.sol
uint256 constant InvalidSignature_error_signature = (
    0x8baa579f00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant InvalidSignature_error_length = 0x04;
// error BadContractSignature() @ SignatureVerificationErrors.sol
uint256 constant BadContractSignature_error_signature = (
    0x4f7fb80d00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant BadContractSignature_error_length = 0x04;
uint256 constant NumBitsAfterSelector = 0xe0;
// 69 is the lowest modulus for which the remainder
// of every selector other than the two match functions
// is greater than those of the match functions.
uint256 constant NonMatchSelector_MagicModulus = 69;
// Of the two match function selectors, the highest
// remainder modulo 69 is 29.
uint256 constant NonMatchSelector_MagicRemainder = 0x1d;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.13;
import { OrderParameters } from "./ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import { GettersAndDerivers } from "./GettersAndDerivers.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
    TokenTransferrerErrors
} from "../interfaces/TokenTransferrerErrors.sol";
import { CounterManager } from "./CounterManager.sol";
import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title Assertions
 * @author 0age
 * @notice Assertions contains logic for making various assertions that do not
 *         fit neatly within a dedicated semantic scope.
 */
contract Assertions is
    GettersAndDerivers,
    CounterManager,
    TokenTransferrerErrors
{
    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController)
        GettersAndDerivers(conduitController)
    {}
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to ensure that the supplied consideration
     *      array length on a given set of order parameters is not less than the
     *      original consideration array length for that order and to retrieve
     *      the current counter for a given order's offerer and zone and use it
     *      to derive the order hash.
     *
     * @param orderParameters The parameters of the order to hash.
     *
     * @return The hash.
     */
    function _assertConsiderationLengthAndGetOrderHash(
        OrderParameters memory orderParameters
    ) internal view returns (bytes32) {
        // Ensure supplied consideration array length is not less than original.
        _assertConsiderationLengthIsNotLessThanOriginalConsiderationLength(
            orderParameters.consideration.length,
            orderParameters.totalOriginalConsiderationItems
        );
        // Derive and return order hash using current counter for the offerer.
        return
            _deriveOrderHash(
                orderParameters,
                _getCounter(orderParameters.offerer)
            );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to ensure that the supplied consideration
     *      array length for an order to be fulfilled is not less than the
     *      original consideration array length for that order.
     *
     * @param suppliedConsiderationItemTotal The number of consideration items
     *                                       supplied when fulfilling the order.
     * @param originalConsiderationItemTotal The number of consideration items
     *                                       supplied on initial order creation.
     */
    function _assertConsiderationLengthIsNotLessThanOriginalConsiderationLength(
        uint256 suppliedConsiderationItemTotal,
        uint256 originalConsiderationItemTotal
    ) internal pure {
        // Ensure supplied consideration array length is not less than original.
        if (suppliedConsiderationItemTotal < originalConsiderationItemTotal) {
            revert MissingOriginalConsiderationItems();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to ensure that a given item amount is not
     *      zero.
     *
     * @param amount The amount to check.
     */
    function _assertNonZeroAmount(uint256 amount) internal pure {
        // Revert if the supplied amount is equal to zero.
        if (amount == 0) {
            revert MissingItemAmount();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to validate calldata offsets for dynamic
     *      types in BasicOrderParameters and other parameters. This ensures
     *      that functions using the calldata object normally will be using the
     *      same data as the assembly functions and that values that are bound
     *      to a given range are within that range. Note that no parameters are
     *      supplied as all basic order functions use the same calldata
     *      encoding.
     */
    function _assertValidBasicOrderParameters() internal pure {
        // Declare a boolean designating basic order parameter offset validity.
        bool validOffsets;
        // Utilize assembly in order to read offset data directly from calldata.
        assembly {
            /*
             * Checks:
             * 1. Order parameters struct offset == 0x20
             * 2. Additional recipients arr offset == 0x240
             * 3. Signature offset == 0x260 + (recipients.length * 0x40)
             * 4. BasicOrderType between 0 and 23 (i.e. < 24)
             */
            validOffsets := and(
                // Order parameters at calldata 0x04 must have offset of 0x20.
                eq(
                    calldataload(BasicOrder_parameters_cdPtr),
                    BasicOrder_parameters_ptr
                ),
                // Additional recipients at cd 0x224 must have offset of 0x240.
                eq(
                    calldataload(BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_head_cdPtr),
                    BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_head_ptr
                )
            )
            validOffsets := and(
                validOffsets,
                eq(
                    // Load signature offset from calldata 0x244.
                    calldataload(BasicOrder_signature_cdPtr),
                    // Derive expected offset as start of recipients + len * 64.
                    add(
                        BasicOrder_signature_ptr,
                        mul(
                            // Additional recipients length at calldata 0x264.
                            calldataload(
                                BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_length_cdPtr
                            ),
                            // Each additional recipient has a length of 0x40.
                            AdditionalRecipients_size
                        )
                    )
                )
            )
            validOffsets := and(
                validOffsets,
                lt(
                    // BasicOrderType parameter at calldata offset 0x124.
                    calldataload(BasicOrder_basicOrderType_cdPtr),
                    // Value should be less than 24.
                    BasicOrder_basicOrderType_range
                )
            )
        }
        // Revert with an error if basic order parameter offsets are invalid.
        if (!validOffsets) {
            revert InvalidBasicOrderParameterEncoding();
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.13;
import { EIP1271Interface } from "../interfaces/EIP1271Interface.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
    SignatureVerificationErrors
} from "../interfaces/SignatureVerificationErrors.sol";
import { LowLevelHelpers } from "./LowLevelHelpers.sol";
import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title SignatureVerification
 * @author 0age
 * @notice SignatureVerification contains logic for verifying signatures.
 */
contract SignatureVerification is SignatureVerificationErrors, LowLevelHelpers {
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to verify the signature of an order. An
     *      ERC-1271 fallback will be attempted if either the signature length
     *      is not 64 or 65 bytes or if the recovered signer does not match the
     *      supplied signer.
     *
     * @param signer    The signer for the order.
     * @param digest    The digest to verify the signature against.
     * @param signature A signature from the signer indicating that the order
     *                  has been approved.
     */
    function _assertValidSignature(
        address signer,
        bytes32 digest,
        bytes memory signature
    ) internal view {
        // Declare value for ecrecover equality or 1271 call success status.
        bool success;
        // Utilize assembly to perform optimized signature verification check.
        assembly {
            // Ensure that first word of scratch space is empty.
            mstore(0, 0)
            // Declare value for v signature parameter.
            let v
            // Get the length of the signature.
            let signatureLength := mload(signature)
            // Get the pointer to the value preceding the signature length.
            // This will be used for temporary memory overrides - either the
            // signature head for isValidSignature or the digest for ecrecover.
            let wordBeforeSignaturePtr := sub(signature, OneWord)
            // Cache the current value behind the signature to restore it later.
            let cachedWordBeforeSignature := mload(wordBeforeSignaturePtr)
            // Declare lenDiff + recoveredSigner scope to manage stack pressure.
            {
                // Take the difference between the max ECDSA signature length
                // and the actual signature length. Overflow desired for any
                // values > 65. If the diff is not 0 or 1, it is not a valid
                // ECDSA signature - move on to EIP1271 check.
                let lenDiff := sub(ECDSA_MaxLength, signatureLength)
                // Declare variable for recovered signer.
                let recoveredSigner
                // If diff is 0 or 1, it may be an ECDSA signature.
                // Try to recover signer.
                if iszero(gt(lenDiff, 1)) {
                    // Read the signature `s` value.
                    let originalSignatureS := mload(
                        add(signature, ECDSA_signature_s_offset)
                    )
                    // Read the first byte of the word after `s`. If the
                    // signature is 65 bytes, this will be the real `v` value.
                    // If not, it will need to be modified - doing it this way
                    // saves an extra condition.
                    v := byte(
                        0,
                        mload(add(signature, ECDSA_signature_v_offset))
                    )
                    // If lenDiff is 1, parse 64-byte signature as ECDSA.
                    if lenDiff {
                        // Extract yParity from highest bit of vs and add 27 to
                        // get v.
                        v := add(
                            shr(MaxUint8, originalSignatureS),
                            Signature_lower_v
                        )
                        // Extract canonical s from vs, all but the highest bit.
                        // Temporarily overwrite the original `s` value in the
                        // signature.
                        mstore(
                            add(signature, ECDSA_signature_s_offset),
                            and(
                                originalSignatureS,
                                EIP2098_allButHighestBitMask
                            )
                        )
                    }
                    // Temporarily overwrite the signature length with `v` to
                    // conform to the expected input for ecrecover.
                    mstore(signature, v)
                    // Temporarily overwrite the word before the length with
                    // `digest` to conform to the expected input for ecrecover.
                    mstore(wordBeforeSignaturePtr, digest)
                    // Attempt to recover the signer for the given signature. Do
                    // not check the call status as ecrecover will return a null
                    // address if the signature is invalid.
                    pop(
                        staticcall(
                            gas(),
                            Ecrecover_precompile, // Call ecrecover precompile.
                            wordBeforeSignaturePtr, // Use data memory location.
                            Ecrecover_args_size, // Size of digest, v, r, and s.
                            0, // Write result to scratch space.
                            OneWord // Provide size of returned result.
                        )
                    )
                    // Restore cached word before signature.
                    mstore(wordBeforeSignaturePtr, cachedWordBeforeSignature)
                    // Restore cached signature length.
                    mstore(signature, signatureLength)
                    // Restore cached signature `s` value.
                    mstore(
                        add(signature, ECDSA_signature_s_offset),
                        originalSignatureS
                    )
                    // Read the recovered signer from the buffer given as return
                    // space for ecrecover.
                    recoveredSigner := mload(0)
                }
                // Set success to true if the signature provided was a valid
                // ECDSA signature and the signer is not the null address. Use
                // gt instead of direct as success is used outside of assembly.
                success := and(eq(signer, recoveredSigner), gt(signer, 0))
            }
            // If the signature was not verified with ecrecover, try EIP1271.
            if iszero(success) {
                // Temporarily overwrite the word before the signature length
                // and use it as the head of the signature input to
                // `isValidSignature`, which has a value of 64.
                mstore(
                    wordBeforeSignaturePtr,
                    EIP1271_isValidSignature_signature_head_offset
                )
                // Get pointer to use for the selector of `isValidSignature`.
                let selectorPtr := sub(
                    signature,
                    EIP1271_isValidSignature_selector_negativeOffset
                )
                // Cache the value currently stored at the selector pointer.
                let cachedWordOverwrittenBySelector := mload(selectorPtr)
                // Get pointer to use for `digest` input to `isValidSignature`.
                let digestPtr := sub(
                    signature,
                    EIP1271_isValidSignature_digest_negativeOffset
                )
                // Cache the value currently stored at the digest pointer.
                let cachedWordOverwrittenByDigest := mload(digestPtr)
                // Write the selector first, since it overlaps the digest.
                mstore(selectorPtr, EIP1271_isValidSignature_selector)
                // Next, write the digest.
                mstore(digestPtr, digest)
                // Call signer with `isValidSignature` to validate signature.
                success := staticcall(
                    gas(),
                    signer,
                    selectorPtr,
                    add(
                        signatureLength,
                        EIP1271_isValidSignature_calldata_baseLength
                    ),
                    0,
                    OneWord
                )
                // Determine if the signature is valid on successful calls.
                if success {
                    // If first word of scratch space does not contain EIP-1271
                    // signature selector, revert.
                    if iszero(eq(mload(0), EIP1271_isValidSignature_selector)) {
                        // Revert with bad 1271 signature if signer has code.
                        if extcodesize(signer) {
                            // Bad contract signature.
                            mstore(0, BadContractSignature_error_signature)
                            revert(0, BadContractSignature_error_length)
                        }
                        // Check if signature length was invalid.
                        if gt(sub(ECDSA_MaxLength, signatureLength), 1) {
                            // Revert with generic invalid signature error.
                            mstore(0, InvalidSignature_error_signature)
                            revert(0, InvalidSignature_error_length)
                        }
                        // Check if v was invalid.
                        if iszero(
                            byte(v, ECDSA_twentySeventhAndTwentyEighthBytesSet)
                        ) {
                            // Revert with invalid v value.
                            mstore(0, BadSignatureV_error_signature)
                            mstore(BadSignatureV_error_offset, v)
                            revert(0, BadSignatureV_error_length)
                        }
                        // Revert with generic invalid signer error message.
                        mstore(0, InvalidSigner_error_signature)
                        revert(0, InvalidSigner_error_length)
                    }
                }
                // Restore the cached values overwritten by selector, digest and
                // signature head.
                mstore(wordBeforeSignaturePtr, cachedWordBeforeSignature)
                mstore(selectorPtr, cachedWordOverwrittenBySelector)
                mstore(digestPtr, cachedWordOverwrittenByDigest)
            }
        }
        // If the call failed...
        if (!success) {
            // Revert and pass reason along if one was returned.
            _revertWithReasonIfOneIsReturned();
            // Otherwise, revert with error indicating bad contract signature.
            assembly {
                mstore(0, BadContractSignature_error_signature)
                revert(0, BadContractSignature_error_length)
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.13;
import { OrderParameters } from "./ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import { ConsiderationBase } from "./ConsiderationBase.sol";
import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title GettersAndDerivers
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ConsiderationInternal contains pure and internal view functions
 *         related to getting or deriving various values.
 */
contract GettersAndDerivers is ConsiderationBase {
    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController)
        ConsiderationBase(conduitController)
    {}
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to derive the order hash for a given order.
     *      Note that only the original consideration items are included in the
     *      order hash, as additional consideration items may be supplied by the
     *      caller.
     *
     * @param orderParameters The parameters of the order to hash.
     * @param counter           The counter of the order to hash.
     *
     * @return orderHash The hash.
     */
    function _deriveOrderHash(
        OrderParameters memory orderParameters,
        uint256 counter
    ) internal view returns (bytes32 orderHash) {
        // Get length of original consideration array and place it on the stack.
        uint256 originalConsiderationLength = (
            orderParameters.totalOriginalConsiderationItems
        );
        /*
         * Memory layout for an array of structs (dynamic or not) is similar
         * to ABI encoding of dynamic types, with a head segment followed by
         * a data segment. The main difference is that the head of an element
         * is a memory pointer rather than an offset.
         */
        // Declare a variable for the derived hash of the offer array.
        bytes32 offerHash;
        // Read offer item EIP-712 typehash from runtime code & place on stack.
        bytes32 typeHash = _OFFER_ITEM_TYPEHASH;
        // Utilize assembly so that memory regions can be reused across hashes.
        assembly {
            // Retrieve the free memory pointer and place on the stack.
            let hashArrPtr := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            // Get the pointer to the offers array.
            let offerArrPtr := mload(
                add(orderParameters, OrderParameters_offer_head_offset)
            )
            // Load the length.
            let offerLength := mload(offerArrPtr)
            // Set the pointer to the first offer's head.
            offerArrPtr := add(offerArrPtr, OneWord)
            // Iterate over the offer items.
            // prettier-ignore
            for { let i := 0 } lt(i, offerLength) {
                i := add(i, 1)
            } {
                // Read the pointer to the offer data and subtract one word
                // to get typeHash pointer.
                let ptr := sub(mload(offerArrPtr), OneWord)
                // Read the current value before the offer data.
                let value := mload(ptr)
                // Write the type hash to the previous word.
                mstore(ptr, typeHash)
                // Take the EIP712 hash and store it in the hash array.
                mstore(hashArrPtr, keccak256(ptr, EIP712_OfferItem_size))
                // Restore the previous word.
                mstore(ptr, value)
                // Increment the array pointers by one word.
                offerArrPtr := add(offerArrPtr, OneWord)
                hashArrPtr := add(hashArrPtr, OneWord)
            }
            // Derive the offer hash using the hashes of each item.
            offerHash := keccak256(
                mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot),
                mul(offerLength, OneWord)
            )
        }
        // Declare a variable for the derived hash of the consideration array.
        bytes32 considerationHash;
        // Read consideration item typehash from runtime code & place on stack.
        typeHash = _CONSIDERATION_ITEM_TYPEHASH;
        // Utilize assembly so that memory regions can be reused across hashes.
        assembly {
            // Retrieve the free memory pointer and place on the stack.
            let hashArrPtr := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            // Get the pointer to the consideration array.
            let considerationArrPtr := add(
                mload(
                    add(
                        orderParameters,
                        OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset
                    )
                ),
                OneWord
            )
            // Iterate over the consideration items (not including tips).
            // prettier-ignore
            for { let i := 0 } lt(i, originalConsiderationLength) {
                i := add(i, 1)
            } {
                // Read the pointer to the consideration data and subtract one
                // word to get typeHash pointer.
                let ptr := sub(mload(considerationArrPtr), OneWord)
                // Read the current value before the consideration data.
                let value := mload(ptr)
                // Write the type hash to the previous word.
                mstore(ptr, typeHash)
                // Take the EIP712 hash and store it in the hash array.
                mstore(
                    hashArrPtr,
                    keccak256(ptr, EIP712_ConsiderationItem_size)
                )
                // Restore the previous word.
                mstore(ptr, value)
                // Increment the array pointers by one word.
                considerationArrPtr := add(considerationArrPtr, OneWord)
                hashArrPtr := add(hashArrPtr, OneWord)
            }
            // Derive the consideration hash using the hashes of each item.
            considerationHash := keccak256(
                mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot),
                mul(originalConsiderationLength, OneWord)
            )
        }
        // Read order item EIP-712 typehash from runtime code & place on stack.
        typeHash = _ORDER_TYPEHASH;
        // Utilize assembly to access derived hashes & other arguments directly.
        assembly {
            // Retrieve pointer to the region located just behind parameters.
            let typeHashPtr := sub(orderParameters, OneWord)
            // Store the value at that pointer location to restore later.
            let previousValue := mload(typeHashPtr)
            // Store the order item EIP-712 typehash at the typehash location.
            mstore(typeHashPtr, typeHash)
            // Retrieve the pointer for the offer array head.
            let offerHeadPtr := add(
                orderParameters,
                OrderParameters_offer_head_offset
            )
            // Retrieve the data pointer referenced by the offer head.
            let offerDataPtr := mload(offerHeadPtr)
            // Store the offer hash at the retrieved memory location.
            mstore(offerHeadPtr, offerHash)
            // Retrieve the pointer for the consideration array head.
            let considerationHeadPtr := add(
                orderParameters,
                OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset
            )
            // Retrieve the data pointer referenced by the consideration head.
            let considerationDataPtr := mload(considerationHeadPtr)
            // Store the consideration hash at the retrieved memory location.
            mstore(considerationHeadPtr, considerationHash)
            // Retrieve the pointer for the counter.
            let counterPtr := add(
                orderParameters,
                OrderParameters_counter_offset
            )
            // Store the counter at the retrieved memory location.
            mstore(counterPtr, counter)
            // Derive the order hash using the full range of order parameters.
            orderHash := keccak256(typeHashPtr, EIP712_Order_size)
            // Restore the value previously held at typehash pointer location.
            mstore(typeHashPtr, previousValue)
            // Restore offer data pointer at the offer head pointer location.
            mstore(offerHeadPtr, offerDataPtr)
            // Restore consideration data pointer at the consideration head ptr.
            mstore(considerationHeadPtr, considerationDataPtr)
            // Restore consideration item length at the counter pointer.
            mstore(counterPtr, originalConsiderationLength)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to derive the address of a given conduit
     *      using a corresponding conduit key.
     *
     * @param conduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                   if any, to source token approvals from. This value is
     *                   the "salt" parameter supplied by the deployer (i.e. the
     *                   conduit controller) when deploying the given conduit.
     *
     * @return conduit The address of the conduit associated with the given
     *                 conduit key.
     */
    function _deriveConduit(bytes32 conduitKey)
        internal
        view
        returns (address conduit)
    {
        // Read conduit controller address from runtime and place on the stack.
        address conduitController = address(_CONDUIT_CONTROLLER);
        // Read conduit creation code hash from runtime and place on the stack.
        bytes32 conduitCreationCodeHash = _CONDUIT_CREATION_CODE_HASH;
        // Leverage scratch space to perform an efficient hash.
        assembly {
            // Retrieve the free memory pointer; it will be replaced afterwards.
            let freeMemoryPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            // Place the control character and the conduit controller in scratch
            // space; note that eleven bytes at the beginning are left unused.
            mstore(0, or(MaskOverByteTwelve, conduitController))
            // Place the conduit key in the next region of scratch space.
            mstore(OneWord, conduitKey)
            // Place conduit creation code hash in free memory pointer location.
            mstore(TwoWords, conduitCreationCodeHash)
            // Derive conduit by hashing and applying a mask over last 20 bytes.
            conduit := and(
                // Hash the relevant region.
                keccak256(
                    // The region starts at memory pointer 11.
                    Create2AddressDerivation_ptr,
                    // The region is 85 bytes long (1 + 20 + 32 + 32).
                    Create2AddressDerivation_length
                ),
                // The address equals the last twenty bytes of the hash.
                MaskOverLastTwentyBytes
            )
            // Restore the free memory pointer.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, freeMemoryPointer)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to get the EIP-712 domain separator. If the
     *      chainId matches the chainId set on deployment, the cached domain
     *      separator will be returned; otherwise, it will be derived from
     *      scratch.
     *
     * @return The domain separator.
     */
    function _domainSeparator() internal view returns (bytes32) {
        // prettier-ignore
        return block.chainid == _CHAIN_ID
            ? _DOMAIN_SEPARATOR
            : _deriveDomainSeparator();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to retrieve configuration information for
     *      this contract.
     *
     * @return version           The contract version.
     * @return domainSeparator   The domain separator for this contract.
     * @return conduitController The conduit Controller set for this contract.
     */
    function _information()
        internal
        view
        returns (
            string memory version,
            bytes32 domainSeparator,
            address conduitController
        )
    {
        // Derive the domain separator.
        domainSeparator = _domainSeparator();
        // Declare variable as immutables cannot be accessed within assembly.
        conduitController = address(_CONDUIT_CONTROLLER);
        // Allocate a string with the intended length.
        version = new string(Version_length);
        // Set the version as data on the newly allocated string.
        assembly {
            mstore(add(version, OneWord), shl(Version_shift, Version))
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to efficiently derive an digest to sign for
     *      an order in accordance with EIP-712.
     *
     * @param domainSeparator The domain separator.
     * @param orderHash       The order hash.
     *
     * @return value The hash.
     */
    function _deriveEIP712Digest(bytes32 domainSeparator, bytes32 orderHash)
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes32 value)
    {
        // Leverage scratch space to perform an efficient hash.
        assembly {
            // Place the EIP-712 prefix at the start of scratch space.
            mstore(0, EIP_712_PREFIX)
            // Place the domain separator in the next region of scratch space.
            mstore(EIP712_DomainSeparator_offset, domainSeparator)
            // Place the order hash in scratch space, spilling into the first
            // two bytes of the free memory pointer — this should never be set
            // as memory cannot be expanded to that size, and will be zeroed out
            // after the hash is performed.
            mstore(EIP712_OrderHash_offset, orderHash)
            // Hash the relevant region (65 bytes).
            value := keccak256(0, EIP712_DigestPayload_size)
            // Clear out the dirtied bits in the memory pointer.
            mstore(EIP712_OrderHash_offset, 0)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.13;
// prettier-ignore
import {
    ConsiderationEventsAndErrors
} from "../interfaces/ConsiderationEventsAndErrors.sol";
import { ReentrancyGuard } from "./ReentrancyGuard.sol";
/**
 * @title CounterManager
 * @author 0age
 * @notice CounterManager contains a storage mapping and related functionality
 *         for retrieving and incrementing a per-offerer counter.
 */
contract CounterManager is ConsiderationEventsAndErrors, ReentrancyGuard {
    // Only orders signed using an offerer's current counter are fulfillable.
    mapping(address => uint256) private _counters;
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to cancel all orders from a given offerer with a
     *      given zone in bulk by incrementing a counter. Note that only the
     *      offerer may increment the counter.
     *
     * @return newCounter The new counter.
     */
    function _incrementCounter() internal returns (uint256 newCounter) {
        // Ensure that the reentrancy guard is not currently set.
        _assertNonReentrant();
        // Skip overflow check as counter cannot be incremented that far.
        unchecked {
            // Increment current counter for the supplied offerer.
            newCounter = ++_counters[msg.sender];
        }
        // Emit an event containing the new counter.
        emit CounterIncremented(newCounter, msg.sender);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to retrieve the current counter for a given
     *      offerer.
     *
     * @param offerer The offerer in question.
     *
     * @return currentCounter The current counter.
     */
    function _getCounter(address offerer)
        internal
        view
        returns (uint256 currentCounter)
    {
        // Return the counter for the supplied offerer.
        currentCounter = _counters[offerer];
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.13;
// prettier-ignore
import {
    ConduitControllerInterface
} from "../interfaces/ConduitControllerInterface.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
    ConsiderationEventsAndErrors
} from "../interfaces/ConsiderationEventsAndErrors.sol";
import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title ConsiderationBase
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ConsiderationBase contains immutable constants and constructor logic.
 */
contract ConsiderationBase is ConsiderationEventsAndErrors {
    // Precompute hashes, original chainId, and domain separator on deployment.
    bytes32 internal immutable _NAME_HASH;
    bytes32 internal immutable _VERSION_HASH;
    bytes32 internal immutable _EIP_712_DOMAIN_TYPEHASH;
    bytes32 internal immutable _OFFER_ITEM_TYPEHASH;
    bytes32 internal immutable _CONSIDERATION_ITEM_TYPEHASH;
    bytes32 internal immutable _ORDER_TYPEHASH;
    uint256 internal immutable _CHAIN_ID;
    bytes32 internal immutable _DOMAIN_SEPARATOR;
    // Allow for interaction with the conduit controller.
    ConduitControllerInterface internal immutable _CONDUIT_CONTROLLER;
    // Cache the conduit creation code hash used by the conduit controller.
    bytes32 internal immutable _CONDUIT_CREATION_CODE_HASH;
    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController) {
        // Derive name and version hashes alongside required EIP-712 typehashes.
        (
            _NAME_HASH,
            _VERSION_HASH,
            _EIP_712_DOMAIN_TYPEHASH,
            _OFFER_ITEM_TYPEHASH,
            _CONSIDERATION_ITEM_TYPEHASH,
            _ORDER_TYPEHASH
        ) = _deriveTypehashes();
        // Store the current chainId and derive the current domain separator.
        _CHAIN_ID = block.chainid;
        _DOMAIN_SEPARATOR = _deriveDomainSeparator();
        // Set the supplied conduit controller.
        _CONDUIT_CONTROLLER = ConduitControllerInterface(conduitController);
        // Retrieve the conduit creation code hash from the supplied controller.
        (_CONDUIT_CREATION_CODE_HASH, ) = (
            _CONDUIT_CONTROLLER.getConduitCodeHashes()
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to derive the EIP-712 domain separator.
     *
     * @return The derived domain separator.
     */
    function _deriveDomainSeparator() internal view returns (bytes32) {
        // prettier-ignore
        return keccak256(
            abi.encode(
                _EIP_712_DOMAIN_TYPEHASH,
                _NAME_HASH,
                _VERSION_HASH,
                block.chainid,
                address(this)
            )
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to retrieve the default name of this
     *      contract and return.
     *
     * @return The name of this contract.
     */
    function _name() internal pure virtual returns (string memory) {
        // Return the name of the contract.
        assembly {
            // First element is the offset for the returned string. Offset the
            // value in memory by one word so that the free memory pointer will
            // be overwritten by the next write.
            mstore(OneWord, OneWord)
            // Name is right padded, so it touches the length which is left
            // padded. This enables writing both values at once. The free memory
            // pointer will be overwritten in the process.
            mstore(NameLengthPtr, NameWithLength)
            // Standard ABI encoding pads returned data to the nearest word. Use
            // the already empty zero slot memory region for this purpose and
            // return the final name string, offset by the original single word.
            return(OneWord, ThreeWords)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to retrieve the default name of this contract
     *      as a string that can be used internally.
     *
     * @return The name of this contract.
     */
    function _nameString() internal pure virtual returns (string memory) {
        // Return the name of the contract.
        return "Consideration";
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to derive required EIP-712 typehashes and
     *      other hashes during contract creation.
     *
     * @return nameHash                  The hash of the name of the contract.
     * @return versionHash               The hash of the version string of the
     *                                   contract.
     * @return eip712DomainTypehash      The primary EIP-712 domain typehash.
     * @return offerItemTypehash         The EIP-712 typehash for OfferItem
     *                                   types.
     * @return considerationItemTypehash The EIP-712 typehash for
     *                                   ConsiderationItem types.
     * @return orderTypehash             The EIP-712 typehash for Order types.
     */
    function _deriveTypehashes()
        internal
        pure
        returns (
            bytes32 nameHash,
            bytes32 versionHash,
            bytes32 eip712DomainTypehash,
            bytes32 offerItemTypehash,
            bytes32 considerationItemTypehash,
            bytes32 orderTypehash
        )
    {
        // Derive hash of the name of the contract.
        nameHash = keccak256(bytes(_nameString()));
        // Derive hash of the version string of the contract.
        versionHash = keccak256(bytes("1.1"));
        // Construct the OfferItem type string.
        // prettier-ignore
        bytes memory offerItemTypeString = abi.encodePacked(
            "OfferItem(",
                "uint8 itemType,",
                "address token,",
                "uint256 identifierOrCriteria,",
                "uint256 startAmount,",
                "uint256 endAmount",
            ")"
        );
        // Construct the ConsiderationItem type string.
        // prettier-ignore
        bytes memory considerationItemTypeString = abi.encodePacked(
            "ConsiderationItem(",
                "uint8 itemType,",
                "address token,",
                "uint256 identifierOrCriteria,",
                "uint256 startAmount,",
                "uint256 endAmount,",
                "address recipient",
            ")"
        );
        // Construct the OrderComponents type string, not including the above.
        // prettier-ignore
        bytes memory orderComponentsPartialTypeString = abi.encodePacked(
            "OrderComponents(",
                "address offerer,",
                "address zone,",
                "OfferItem[] offer,",
                "ConsiderationItem[] consideration,",
                "uint8 orderType,",
                "uint256 startTime,",
                "uint256 endTime,",
                "bytes32 zoneHash,",
                "uint256 salt,",
                "bytes32 conduitKey,",
                "uint256 counter",
            ")"
        );
        // Construct the primary EIP-712 domain type string.
        // prettier-ignore
        eip712DomainTypehash = keccak256(
            abi.encodePacked(
                "EIP712Domain(",
                    "string name,",
                    "string version,",
                    "uint256 chainId,",
                    "address verifyingContract",
                ")"
            )
        );
        // Derive the OfferItem type hash using the corresponding type string.
        offerItemTypehash = keccak256(offerItemTypeString);
        // Derive ConsiderationItem type hash using corresponding type string.
        considerationItemTypehash = keccak256(considerationItemTypeString);
        // Derive OrderItem type hash via combination of relevant type strings.
        orderTypehash = keccak256(
            abi.encodePacked(
                orderComponentsPartialTypeString,
                considerationItemTypeString,
                offerItemTypeString
            )
        );
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
import { SpentItem, ReceivedItem } from "../lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
/**
 * @title ConsiderationEventsAndErrors
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ConsiderationEventsAndErrors contains all events and errors.
 */
interface ConsiderationEventsAndErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever an order is successfully fulfilled.
     *
     * @param orderHash     The hash of the fulfilled order.
     * @param offerer       The offerer of the fulfilled order.
     * @param zone          The zone of the fulfilled order.
     * @param recipient     The recipient of each spent item on the fulfilled
     *                      order, or the null address if there is no specific
     *                      fulfiller (i.e. the order is part of a group of
     *                      orders). Defaults to the caller unless explicitly
     *                      specified otherwise by the fulfiller.
     * @param offer         The offer items spent as part of the order.
     * @param consideration The consideration items received as part of the
     *                      order along with the recipients of each item.
     */
    event OrderFulfilled(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        address indexed offerer,
        address indexed zone,
        address recipient,
        SpentItem[] offer,
        ReceivedItem[] consideration
    );
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever an order is successfully cancelled.
     *
     * @param orderHash The hash of the cancelled order.
     * @param offerer   The offerer of the cancelled order.
     * @param zone      The zone of the cancelled order.
     */
    event OrderCancelled(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        address indexed offerer,
        address indexed zone
    );
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever an order is explicitly validated. Note that
     *      this event will not be emitted on partial fills even though they do
     *      validate the order as part of partial fulfillment.
     *
     * @param orderHash The hash of the validated order.
     * @param offerer   The offerer of the validated order.
     * @param zone      The zone of the validated order.
     */
    event OrderValidated(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        address indexed offerer,
        address indexed zone
    );
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever a counter for a given offerer is incremented.
     *
     * @param newCounter The new counter for the offerer.
     * @param offerer  The offerer in question.
     */
    event CounterIncremented(uint256 newCounter, address indexed offerer);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill an order that has
     *      already been fully filled.
     *
     * @param orderHash The order hash on which a fill was attempted.
     */
    error OrderAlreadyFilled(bytes32 orderHash);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill an order outside the
     *      specified start time and end time.
     */
    error InvalidTime();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill an order referencing an
     *      invalid conduit (i.e. one that has not been deployed).
     */
    error InvalidConduit(bytes32 conduitKey, address conduit);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an order is supplied for fulfillment with
     *      a consideration array that is shorter than the original array.
     */
    error MissingOriginalConsiderationItems();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a call to a conduit fails with revert data
     *      that is too expensive to return.
     */
    error InvalidCallToConduit(address conduit);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error if a consideration amount has not been fully
     *      zeroed out after applying all fulfillments.
     *
     * @param orderIndex         The index of the order with the consideration
     *                           item with a shortfall.
     * @param considerationIndex The index of the consideration item on the
     *                           order.
     * @param shortfallAmount    The unfulfilled consideration amount.
     */
    error ConsiderationNotMet(
        uint256 orderIndex,
        uint256 considerationIndex,
        uint256 shortfallAmount
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when insufficient ether is supplied as part of
     *      msg.value when fulfilling orders.
     */
    error InsufficientEtherSupplied();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an ether transfer reverts.
     */
    error EtherTransferGenericFailure(address account, uint256 amount);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a partial fill is attempted on an order
     *      that does not specify partial fill support in its order type.
     */
    error PartialFillsNotEnabledForOrder();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill an order that has been
     *      cancelled.
     *
     * @param orderHash The hash of the cancelled order.
     */
    error OrderIsCancelled(bytes32 orderHash);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill a basic order that has
     *      been partially filled.
     *
     * @param orderHash The hash of the partially used order.
     */
    error OrderPartiallyFilled(bytes32 orderHash);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to cancel an order as a caller
     *      other than the indicated offerer or zone.
     */
    error InvalidCanceller();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when supplying a fraction with a value of zero
     *      for the numerator or denominator, or one where the numerator exceeds
     *      the denominator.
     */
    error BadFraction();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a caller attempts to supply callvalue to a
     *      non-payable basic order route or does not supply any callvalue to a
     *      payable basic order route.
     */
    error InvalidMsgValue(uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill a basic order using
     *      calldata not produced by default ABI encoding.
     */
    error InvalidBasicOrderParameterEncoding();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill any number of
     *      available orders when none are fulfillable.
     */
    error NoSpecifiedOrdersAvailable();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order with an
     *      offer for ETH outside of matching orders.
     */
    error InvalidNativeOfferItem();
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.13;
import { ReentrancyErrors } from "../interfaces/ReentrancyErrors.sol";
import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title ReentrancyGuard
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ReentrancyGuard contains a storage variable and related functionality
 *         for protecting against reentrancy.
 */
contract ReentrancyGuard is ReentrancyErrors {
    // Prevent reentrant calls on protected functions.
    uint256 private _reentrancyGuard;
    /**
     * @dev Initialize the reentrancy guard during deployment.
     */
    constructor() {
        // Initialize the reentrancy guard in a cleared state.
        _reentrancyGuard = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to ensure that the sentinel value for the
     *      reentrancy guard is not currently set and, if not, to set the
     *      sentinel value for the reentrancy guard.
     */
    function _setReentrancyGuard() internal {
        // Ensure that the reentrancy guard is not already set.
        _assertNonReentrant();
        // Set the reentrancy guard.
        _reentrancyGuard = _ENTERED;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to unset the reentrancy guard sentinel value.
     */
    function _clearReentrancyGuard() internal {
        // Clear the reentrancy guard.
        _reentrancyGuard = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to ensure that the sentinel value for the
            reentrancy guard is not currently set.
     */
    function _assertNonReentrant() internal view {
        // Ensure that the reentrancy guard is not currently set.
        if (_reentrancyGuard != _NOT_ENTERED) {
            revert NoReentrantCalls();
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
/**
 * @title ReentrancyErrors
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ReentrancyErrors contains errors related to reentrancy.
 */
interface ReentrancyErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a caller attempts to reenter a protected
     *      function.
     */
    error NoReentrantCalls();
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
interface EIP1271Interface {
    function isValidSignature(bytes32 digest, bytes calldata signature)
        external
        view
        returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
/**
 * @title SignatureVerificationErrors
 * @author 0age
 * @notice SignatureVerificationErrors contains all errors related to signature
 *         verification.
 */
interface SignatureVerificationErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a signature that does not contain a v
     *      value of 27 or 28 has been supplied.
     *
     * @param v The invalid v value.
     */
    error BadSignatureV(uint8 v);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when the signer recovered by the supplied
     *      signature does not match the offerer or an allowed EIP-1271 signer
     *      as specified by the offerer in the event they are a contract.
     */
    error InvalidSigner();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a signer cannot be recovered from the
     *      supplied signature.
     */
    error InvalidSignature();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an EIP-1271 call to an account fails.
     */
    error BadContractSignature();
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.13;
import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title LowLevelHelpers
 * @author 0age
 * @notice LowLevelHelpers contains logic for performing various low-level
 *         operations.
 */
contract LowLevelHelpers {
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to staticcall an arbitrary target with given
     *      calldata. Note that no data is written to memory and no contract
     *      size check is performed.
     *
     * @param target   The account to staticcall.
     * @param callData The calldata to supply when staticcalling the target.
     *
     * @return success The status of the staticcall to the target.
     */
    function _staticcall(address target, bytes memory callData)
        internal
        view
        returns (bool success)
    {
        assembly {
            // Perform the staticcall.
            success := staticcall(
                gas(),
                target,
                add(callData, OneWord),
                mload(callData),
                0,
                0
            )
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to revert and pass along the revert reason if
     *      data was returned by the last call and that the size of that data
     *      does not exceed the currently allocated memory size.
     */
    function _revertWithReasonIfOneIsReturned() internal view {
        assembly {
            // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient gas
            // remains to do so:
            if returndatasize() {
                // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy returndata
                // while expanding memory where necessary. Start by computing
                // the word size of returndata and allocated memory.
                let returnDataWords := div(
                    add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                    OneWord
                )
                // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to work
                // around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize directly
                // when the IR pipeline is activated.
                let msizeWords := div(mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot), OneWord)
                // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                    cost := add(
                        cost,
                        add(
                            mul(sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords), CostPerWord),
                            div(
                                sub(
                                    mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
                                    mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                ),
                                MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                            )
                        )
                    )
                }
                // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas remaining;
                // bubble up the revert data if enough gas is still available.
                if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                    // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
                    returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                    // Revert, specifying memory region with copied returndata.
                    revert(0, returndatasize())
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to determine if the first word of returndata
     *      matches an expected magic value.
     *
     * @param expected The expected magic value.
     *
     * @return A boolean indicating whether the expected value matches the one
     *         located in the first word of returndata.
     */
    function _doesNotMatchMagic(bytes4 expected) internal pure returns (bool) {
        // Declare a variable for the value held by the return data buffer.
        bytes4 result;
        // Utilize assembly in order to read directly from returndata buffer.
        assembly {
            // Only put result on stack if return data is exactly one word.
            if eq(returndatasize(), OneWord) {
                // Copy the word directly from return data into scratch space.
                returndatacopy(0, 0, OneWord)
                // Take value from scratch space and place it on the stack.
                result := mload(0)
            }
        }
        // Return a boolean indicating whether expected and located value match.
        return result != expected;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.13;
import { ItemType, Side } from "./ConsiderationEnums.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
    OfferItem,
    ConsiderationItem,
    ReceivedItem,
    OrderParameters,
    AdvancedOrder,
    Execution,
    FulfillmentComponent
} from "./ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
    FulfillmentApplicationErrors
} from "../interfaces/FulfillmentApplicationErrors.sol";
/**
 * @title FulfillmentApplier
 * @author 0age
 * @notice FulfillmentApplier contains logic related to applying fulfillments,
 *         both as part of order matching (where offer items are matched to
 *         consideration items) as well as fulfilling available orders (where
 *         order items and consideration items are independently aggregated).
 */
contract FulfillmentApplier is FulfillmentApplicationErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to match offer items to consideration items
     *      on a group of orders via a supplied fulfillment.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders          The orders to match.
     * @param offerComponents         An array designating offer components to
     *                                match to consideration components.
     * @param considerationComponents An array designating consideration
     *                                components to match to offer components.
     *                                Note that each consideration amount must
     *                                be zero in order for the match operation
     *                                to be valid.
     *
     * @return execution The transfer performed as a result of the fulfillment.
     */
    function _applyFulfillment(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        FulfillmentComponent[] calldata offerComponents,
        FulfillmentComponent[] calldata considerationComponents
    ) internal pure returns (Execution memory execution) {
        // Ensure 1+ of both offer and consideration components are supplied.
        if (
            offerComponents.length == 0 || considerationComponents.length == 0
        ) {
            revert OfferAndConsiderationRequiredOnFulfillment();
        }
        // Declare a new Execution struct.
        Execution memory considerationExecution;
        // Validate & aggregate consideration items to new Execution object.
        _aggregateValidFulfillmentConsiderationItems(
            advancedOrders,
            considerationComponents,
            considerationExecution
        );
        // Retrieve the consideration item from the execution struct.
        ReceivedItem memory considerationItem = considerationExecution.item;
        // Recipient does not need to be specified because it will always be set
        // to that of the consideration.
        // Validate & aggregate offer items to Execution object.
        _aggregateValidFulfillmentOfferItems(
            advancedOrders,
            offerComponents,
            execution
        );
        // Ensure offer and consideration share types, tokens and identifiers.
        if (
            execution.item.itemType != considerationItem.itemType ||
            execution.item.token != considerationItem.token ||
            execution.item.identifier != considerationItem.identifier
        ) {
            revert MismatchedFulfillmentOfferAndConsiderationComponents();
        }
        // If total consideration amount exceeds the offer amount...
        if (considerationItem.amount > execution.item.amount) {
            // Retrieve the first consideration component from the fulfillment.
            FulfillmentComponent memory targetComponent = (
                considerationComponents[0]
            );
            // Skip underflow check as the conditional being true implies that
            // considerationItem.amount > execution.item.amount.
            unchecked {
                // Add excess consideration item amount to original order array.
                advancedOrders[targetComponent.orderIndex]
                    .parameters
                    .consideration[targetComponent.itemIndex]
                    .startAmount = (considerationItem.amount -
                    execution.item.amount);
            }
            // Reduce total consideration amount to equal the offer amount.
            considerationItem.amount = execution.item.amount;
        } else {
            // Retrieve the first offer component from the fulfillment.
            FulfillmentComponent memory targetComponent = offerComponents[0];
            // Skip underflow check as the conditional being false implies that
            // execution.item.amount >= considerationItem.amount.
            unchecked {
                // Add excess offer item amount to the original array of orders.
                advancedOrders[targetComponent.orderIndex]
                    .parameters
                    .offer[targetComponent.itemIndex]
                    .startAmount = (execution.item.amount -
                    considerationItem.amount);
            }
            // Reduce total offer amount to equal the consideration amount.
            execution.item.amount = considerationItem.amount;
        }
        // Reuse consideration recipient.
        execution.item.recipient = considerationItem.recipient;
        // Return the final execution that will be triggered for relevant items.
        return execution; // Execution(considerationItem, offerer, conduitKey);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to aggregate offer or consideration items
     *      from a group of orders into a single execution via a supplied array
     *      of fulfillment components. Items that are not available to aggregate
     *      will not be included in the aggregated execution.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders        The orders to aggregate.
     * @param side                  The side (i.e. offer or consideration).
     * @param fulfillmentComponents An array designating item components to
     *                              aggregate if part of an available order.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey   A bytes32 value indicating what conduit, if
     *                              any, to source the fulfiller's token
     *                              approvals from. The zero hash signifies that
     *                              no conduit should be used, with approvals
     *                              set directly on this contract.
     * @param recipient             The intended recipient for all received
     *                              items.
     *
     * @return execution The transfer performed as a result of the fulfillment.
     */
    function _aggregateAvailable(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        Side side,
        FulfillmentComponent[] memory fulfillmentComponents,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient
    ) internal view returns (Execution memory execution) {
        // Skip overflow / underflow checks; conditions checked or unreachable.
        unchecked {
            // Retrieve fulfillment components array length and place on stack.
            // Ensure at least one fulfillment component has been supplied.
            if (fulfillmentComponents.length == 0) {
                revert MissingFulfillmentComponentOnAggregation(side);
            }
            // If the fulfillment components are offer components...
            if (side == Side.OFFER) {
                // Set the supplied recipient on the execution item.
                execution.item.recipient = payable(recipient);
                // Return execution for aggregated items provided by offerer.
                _aggregateValidFulfillmentOfferItems(
                    advancedOrders,
                    fulfillmentComponents,
                    execution
                );
            } else {
                // Otherwise, fulfillment components are consideration
                // components. Return execution for aggregated items provided by
                // the fulfiller.
                _aggregateValidFulfillmentConsiderationItems(
                    advancedOrders,
                    fulfillmentComponents,
                    execution
                );
                // Set the caller as the offerer on the execution.
                execution.offerer = msg.sender;
                // Set fulfiller conduit key as the conduit key on execution.
                execution.conduitKey = fulfillerConduitKey;
            }
            // Set the offerer and recipient to null address if execution
            // amount is zero. This will cause the execution item to be skipped.
            if (execution.item.amount == 0) {
                execution.offerer = address(0);
                execution.item.recipient = payable(0);
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to aggregate a group of offer items using
     *      supplied directives on which component items are candidates for
     *      aggregation, skipping items on orders that are not available.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders  The orders to aggregate offer items from.
     * @param offerComponents An array of FulfillmentComponent structs
     *                        indicating the order index and item index of each
     *                        candidate offer item for aggregation.
     * @param execution       The execution to apply the aggregation to.
     */
    function _aggregateValidFulfillmentOfferItems(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        FulfillmentComponent[] memory offerComponents,
        Execution memory execution
    ) internal pure {
        assembly {
            // Declare function for reverts on invalid fulfillment data.
            function throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData() {
                // Store the InvalidFulfillmentComponentData error signature.
                mstore(0, InvalidFulfillmentComponentData_error_signature)
                // Return, supplying InvalidFulfillmentComponentData signature.
                revert(0, InvalidFulfillmentComponentData_error_len)
            }
            // Declare function for reverts due to arithmetic overflows.
            function throwOverflow() {
                // Store the Panic error signature.
                mstore(0, Panic_error_signature)
                // Store the arithmetic (0x11) panic code as initial argument.
                mstore(Panic_error_offset, Panic_arithmetic)
                // Return, supplying Panic signature and arithmetic code.
                revert(0, Panic_error_length)
            }
            // Get position in offerComponents head.
            let fulfillmentHeadPtr := add(offerComponents, OneWord)
            // Retrieve the order index using the fulfillment pointer.
            let orderIndex := mload(mload(fulfillmentHeadPtr))
            // Ensure that the order index is not out of range.
            if iszero(lt(orderIndex, mload(advancedOrders))) {
                throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData()
            }
            // Read advancedOrders[orderIndex] pointer from its array head.
            let orderPtr := mload(
                // Calculate head position of advancedOrders[orderIndex].
                add(add(advancedOrders, OneWord), mul(orderIndex, OneWord))
            )
            // Read the pointer to OrderParameters from the AdvancedOrder.
            let paramsPtr := mload(orderPtr)
            // Load the offer array pointer.
            let offerArrPtr := mload(
                add(paramsPtr, OrderParameters_offer_head_offset)
            )
            // Retrieve item index using an offset of the fulfillment pointer.
            let itemIndex := mload(
                add(mload(fulfillmentHeadPtr), Fulfillment_itemIndex_offset)
            )
            // Only continue if the fulfillment is not invalid.
            if iszero(lt(itemIndex, mload(offerArrPtr))) {
                throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData()
            }
            // Retrieve consideration item pointer using the item index.
            let offerItemPtr := mload(
                add(
                    // Get pointer to beginning of receivedItem.
                    add(offerArrPtr, OneWord),
                    // Calculate offset to pointer for desired order.
                    mul(itemIndex, OneWord)
                )
            )
            // Declare a variable for the final aggregated item amount.
            let amount := 0
            // Create variable to track errors encountered with amount.
            let errorBuffer := 0
            // Only add offer amount to execution amount on a nonzero numerator.
            if mload(add(orderPtr, AdvancedOrder_numerator_offset)) {
                // Retrieve amount pointer using consideration item pointer.
                let amountPtr := add(offerItemPtr, Common_amount_offset)
                // Set the amount.
                amount := mload(amountPtr)
                // Zero out amount on item to indicate it is credited.
                mstore(amountPtr, 0)
                // Buffer indicating whether issues were found.
                errorBuffer := iszero(amount)
            }
            // Retrieve the received item pointer.
            let receivedItemPtr := mload(execution)
            // Set the item type on the received item.
            mstore(receivedItemPtr, mload(offerItemPtr))
            // Set the token on the received item.
            mstore(
                add(receivedItemPtr, Common_token_offset),
                mload(add(offerItemPtr, Common_token_offset))
            )
            // Set the identifier on the received item.
            mstore(
                add(receivedItemPtr, Common_identifier_offset),
                mload(add(offerItemPtr, Common_identifier_offset))
            )
            // Set the offerer on returned execution using order pointer.
            mstore(add(execution, Execution_offerer_offset), mload(paramsPtr))
            // Set conduitKey on returned execution via offset of order pointer.
            mstore(
                add(execution, Execution_conduit_offset),
                mload(add(paramsPtr, OrderParameters_conduit_offset))
            )
            // Calculate the hash of (itemType, token, identifier).
            let dataHash := keccak256(
                receivedItemPtr,
                ReceivedItem_CommonParams_size
            )
            // Get position one word past last element in head of array.
            let endPtr := add(
                offerComponents,
                mul(mload(offerComponents), OneWord)
            )
            // Iterate over remaining offer components.
            // prettier-ignore
            for {} lt(fulfillmentHeadPtr,  endPtr) {} {
                // Increment the pointer to the fulfillment head by one word.
                fulfillmentHeadPtr := add(fulfillmentHeadPtr, OneWord)
                // Get the order index using the fulfillment pointer.
                orderIndex := mload(mload(fulfillmentHeadPtr))
                // Ensure the order index is in range.
                if iszero(lt(orderIndex, mload(advancedOrders))) {
                  throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData()
                }
                // Get pointer to AdvancedOrder element.
                orderPtr := mload(
                    add(
                        add(advancedOrders, OneWord),
                        mul(orderIndex, OneWord)
                    )
                )
                // Only continue if numerator is not zero.
                if iszero(mload(
                    add(orderPtr, AdvancedOrder_numerator_offset)
                )) {
                  continue
                }
                // Read the pointer to OrderParameters from the AdvancedOrder.
                paramsPtr := mload(orderPtr)
                // Load offer array pointer.
                offerArrPtr := mload(
                    add(
                        paramsPtr,
                        OrderParameters_offer_head_offset
                    )
                )
                // Get the item index using the fulfillment pointer.
                itemIndex := mload(add(mload(fulfillmentHeadPtr), OneWord))
                // Throw if itemIndex is out of the range of array.
                if iszero(
                    lt(itemIndex, mload(offerArrPtr))
                ) {
                    throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData()
                }
                // Retrieve offer item pointer using index.
                offerItemPtr := mload(
                    add(
                        // Get pointer to beginning of receivedItem.
                        add(offerArrPtr, OneWord),
                        // Use offset to pointer for desired order.
                        mul(itemIndex, OneWord)
                    )
                )
                // Retrieve amount pointer using offer item pointer.
                let amountPtr := add(
                      offerItemPtr,
                      Common_amount_offset
                )
                // Add offer amount to execution amount.
                let newAmount := add(amount, mload(amountPtr))
                // Update error buffer: 1 = zero amount, 2 = overflow, 3 = both.
                errorBuffer := or(
                  errorBuffer,
                  or(
                    shl(1, lt(newAmount, amount)),
                    iszero(mload(amountPtr))
                  )
                )
                // Update the amount to the new, summed amount.
                amount := newAmount
                // Zero out amount on original item to indicate it is credited.
                mstore(amountPtr, 0)
                // Ensure the indicated item matches original item.
                if iszero(
                    and(
                        and(
                          // The offerer must match on both items.
                          eq(
                              mload(paramsPtr),
                              mload(
                                  add(execution, Execution_offerer_offset)
                              )
                          ),
                          // The conduit key must match on both items.
                          eq(
                              mload(
                                  add(
                                      paramsPtr,
                                      OrderParameters_conduit_offset
                                  )
                              ),
                              mload(
                                  add(
                                      execution,
                                      Execution_conduit_offset
                                  )
                              )
                          )
                        ),
                        // The itemType, token, and identifier must match.
                        eq(
                            dataHash,
                            keccak256(
                                offerItemPtr,
                                ReceivedItem_CommonParams_size
                            )
                        )
                    )
                ) {
                    // Throw if any of the requirements are not met.
                    throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData()
                }
            }
            // Write final amount to execution.
            mstore(add(mload(execution), Common_amount_offset), amount)
            // Determine whether the error buffer contains a nonzero error code.
            if errorBuffer {
                // If errorBuffer is 1, an item had an amount of zero.
                if eq(errorBuffer, 1) {
                    // Store the MissingItemAmount error signature.
                    mstore(0, MissingItemAmount_error_signature)
                    // Return, supplying MissingItemAmount signature.
                    revert(0, MissingItemAmount_error_len)
                }
                // If errorBuffer is not 1 or 0, the sum overflowed.
                // Panic!
                throwOverflow()
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to aggregate a group of consideration items
     *      using supplied directives on which component items are candidates
     *      for aggregation, skipping items on orders that are not available.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders          The orders to aggregate consideration
     *                                items from.
     * @param considerationComponents An array of FulfillmentComponent structs
     *                                indicating the order index and item index
     *                                of each candidate consideration item for
     *                                aggregation.
     * @param execution       The execution to apply the aggregation to.
     */
    function _aggregateValidFulfillmentConsiderationItems(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        FulfillmentComponent[] memory considerationComponents,
        Execution memory execution
    ) internal pure {
        // Utilize assembly in order to efficiently aggregate the items.
        assembly {
            // Declare function for reverts on invalid fulfillment data.
            function throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData() {
                // Store the InvalidFulfillmentComponentData error signature.
                mstore(0, InvalidFulfillmentComponentData_error_signature)
                // Return, supplying InvalidFulfillmentComponentData signature.
                revert(0, InvalidFulfillmentComponentData_error_len)
            }
            // Declare function for reverts due to arithmetic overflows.
            function throwOverflow() {
                // Store the Panic error signature.
                mstore(0, Panic_error_signature)
                // Store the arithmetic (0x11) panic code as initial argument.
                mstore(Panic_error_offset, Panic_arithmetic)
                // Return, supplying Panic signature and arithmetic code.
                revert(0, Panic_error_length)
            }
            // Get position in considerationComponents head.
            let fulfillmentHeadPtr := add(considerationComponents, OneWord)
            // Retrieve the order index using the fulfillment pointer.
            let orderIndex := mload(mload(fulfillmentHeadPtr))
            // Ensure that the order index is not out of range.
            if iszero(lt(orderIndex, mload(advancedOrders))) {
                throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData()
            }
            // Read advancedOrders[orderIndex] pointer from its array head.
            let orderPtr := mload(
                // Calculate head position of advancedOrders[orderIndex].
                add(add(advancedOrders, OneWord), mul(orderIndex, OneWord))
            )
            // Load consideration array pointer.
            let considerationArrPtr := mload(
                add(
                    // Read pointer to OrderParameters from the AdvancedOrder.
                    mload(orderPtr),
                    OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset
                )
            )
            // Retrieve item index using an offset of the fulfillment pointer.
            let itemIndex := mload(
                add(mload(fulfillmentHeadPtr), Fulfillment_itemIndex_offset)
            )
            // Ensure that the order index is not out of range.
            if iszero(lt(itemIndex, mload(considerationArrPtr))) {
                throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData()
            }
            // Retrieve consideration item pointer using the item index.
            let considerationItemPtr := mload(
                add(
                    // Get pointer to beginning of receivedItem.
                    add(considerationArrPtr, OneWord),
                    // Calculate offset to pointer for desired order.
                    mul(itemIndex, OneWord)
                )
            )
            // Declare a variable for the final aggregated item amount.
            let amount := 0
            // Create variable to track errors encountered with amount.
            let errorBuffer := 0
            // Only add consideration amount to execution amount if numerator is
            // greater than zero.
            if mload(add(orderPtr, AdvancedOrder_numerator_offset)) {
                // Retrieve amount pointer using consideration item pointer.
                let amountPtr := add(considerationItemPtr, Common_amount_offset)
                // Set the amount.
                amount := mload(amountPtr)
                // Set error bit if amount is zero.
                errorBuffer := iszero(amount)
                // Zero out amount on item to indicate it is credited.
                mstore(amountPtr, 0)
            }
            // Retrieve ReceivedItem pointer from Execution.
            let receivedItem := mload(execution)
            // Set the item type on the received item.
            mstore(receivedItem, mload(considerationItemPtr))
            // Set the token on the received item.
            mstore(
                add(receivedItem, Common_token_offset),
                mload(add(considerationItemPtr, Common_token_offset))
            )
            // Set the identifier on the received item.
            mstore(
                add(receivedItem, Common_identifier_offset),
                mload(add(considerationItemPtr, Common_identifier_offset))
            )
            // Set the recipient on the received item.
            mstore(
                add(receivedItem, ReceivedItem_recipient_offset),
                mload(
                    add(
                        considerationItemPtr,
                        ConsiderationItem_recipient_offset
                    )
                )
            )
            // Calculate the hash of (itemType, token, identifier).
            let dataHash := keccak256(
                receivedItem,
                ReceivedItem_CommonParams_size
            )
            // Get position one word past last element in head of array.
            let endPtr := add(
                considerationComponents,
                mul(mload(considerationComponents), OneWord)
            )
            // Iterate over remaining offer components.
            // prettier-ignore
            for {} lt(fulfillmentHeadPtr,  endPtr) {} {
                // Increment position in considerationComponents head.
                fulfillmentHeadPtr := add(fulfillmentHeadPtr, OneWord)
                // Get the order index using the fulfillment pointer.
                orderIndex := mload(mload(fulfillmentHeadPtr))
                // Ensure the order index is in range.
                if iszero(lt(orderIndex, mload(advancedOrders))) {
                  throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData()
                }
                // Get pointer to AdvancedOrder element.
                orderPtr := mload(
                    add(
                        add(advancedOrders, OneWord),
                        mul(orderIndex, OneWord)
                    )
                )
                // Only continue if numerator is not zero.
                if iszero(
                    mload(add(orderPtr, AdvancedOrder_numerator_offset))
                ) {
                  continue
                }
                // Load consideration array pointer from OrderParameters.
                considerationArrPtr := mload(
                    add(
                        // Get pointer to OrderParameters from AdvancedOrder.
                        mload(orderPtr),
                        OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset
                    )
                )
                // Get the item index using the fulfillment pointer.
                itemIndex := mload(add(mload(fulfillmentHeadPtr), OneWord))
                // Check if itemIndex is within the range of array.
                if iszero(lt(itemIndex, mload(considerationArrPtr))) {
                    throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData()
                }
                // Retrieve consideration item pointer using index.
                considerationItemPtr := mload(
                    add(
                        // Get pointer to beginning of receivedItem.
                        add(considerationArrPtr, OneWord),
                        // Use offset to pointer for desired order.
                        mul(itemIndex, OneWord)
                    )
                )
                // Retrieve amount pointer using consideration item pointer.
                let amountPtr := add(
                      considerationItemPtr,
                      Common_amount_offset
                )
                // Add offer amount to execution amount.
                let newAmount := add(amount, mload(amountPtr))
                // Update error buffer: 1 = zero amount, 2 = overflow, 3 = both.
                errorBuffer := or(
                  errorBuffer,
                  or(
                    shl(1, lt(newAmount, amount)),
                    iszero(mload(amountPtr))
                  )
                )
                // Update the amount to the new, summed amount.
                amount := newAmount
                // Zero out amount on original item to indicate it is credited.
                mstore(amountPtr, 0)
                // Ensure the indicated item matches original item.
                if iszero(
                    and(
                        // Item recipients must match.
                        eq(
                            mload(
                                add(
                                    considerationItemPtr,
                                    ConsiderItem_recipient_offset
                                )
                            ),
                            mload(
                                add(
                                    receivedItem,
                                    ReceivedItem_recipient_offset
                                )
                            )
                        ),
                        // The itemType, token, identifier must match.
                        eq(
                          dataHash,
                          keccak256(
                            considerationItemPtr,
                            ReceivedItem_CommonParams_size
                          )
                        )
                    )
                ) {
                    // Throw if any of the requirements are not met.
                    throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData()
                }
            }
            // Write final amount to execution.
            mstore(add(receivedItem, Common_amount_offset), amount)
            // Determine whether the error buffer contains a nonzero error code.
            if errorBuffer {
                // If errorBuffer is 1, an item had an amount of zero.
                if eq(errorBuffer, 1) {
                    // Store the MissingItemAmount error signature.
                    mstore(0, MissingItemAmount_error_signature)
                    // Return, supplying MissingItemAmount signature.
                    revert(0, MissingItemAmount_error_len)
                }
                // If errorBuffer is not 1 or 0, the sum overflowed.
                // Panic!
                throwOverflow()
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
import { Side } from "../lib/ConsiderationEnums.sol";
/**
 * @title FulfillmentApplicationErrors
 * @author 0age
 * @notice FulfillmentApplicationErrors contains errors related to fulfillment
 *         application and aggregation.
 */
interface FulfillmentApplicationErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a fulfillment is provided that does not
     *      declare at least one component as part of a call to fulfill
     *      available orders.
     */
    error MissingFulfillmentComponentOnAggregation(Side side);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a fulfillment is provided that does not
     *      declare at least one offer component and at least one consideration
     *      component.
     */
    error OfferAndConsiderationRequiredOnFulfillment();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when the initial offer item named by a
     *      fulfillment component does not match the type, token, identifier,
     *      or conduit preference of the initial consideration item.
     */
    error MismatchedFulfillmentOfferAndConsiderationComponents();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an order or item index are out of range
     *      or a fulfillment component does not match the type, token,
     *      identifier, or conduit preference of the initial consideration item.
     */
    error InvalidFulfillmentComponentData();
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.13;
import { ItemType, Side } from "./ConsiderationEnums.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
    OfferItem,
    ConsiderationItem,
    OrderParameters,
    AdvancedOrder,
    CriteriaResolver
} from "./ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
    CriteriaResolutionErrors
} from "../interfaces/CriteriaResolutionErrors.sol";
/**
 * @title CriteriaResolution
 * @author 0age
 * @notice CriteriaResolution contains a collection of pure functions related to
 *         resolving criteria-based items.
 */
contract CriteriaResolution is CriteriaResolutionErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to apply criteria resolvers containing
     *      specific token identifiers and associated proofs to order items.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders     The orders to apply criteria resolvers to.
     * @param criteriaResolvers  An array where each element contains a
     *                           reference to a specific order as well as that
     *                           order's offer or consideration, a token
     *                           identifier, and a proof that the supplied token
     *                           identifier is contained in the order's merkle
     *                           root. Note that a root of zero indicates that
     *                           any transferable token identifier is valid and
     *                           that no proof needs to be supplied.
     */
    function _applyCriteriaResolvers(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        CriteriaResolver[] memory criteriaResolvers
    ) internal pure {
        // Skip overflow checks as all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Retrieve length of criteria resolvers array and place on stack.
            uint256 totalCriteriaResolvers = criteriaResolvers.length;
            // Retrieve length of orders array and place on stack.
            uint256 totalAdvancedOrders = advancedOrders.length;
            // Iterate over each criteria resolver.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalCriteriaResolvers; ++i) {
                // Retrieve the criteria resolver.
                CriteriaResolver memory criteriaResolver = (
                    criteriaResolvers[i]
                );
                // Read the order index from memory and place it on the stack.
                uint256 orderIndex = criteriaResolver.orderIndex;
                // Ensure that the order index is in range.
                if (orderIndex >= totalAdvancedOrders) {
                    revert OrderCriteriaResolverOutOfRange();
                }
                // Skip criteria resolution for order if not fulfilled.
                if (advancedOrders[orderIndex].numerator == 0) {
                    continue;
                }
                // Retrieve the parameters for the order.
                OrderParameters memory orderParameters = (
                    advancedOrders[orderIndex].parameters
                );
                // Read component index from memory and place it on the stack.
                uint256 componentIndex = criteriaResolver.index;
                // Declare values for item's type and criteria.
                ItemType itemType;
                uint256 identifierOrCriteria;
                // If the criteria resolver refers to an offer item...
                if (criteriaResolver.side == Side.OFFER) {
                    // Retrieve the offer.
                    OfferItem[] memory offer = orderParameters.offer;
                    // Ensure that the component index is in range.
                    if (componentIndex >= offer.length) {
                        revert OfferCriteriaResolverOutOfRange();
                    }
                    // Retrieve relevant item using the component index.
                    OfferItem memory offerItem = offer[componentIndex];
                    // Read item type and criteria from memory & place on stack.
                    itemType = offerItem.itemType;
                    identifierOrCriteria = offerItem.identifierOrCriteria;
                    // Optimistically update item type to remove criteria usage.
                    // Use assembly to operate on ItemType enum as a number.
                    ItemType newItemType;
                    assembly {
                        // Item type 4 becomes 2 and item type 5 becomes 3.
                        newItemType := sub(3, eq(itemType, 4))
                    }
                    offerItem.itemType = newItemType;
                    // Optimistically update identifier w/ supplied identifier.
                    offerItem.identifierOrCriteria = criteriaResolver
                        .identifier;
                } else {
                    // Otherwise, the resolver refers to a consideration item.
                    ConsiderationItem[] memory consideration = (
                        orderParameters.consideration
                    );
                    // Ensure that the component index is in range.
                    if (componentIndex >= consideration.length) {
                        revert ConsiderationCriteriaResolverOutOfRange();
                    }
                    // Retrieve relevant item using order and component index.
                    ConsiderationItem memory considerationItem = (
                        consideration[componentIndex]
                    );
                    // Read item type and criteria from memory & place on stack.
                    itemType = considerationItem.itemType;
                    identifierOrCriteria = (
                        considerationItem.identifierOrCriteria
                    );
                    // Optimistically update item type to remove criteria usage.
                    // Use assembly to operate on ItemType enum as a number.
                    ItemType newItemType;
                    assembly {
                        // Item type 4 becomes 2 and item type 5 becomes 3.
                        newItemType := sub(3, eq(itemType, 4))
                    }
                    considerationItem.itemType = newItemType;
                    // Optimistically update identifier w/ supplied identifier.
                    considerationItem.identifierOrCriteria = (
                        criteriaResolver.identifier
                    );
                }
                // Ensure the specified item type indicates criteria usage.
                if (!_isItemWithCriteria(itemType)) {
                    revert CriteriaNotEnabledForItem();
                }
                // If criteria is not 0 (i.e. a collection-wide offer)...
                if (identifierOrCriteria != uint256(0)) {
                    // Verify identifier inclusion in criteria root using proof.
                    _verifyProof(
                        criteriaResolver.identifier,
                        identifierOrCriteria,
                        criteriaResolver.criteriaProof
                    );
                }
            }
            // Iterate over each advanced order.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalAdvancedOrders; ++i) {
                // Retrieve the advanced order.
                AdvancedOrder memory advancedOrder = advancedOrders[i];
                // Skip criteria resolution for order if not fulfilled.
                if (advancedOrder.numerator == 0) {
                    continue;
                }
                // Retrieve the parameters for the order.
                OrderParameters memory orderParameters = (
                    advancedOrder.parameters
                );
                // Read consideration length from memory and place on stack.
                uint256 totalItems = orderParameters.consideration.length;
                // Iterate over each consideration item on the order.
                for (uint256 j = 0; j < totalItems; ++j) {
                    // Ensure item type no longer indicates criteria usage.
                    if (
                        _isItemWithCriteria(
                            orderParameters.consideration[j].itemType
                        )
                    ) {
                        revert UnresolvedConsiderationCriteria();
                    }
                }
                // Read offer length from memory and place on stack.
                totalItems = orderParameters.offer.length;
                // Iterate over each offer item on the order.
                for (uint256 j = 0; j < totalItems; ++j) {
                    // Ensure item type no longer indicates criteria usage.
                    if (
                        _isItemWithCriteria(orderParameters.offer[j].itemType)
                    ) {
                        revert UnresolvedOfferCriteria();
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to check whether a given item type represents
     *      a criteria-based ERC721 or ERC1155 item (e.g. an item that can be
     *      resolved to one of a number of different identifiers at the time of
     *      order fulfillment).
     *
     * @param itemType The item type in question.
     *
     * @return withCriteria A boolean indicating that the item type in question
     *                      represents a criteria-based item.
     */
    function _isItemWithCriteria(ItemType itemType)
        internal
        pure
        returns (bool withCriteria)
    {
        // ERC721WithCriteria is ItemType 4. ERC1155WithCriteria is ItemType 5.
        assembly {
            withCriteria := gt(itemType, 3)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to ensure that a given element is contained
     *      in a merkle root via a supplied proof.
     *
     * @param leaf  The element for which to prove inclusion.
     * @param root  The merkle root that inclusion will be proved against.
     * @param proof The merkle proof.
     */
    function _verifyProof(
        uint256 leaf,
        uint256 root,
        bytes32[] memory proof
    ) internal pure {
        // Declare a variable that will be used to determine proof validity.
        bool isValid;
        // Utilize assembly to efficiently verify the proof against the root.
        assembly {
            // Store the leaf at the beginning of scratch space.
            mstore(0, leaf)
            // Derive the hash of the leaf to use as the initial proof element.
            let computedHash := keccak256(0, OneWord)
            // Based on: https://github.com/Rari-Capital/solmate/blob/v7/src/utils/MerkleProof.sol
            // Get memory start location of the first element in proof array.
            let data := add(proof, OneWord)
            // Iterate over each proof element to compute the root hash.
            for {
                // Left shift by 5 is equivalent to multiplying by 0x20.
                let end := add(data, shl(5, mload(proof)))
            } lt(data, end) {
                // Increment by one word at a time.
                data := add(data, OneWord)
            } {
                // Get the proof element.
                let loadedData := mload(data)
                // Sort proof elements and place them in scratch space.
                // Slot of `computedHash` in scratch space.
                // If the condition is true: 0x20, otherwise: 0x00.
                let scratch := shl(5, gt(computedHash, loadedData))
                // Store elements to hash contiguously in scratch space. Scratch
                // space is 64 bytes (0x00 - 0x3f) & both elements are 32 bytes.
                mstore(scratch, computedHash)
                mstore(xor(scratch, OneWord), loadedData)
                // Derive the updated hash.
                computedHash := keccak256(0, TwoWords)
            }
            // Compare the final hash to the supplied root.
            isValid := eq(computedHash, root)
        }
        // Revert if computed hash does not equal supplied root.
        if (!isValid) {
            revert InvalidProof();
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
/**
 * @title CriteriaResolutionErrors
 * @author 0age
 * @notice CriteriaResolutionErrors contains all errors related to criteria
 *         resolution.
 */
interface CriteriaResolutionErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when providing a criteria resolver that refers
     *      to an order that has not been supplied.
     */
    error OrderCriteriaResolverOutOfRange();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error if an offer item still has unresolved criteria
     *      after applying all criteria resolvers.
     */
    error UnresolvedOfferCriteria();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error if a consideration item still has unresolved
     *      criteria after applying all criteria resolvers.
     */
    error UnresolvedConsiderationCriteria();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when providing a criteria resolver that refers
     *      to an order with an offer item that has not been supplied.
     */
    error OfferCriteriaResolverOutOfRange();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when providing a criteria resolver that refers
     *      to an order with a consideration item that has not been supplied.
     */
    error ConsiderationCriteriaResolverOutOfRange();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when providing a criteria resolver that refers
     *      to an order with an item that does not expect a criteria to be
     *      resolved.
     */
    error CriteriaNotEnabledForItem();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when providing a criteria resolver that
     *      contains an invalid proof with respect to the given item and
     *      chosen identifier.
     */
    error InvalidProof();
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
import { ZoneInterface } from "../interfaces/ZoneInterface.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
    AdvancedOrder,
    CriteriaResolver
} from "../lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
contract TestZone is ZoneInterface {
    function isValidOrder(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        address caller,
        address offerer,
        bytes32 zoneHash
    ) external pure override returns (bytes4 validOrderMagicValue) {
        orderHash;
        caller;
        offerer;
        if (zoneHash == bytes32(uint256(1))) {
            revert("Revert on zone hash 1");
        } else if (zoneHash == bytes32(uint256(2))) {
            assembly {
                revert(0, 0)
            }
        }
        validOrderMagicValue = zoneHash != bytes32(uint256(3))
            ? ZoneInterface.isValidOrder.selector
            : bytes4(0xffffffff);
    }
    function isValidOrderIncludingExtraData(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        address caller,
        AdvancedOrder calldata order,
        bytes32[] calldata priorOrderHashes,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers
    ) external pure override returns (bytes4 validOrderMagicValue) {
        orderHash;
        caller;
        order;
        priorOrderHashes;
        criteriaResolvers;
        if (order.extraData.length == 4) {
            revert("Revert on extraData length 4");
        } else if (order.extraData.length == 5) {
            assembly {
                revert(0, 0)
            }
        }
        validOrderMagicValue = order.parameters.zoneHash != bytes32(uint256(3))
            ? ZoneInterface.isValidOrder.selector
            : bytes4(0xffffffff);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
// prettier-ignore
import {
    AdvancedOrder,
    CriteriaResolver
} from "../lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
interface ZoneInterface {
    // Called by Consideration whenever extraData is not provided by the caller.
    function isValidOrder(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        address caller,
        address offerer,
        bytes32 zoneHash
    ) external view returns (bytes4 validOrderMagicValue);
    // Called by Consideration whenever any extraData is provided by the caller.
    function isValidOrderIncludingExtraData(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        address caller,
        AdvancedOrder calldata order,
        bytes32[] calldata priorOrderHashes,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers
    ) external view returns (bytes4 validOrderMagicValue);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.13;
import { ZoneInterface } from "../interfaces/ZoneInterface.sol";
import { OrderType } from "./ConsiderationEnums.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import { AdvancedOrder, CriteriaResolver } from "./ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
    ZoneInteractionErrors
} from "../interfaces/ZoneInteractionErrors.sol";
import { LowLevelHelpers } from "./LowLevelHelpers.sol";
/**
 * @title ZoneInteraction
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ZoneInteraction contains logic related to interacting with zones.
 */
contract ZoneInteraction is ZoneInteractionErrors, LowLevelHelpers {
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to determine if an order has a restricted
     *      order type and, if so, to ensure that either the offerer or the zone
     *      are the fulfiller or that a staticcall to `isValidOrder` on the zone
     *      returns a magic value indicating that the order is currently valid.
     *
     * @param orderHash The hash of the order.
     * @param zoneHash  The hash to provide upon calling the zone.
     * @param orderType The type of the order.
     * @param offerer   The offerer in question.
     * @param zone      The zone in question.
     */
    function _assertRestrictedBasicOrderValidity(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        bytes32 zoneHash,
        OrderType orderType,
        address offerer,
        address zone
    ) internal view {
        // Order type 2-3 require zone or offerer be caller or zone to approve.
        if (
            uint256(orderType) > 1 &&
            msg.sender != zone &&
            msg.sender != offerer
        ) {
            // Perform minimal staticcall to the zone.
            _callIsValidOrder(zone, orderHash, offerer, zoneHash);
        }
    }
    function _callIsValidOrder(
        address zone,
        bytes32 orderHash,
        address offerer,
        bytes32 zoneHash
    ) internal view {
        // Perform minimal staticcall to the zone.
        bool success = _staticcall(
            zone,
            abi.encodeWithSelector(
                ZoneInterface.isValidOrder.selector,
                orderHash,
                msg.sender,
                offerer,
                zoneHash
            )
        );
        // Ensure call was successful and returned the correct magic value.
        _assertIsValidOrderStaticcallSuccess(success, orderHash);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to determine whether an order is a restricted
     *      order and, if so, to ensure that it was either submitted by the
     *      offerer or the zone for the order, or that the zone returns the
     *      expected magic value upon performing a staticcall to `isValidOrder`
     *      or `isValidOrderIncludingExtraData` depending on whether the order
     *      fulfillment specifies extra data or criteria resolvers.
     *
     * @param advancedOrder     The advanced order in question.
     * @param criteriaResolvers An array where each element contains a reference
     *                          to a specific offer or consideration, a token
     *                          identifier, and a proof that the supplied token
     *                          identifier is contained in the order's merkle
     *                          root. Note that a criteria of zero indicates
     *                          that any (transferable) token identifier is
     *                          valid and that no proof needs to be supplied.
     * @param priorOrderHashes  The order hashes of each order supplied prior to
     *                          the current order as part of a "match" variety
     *                          of order fulfillment (e.g. this array will be
     *                          empty for single or "fulfill available").
     * @param orderHash         The hash of the order.
     * @param zoneHash          The hash to provide upon calling the zone.
     * @param orderType         The type of the order.
     * @param offerer           The offerer in question.
     * @param zone              The zone in question.
     */
    function _assertRestrictedAdvancedOrderValidity(
        AdvancedOrder memory advancedOrder,
        CriteriaResolver[] memory criteriaResolvers,
        bytes32[] memory priorOrderHashes,
        bytes32 orderHash,
        bytes32 zoneHash,
        OrderType orderType,
        address offerer,
        address zone
    ) internal view {
        // Order type 2-3 require zone or offerer be caller or zone to approve.
        if (
            uint256(orderType) > 1 &&
            msg.sender != zone &&
            msg.sender != offerer
        ) {
            // If no extraData or criteria resolvers are supplied...
            if (
                advancedOrder.extraData.length == 0 &&
                criteriaResolvers.length == 0
            ) {
                // Perform minimal staticcall to the zone.
                _callIsValidOrder(zone, orderHash, offerer, zoneHash);
            } else {
                // Otherwise, extra data or criteria resolvers were supplied; in
                // that event, perform a more verbose staticcall to the zone.
                bool success = _staticcall(
                    zone,
                    abi.encodeWithSelector(
                        ZoneInterface.isValidOrderIncludingExtraData.selector,
                        orderHash,
                        msg.sender,
                        advancedOrder,
                        priorOrderHashes,
                        criteriaResolvers
                    )
                );
                // Ensure call was successful and returned correct magic value.
                _assertIsValidOrderStaticcallSuccess(success, orderHash);
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to ensure that a staticcall to `isValidOrder`
     *      or `isValidOrderIncludingExtraData` as part of validating a
     *      restricted order that was not submitted by the named offerer or zone
     *      was successful and returned the required magic value.
     *
     * @param success   A boolean indicating the status of the staticcall.
     * @param orderHash The order hash of the order in question.
     */
    function _assertIsValidOrderStaticcallSuccess(
        bool success,
        bytes32 orderHash
    ) internal view {
        // If the call failed...
        if (!success) {
            // Revert and pass reason along if one was returned.
            _revertWithReasonIfOneIsReturned();
            // Otherwise, revert with a generic error message.
            revert InvalidRestrictedOrder(orderHash);
        }
        // Ensure result was extracted and matches isValidOrder magic value.
        if (_doesNotMatchMagic(ZoneInterface.isValidOrder.selector)) {
            revert InvalidRestrictedOrder(orderHash);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
/**
 * @title ZoneInteractionErrors
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ZoneInteractionErrors contains errors related to zone interaction.
 */
interface ZoneInteractionErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill an order that specifies
     *      a restricted submitter as its order type when not submitted by
     *      either the offerer or the order's zone or approved as valid by the
     *      zone in question via a staticcall to `isValidOrder`.
     *
     * @param orderHash The order hash for the invalid restricted order.
     */
    error InvalidRestrictedOrder(bytes32 orderHash);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.13;
import { ConduitInterface } from "../interfaces/ConduitInterface.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
    OrderType,
    ItemType,
    BasicOrderRouteType
} from "./ConsiderationEnums.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
    AdditionalRecipient,
    BasicOrderParameters,
    OfferItem,
    ConsiderationItem,
    SpentItem,
    ReceivedItem
} from "./ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import { OrderValidator } from "./OrderValidator.sol";
import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title BasicOrderFulfiller
 * @author 0age
 * @notice BasicOrderFulfiller contains functionality for fulfilling "basic"
 *         orders with minimal overhead. See documentation for details on what
 *         qualifies as a basic order.
 */
contract BasicOrderFulfiller is OrderValidator {
    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController) OrderValidator(conduitController) {}
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to fulfill an order offering an ERC20, ERC721, or
     *      ERC1155 item by supplying Ether (or other native tokens), ERC20
     *      tokens, an ERC721 item, or an ERC1155 item as consideration. Six
     *      permutations are supported: Native token to ERC721, Native token to
     *      ERC1155, ERC20 to ERC721, ERC20 to ERC1155, ERC721 to ERC20, and
     *      ERC1155 to ERC20 (with native tokens supplied as msg.value). For an
     *      order to be eligible for fulfillment via this method, it must
     *      contain a single offer item (though that item may have a greater
     *      amount if the item is not an ERC721). An arbitrary number of
     *      "additional recipients" may also be supplied which will each receive
     *      native tokens or ERC20 items from the fulfiller as consideration.
     *      Refer to the documentation for a more comprehensive summary of how
     *      to utilize this method and what orders are compatible with it.
     *
     * @param parameters Additional information on the fulfilled order. Note
     *                   that the offerer and the fulfiller must first approve
     *                   this contract (or their chosen conduit if indicated)
     *                   before any tokens can be transferred. Also note that
     *                   contract recipients of ERC1155 consideration items must
     *                   implement `onERC1155Received` in order to receive those
     *                   items.
     *
     * @return A boolean indicating whether the order has been fulfilled.
     */
    function _validateAndFulfillBasicOrder(
        BasicOrderParameters calldata parameters
    ) internal returns (bool) {
        // Declare enums for order type & route to extract from basicOrderType.
        BasicOrderRouteType route;
        OrderType orderType;
        // Declare additional recipient item type to derive from the route type.
        ItemType additionalRecipientsItemType;
        // Utilize assembly to extract the order type and the basic order route.
        assembly {
            // Read basicOrderType from calldata.
            let basicOrderType := calldataload(BasicOrder_basicOrderType_cdPtr)
            // Mask all but 2 least-significant bits to derive the order type.
            orderType := and(basicOrderType, 3)
            // Divide basicOrderType by four to derive the route.
            route := shr(2, basicOrderType)
            // If route > 1 additionalRecipient items are ERC20 (1) else Eth (0)
            additionalRecipientsItemType := gt(route, 1)
        }
        {
            // Declare temporary variable for enforcing payable status.
            bool correctPayableStatus;
            // Utilize assembly to compare the route to the callvalue.
            assembly {
                // route 0 and 1 are payable, otherwise route is not payable.
                correctPayableStatus := eq(
                    additionalRecipientsItemType,
                    iszero(callvalue())
                )
            }
            // Revert if msg.value has not been supplied as part of payable
            // routes or has been supplied as part of non-payable routes.
            if (!correctPayableStatus) {
                revert InvalidMsgValue(msg.value);
            }
        }
        // Declare more arguments that will be derived from route and calldata.
        address additionalRecipientsToken;
        ItemType offeredItemType;
        bool offerTypeIsAdditionalRecipientsType;
        // Declare scope for received item type to manage stack pressure.
        {
            ItemType receivedItemType;
            // Utilize assembly to retrieve function arguments and cast types.
            assembly {
                // Check if offered item type == additional recipient item type.
                offerTypeIsAdditionalRecipientsType := gt(route, 3)
                // If route > 3 additionalRecipientsToken is at 0xc4 else 0x24.
                additionalRecipientsToken := calldataload(
                    add(
                        BasicOrder_considerationToken_cdPtr,
                        mul(
                            offerTypeIsAdditionalRecipientsType,
                            BasicOrder_common_params_size
                        )
                    )
                )
                // If route > 2, receivedItemType is route - 2. If route is 2,
                // the receivedItemType is ERC20 (1). Otherwise, it is Eth (0).
                receivedItemType := add(
                    mul(sub(route, 2), gt(route, 2)),
                    eq(route, 2)
                )
                // If route > 3, offeredItemType is ERC20 (1). Route is 2 or 3,
                // offeredItemType = route. Route is 0 or 1, it is route + 2.
                offeredItemType := sub(
                    add(route, mul(iszero(additionalRecipientsItemType), 2)),
                    mul(
                        offerTypeIsAdditionalRecipientsType,
                        add(receivedItemType, 1)
                    )
                )
            }
            // Derive & validate order using parameters and update order status.
            _prepareBasicFulfillmentFromCalldata(
                parameters,
                orderType,
                receivedItemType,
                additionalRecipientsItemType,
                additionalRecipientsToken,
                offeredItemType
            );
        }
        // Declare conduitKey argument used by transfer functions.
        bytes32 conduitKey;
        // Utilize assembly to derive conduit (if relevant) based on route.
        assembly {
            // use offerer conduit for routes 0-3, fulfiller conduit otherwise.
            conduitKey := calldataload(
                add(
                    BasicOrder_offererConduit_cdPtr,
                    mul(offerTypeIsAdditionalRecipientsType, OneWord)
                )
            )
        }
        // Transfer tokens based on the route.
        if (additionalRecipientsItemType == ItemType.NATIVE) {
            // Ensure neither the token nor the identifier parameters are set.
            if (
                (uint160(parameters.considerationToken) |
                    parameters.considerationIdentifier) != 0
            ) {
                revert UnusedItemParameters();
            }
            // Transfer the ERC721 or ERC1155 item, bypassing the accumulator.
            _transferIndividual721Or1155Item(
                offeredItemType,
                parameters.offerToken,
                parameters.offerer,
                msg.sender,
                parameters.offerIdentifier,
                parameters.offerAmount,
                conduitKey
            );
            // Transfer native to recipients, return excess to caller & wrap up.
            _transferEthAndFinalize(
                parameters.considerationAmount,
                parameters.offerer,
                parameters.additionalRecipients
            );
        } else {
            // Initialize an accumulator array. From this point forward, no new
            // memory regions can be safely allocated until the accumulator is
            // no longer being utilized, as the accumulator operates in an
            // open-ended fashion from this memory pointer; existing memory may
            // still be accessed and modified, however.
            bytes memory accumulator = new bytes(AccumulatorDisarmed);
            // Choose transfer method for ERC721 or ERC1155 item based on route.
            if (route == BasicOrderRouteType.ERC20_TO_ERC721) {
                // Transfer ERC721 to caller using offerer's conduit preference.
                _transferERC721(
                    parameters.offerToken,
                    parameters.offerer,
                    msg.sender,
                    parameters.offerIdentifier,
                    parameters.offerAmount,
                    conduitKey,
                    accumulator
                );
            } else if (route == BasicOrderRouteType.ERC20_TO_ERC1155) {
                // Transfer ERC1155 to caller with offerer's conduit preference.
                _transferERC1155(
                    parameters.offerToken,
                    parameters.offerer,
                    msg.sender,
                    parameters.offerIdentifier,
                    parameters.offerAmount,
                    conduitKey,
                    accumulator
                );
            } else if (route == BasicOrderRouteType.ERC721_TO_ERC20) {
                // Transfer ERC721 to offerer using caller's conduit preference.
                _transferERC721(
                    parameters.considerationToken,
                    msg.sender,
                    parameters.offerer,
                    parameters.considerationIdentifier,
                    parameters.considerationAmount,
                    conduitKey,
                    accumulator
                );
            } else {
                // route == BasicOrderRouteType.ERC1155_TO_ERC20
                // Transfer ERC1155 to offerer with caller's conduit preference.
                _transferERC1155(
                    parameters.considerationToken,
                    msg.sender,
                    parameters.offerer,
                    parameters.considerationIdentifier,
                    parameters.considerationAmount,
                    conduitKey,
                    accumulator
                );
            }
            // Transfer ERC20 tokens to all recipients and wrap up.
            _transferERC20AndFinalize(
                parameters.offerer,
                parameters,
                offerTypeIsAdditionalRecipientsType,
                accumulator
            );
            // Trigger any remaining accumulated transfers via call to conduit.
            _triggerIfArmed(accumulator);
        }
        // Clear the reentrancy guard.
        _clearReentrancyGuard();
        return true;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to prepare fulfillment of a basic order with
     *      manual calldata and memory access. This calculates the order hash,
     *      emits an OrderFulfilled event, and asserts basic order validity.
     *      Note that calldata offsets must be validated as this function
     *      accesses constant calldata pointers for dynamic types that match
     *      default ABI encoding, but valid ABI encoding can use arbitrary
     *      offsets. Checking that the offsets were produced by default encoding
     *      will ensure that other functions using Solidity's calldata accessors
     *      (which calculate pointers from the stored offsets) are reading the
     *      same data as the order hash is derived from. Also note that This
     *      function accesses memory directly. It does not clear the expanded
     *      memory regions used, nor does it update the free memory pointer, so
     *      other direct memory access must not assume that unused memory is
     *      empty.
     *
     * @param parameters                   The parameters of the basic order.
     * @param orderType                    The order type.
     * @param receivedItemType             The item type of the initial
     *                                     consideration item on the order.
     * @param additionalRecipientsItemType The item type of any additional
     *                                     consideration item on the order.
     * @param additionalRecipientsToken    The ERC20 token contract address (if
     *                                     applicable) for any additional
     *                                     consideration item on the order.
     * @param offeredItemType              The item type of the offered item on
     *                                     the order.
     */
    function _prepareBasicFulfillmentFromCalldata(
        BasicOrderParameters calldata parameters,
        OrderType orderType,
        ItemType receivedItemType,
        ItemType additionalRecipientsItemType,
        address additionalRecipientsToken,
        ItemType offeredItemType
    ) internal {
        // Ensure this function cannot be triggered during a reentrant call.
        _setReentrancyGuard();
        // Ensure current timestamp falls between order start time and end time.
        _verifyTime(parameters.startTime, parameters.endTime, true);
        // Verify that calldata offsets for all dynamic types were produced by
        // default encoding. This ensures that the constants we use for calldata
        // pointers to dynamic types are the same as those calculated by
        // Solidity using their offsets. Also verify that the basic order type
        // is within range.
        _assertValidBasicOrderParameters();
        // Ensure supplied consideration array length is not less than original.
        _assertConsiderationLengthIsNotLessThanOriginalConsiderationLength(
            parameters.additionalRecipients.length,
            parameters.totalOriginalAdditionalRecipients
        );
        // Declare stack element for the order hash.
        bytes32 orderHash;
        {
            /**
             * First, handle consideration items. Memory Layout:
             *  0x60: final hash of the array of consideration item hashes
             *  0x80-0x160: reused space for EIP712 hashing of each item
             *   - 0x80: ConsiderationItem EIP-712 typehash (constant)
             *   - 0xa0: itemType
             *   - 0xc0: token
             *   - 0xe0: identifier
             *   - 0x100: startAmount
             *   - 0x120: endAmount
             *   - 0x140: recipient
             *  0x160-END_ARR: array of consideration item hashes
             *   - 0x160: primary consideration item EIP712 hash
             *   - 0x180-END_ARR: additional recipient item EIP712 hashes
             *  END_ARR: beginning of data for OrderFulfilled event
             *   - END_ARR + 0x120: length of ReceivedItem array
             *   - END_ARR + 0x140: beginning of data for first ReceivedItem
             * (Note: END_ARR = 0x180 + RECIPIENTS_LENGTH * 0x20)
             */
            // Load consideration item typehash from runtime and place on stack.
            bytes32 typeHash = _CONSIDERATION_ITEM_TYPEHASH;
            // Utilize assembly to enable reuse of memory regions and use
            // constant pointers when possible.
            assembly {
                /*
                 * 1. Calculate the EIP712 ConsiderationItem hash for the
                 * primary consideration item of the basic order.
                 */
                // Write ConsiderationItem type hash and item type to memory.
                mstore(BasicOrder_considerationItem_typeHash_ptr, typeHash)
                mstore(
                    BasicOrder_considerationItem_itemType_ptr,
                    receivedItemType
                )
                // Copy calldata region with (token, identifier, amount) from
                // BasicOrderParameters to ConsiderationItem. The
                // considerationAmount is written to startAmount and endAmount
                // as basic orders do not have dynamic amounts.
                calldatacopy(
                    BasicOrder_considerationItem_token_ptr,
                    BasicOrder_considerationToken_cdPtr,
                    ThreeWords
                )
                // Copy calldata region with considerationAmount and offerer
                // from BasicOrderParameters to endAmount and recipient in
                // ConsiderationItem.
                calldatacopy(
                    BasicOrder_considerationItem_endAmount_ptr,
                    BasicOrder_considerationAmount_cdPtr,
                    TwoWords
                )
                // Calculate EIP712 ConsiderationItem hash and store it in the
                // array of EIP712 consideration hashes.
                mstore(
                    BasicOrder_considerationHashesArray_ptr,
                    keccak256(
                        BasicOrder_considerationItem_typeHash_ptr,
                        EIP712_ConsiderationItem_size
                    )
                )
                /*
                 * 2. Write a ReceivedItem struct for the primary consideration
                 * item to the consideration array in OrderFulfilled.
                 */
                // Get the length of the additional recipients array.
                let totalAdditionalRecipients := calldataload(
                    BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_length_cdPtr
                )
                // Calculate pointer to length of OrderFulfilled consideration
                // array.
                let eventConsiderationArrPtr := add(
                    OrderFulfilled_consideration_length_baseOffset,
                    mul(totalAdditionalRecipients, OneWord)
                )
                // Set the length of the consideration array to the number of
                // additional recipients, plus one for the primary consideration
                // item.
                mstore(
                    eventConsiderationArrPtr,
                    add(
                        calldataload(
                            BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_length_cdPtr
                        ),
                        1
                    )
                )
                // Overwrite the consideration array pointer so it points to the
                // body of the first element
                eventConsiderationArrPtr := add(
                    eventConsiderationArrPtr,
                    OneWord
                )
                // Set itemType at start of the ReceivedItem memory region.
                mstore(eventConsiderationArrPtr, receivedItemType)
                // Copy calldata region (token, identifier, amount & recipient)
                // from BasicOrderParameters to ReceivedItem memory.
                calldatacopy(
                    add(eventConsiderationArrPtr, Common_token_offset),
                    BasicOrder_considerationToken_cdPtr,
                    FourWords
                )
                /*
                 * 3. Calculate EIP712 ConsiderationItem hashes for original
                 * additional recipients and add a ReceivedItem for each to the
                 * consideration array in the OrderFulfilled event. The original
                 * additional recipients are all the considerations signed by
                 * the offerer aside from the primary consideration of the
                 * order. Uses memory region from 0x80-0x160 as a buffer for
                 * calculating EIP712 ConsiderationItem hashes.
                 */
                // Put pointer to consideration hashes array on the stack.
                // This will be updated as each additional recipient is hashed
                let
                    considerationHashesPtr
                := BasicOrder_considerationHashesArray_ptr
                // Write item type, token, & identifier for additional recipient
                // to memory region for hashing EIP712 ConsiderationItem; these
                // values will be reused for each recipient.
                mstore(
                    BasicOrder_considerationItem_itemType_ptr,
                    additionalRecipientsItemType
                )
                mstore(
                    BasicOrder_considerationItem_token_ptr,
                    additionalRecipientsToken
                )
                mstore(BasicOrder_considerationItem_identifier_ptr, 0)
                // Read length of the additionalRecipients array from calldata
                // and iterate.
                totalAdditionalRecipients := calldataload(
                    BasicOrder_totalOriginalAdditionalRecipients_cdPtr
                )
                let i := 0
                // prettier-ignore
                for {} lt(i, totalAdditionalRecipients) {
                    i := add(i, 1)
                } {
                    /*
                     * Calculate EIP712 ConsiderationItem hash for recipient.
                     */
                    // Retrieve calldata pointer for additional recipient.
                    let additionalRecipientCdPtr := add(
                        BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_data_cdPtr,
                        mul(AdditionalRecipients_size, i)
                    )
                    // Copy startAmount from calldata to the ConsiderationItem
                    // struct.
                    calldatacopy(
                        BasicOrder_considerationItem_startAmount_ptr,
                        additionalRecipientCdPtr,
                        OneWord
                    )
                    // Copy endAmount and recipient from calldata to the
                    // ConsiderationItem struct.
                    calldatacopy(
                        BasicOrder_considerationItem_endAmount_ptr,
                        additionalRecipientCdPtr,
                        AdditionalRecipients_size
                    )
                    // Add 1 word to the pointer as part of each loop to reduce
                    // operations needed to get local offset into the array.
                    considerationHashesPtr := add(
                        considerationHashesPtr,
                        OneWord
                    )
                    // Calculate EIP712 ConsiderationItem hash and store it in
                    // the array of consideration hashes.
                    mstore(
                        considerationHashesPtr,
                        keccak256(
                            BasicOrder_considerationItem_typeHash_ptr,
                            EIP712_ConsiderationItem_size
                        )
                    )
                    /*
                     * Write ReceivedItem to OrderFulfilled data.
                     */
                    // At this point, eventConsiderationArrPtr points to the
                    // beginning of the ReceivedItem struct of the previous
                    // element in the array. Increase it by the size of the
                    // struct to arrive at the pointer for the current element.
                    eventConsiderationArrPtr := add(
                        eventConsiderationArrPtr,
                        ReceivedItem_size
                    )
                    // Write itemType to the ReceivedItem struct.
                    mstore(
                        eventConsiderationArrPtr,
                        additionalRecipientsItemType
                    )
                    // Write token to the next word of the ReceivedItem struct.
                    mstore(
                        add(eventConsiderationArrPtr, OneWord),
                        additionalRecipientsToken
                    )
                    // Copy endAmount & recipient words to ReceivedItem struct.
                    calldatacopy(
                        add(
                            eventConsiderationArrPtr,
                            ReceivedItem_amount_offset
                        ),
                        additionalRecipientCdPtr,
                        TwoWords
                    )
                }
                /*
                 * 4. Hash packed array of ConsiderationItem EIP712 hashes:
                 *   `keccak256(abi.encodePacked(receivedItemHashes))`
                 * Note that it is set at 0x60 — all other memory begins at
                 * 0x80. 0x60 is the "zero slot" and will be restored at the end
                 * of the assembly section and before required by the compiler.
                 */
                mstore(
                    receivedItemsHash_ptr,
                    keccak256(
                        BasicOrder_considerationHashesArray_ptr,
                        mul(add(totalAdditionalRecipients, 1), OneWord)
                    )
                )
                /*
                 * 5. Add a ReceivedItem for each tip to the consideration array
                 * in the OrderFulfilled event. The tips are all the
                 * consideration items that were not signed by the offerer and
                 * were provided by the fulfiller.
                 */
                // Overwrite length to length of the additionalRecipients array.
                totalAdditionalRecipients := calldataload(
                    BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_length_cdPtr
                )
                // prettier-ignore
                for {} lt(i, totalAdditionalRecipients) {
                    i := add(i, 1)
                } {
                    // Retrieve calldata pointer for additional recipient.
                    let additionalRecipientCdPtr := add(
                        BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_data_cdPtr,
                        mul(AdditionalRecipients_size, i)
                    )
                    // At this point, eventConsiderationArrPtr points to the
                    // beginning of the ReceivedItem struct of the previous
                    // element in the array. Increase it by the size of the
                    // struct to arrive at the pointer for the current element.
                    eventConsiderationArrPtr := add(
                        eventConsiderationArrPtr,
                        ReceivedItem_size
                    )
                    // Write itemType to the ReceivedItem struct.
                    mstore(
                        eventConsiderationArrPtr,
                        additionalRecipientsItemType
                    )
                    // Write token to the next word of the ReceivedItem struct.
                    mstore(
                        add(eventConsiderationArrPtr, OneWord),
                        additionalRecipientsToken
                    )
                    // Copy endAmount & recipient words to ReceivedItem struct.
                    calldatacopy(
                        add(
                            eventConsiderationArrPtr,
                            ReceivedItem_amount_offset
                        ),
                        additionalRecipientCdPtr,
                        TwoWords
                    )
                }
            }
        }
        {
            /**
             * Next, handle offered items. Memory Layout:
             *  EIP712 data for OfferItem
             *   - 0x80:  OfferItem EIP-712 typehash (constant)
             *   - 0xa0:  itemType
             *   - 0xc0:  token
             *   - 0xe0:  identifier (reused for offeredItemsHash)
             *   - 0x100: startAmount
             *   - 0x120: endAmount
             */
            // Place offer item typehash on the stack.
            bytes32 typeHash = _OFFER_ITEM_TYPEHASH;
            // Utilize assembly to enable reuse of memory regions when possible.
            assembly {
                /*
                 * 1. Calculate OfferItem EIP712 hash
                 */
                // Write the OfferItem typeHash to memory.
                mstore(BasicOrder_offerItem_typeHash_ptr, typeHash)
                // Write the OfferItem item type to memory.
                mstore(BasicOrder_offerItem_itemType_ptr, offeredItemType)
                // Copy calldata region with (offerToken, offerIdentifier,
                // offerAmount) from OrderParameters to (token, identifier,
                // startAmount) in OfferItem struct. The offerAmount is written
                // to startAmount and endAmount as basic orders do not have
                // dynamic amounts.
                calldatacopy(
                    BasicOrder_offerItem_token_ptr,
                    BasicOrder_offerToken_cdPtr,
                    ThreeWords
                )
                // Copy offerAmount from calldata to endAmount in OfferItem
                // struct.
                calldatacopy(
                    BasicOrder_offerItem_endAmount_ptr,
                    BasicOrder_offerAmount_cdPtr,
                    OneWord
                )
                // Compute EIP712 OfferItem hash, write result to scratch space:
                //   `keccak256(abi.encode(offeredItem))`
                mstore(
                    0,
                    keccak256(
                        BasicOrder_offerItem_typeHash_ptr,
                        EIP712_OfferItem_size
                    )
                )
                /*
                 * 2. Calculate hash of array of EIP712 hashes and write the
                 * result to the corresponding OfferItem struct:
                 *   `keccak256(abi.encodePacked(offerItemHashes))`
                 */
                mstore(BasicOrder_order_offerHashes_ptr, keccak256(0, OneWord))
                /*
                 * 3. Write SpentItem to offer array in OrderFulfilled event.
                 */
                let eventConsiderationArrPtr := add(
                    OrderFulfilled_offer_length_baseOffset,
                    mul(
                        calldataload(
                            BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_length_cdPtr
                        ),
                        OneWord
                    )
                )
                // Set a length of 1 for the offer array.
                mstore(eventConsiderationArrPtr, 1)
                // Write itemType to the SpentItem struct.
                mstore(add(eventConsiderationArrPtr, OneWord), offeredItemType)
                // Copy calldata region with (offerToken, offerIdentifier,
                // offerAmount) from OrderParameters to (token, identifier,
                // amount) in SpentItem struct.
                calldatacopy(
                    add(eventConsiderationArrPtr, AdditionalRecipients_size),
                    BasicOrder_offerToken_cdPtr,
                    ThreeWords
                )
            }
        }
        {
            /**
             * Once consideration items and offer items have been handled,
             * derive the final order hash. Memory Layout:
             *  0x80-0x1c0: EIP712 data for order
             *   - 0x80:   Order EIP-712 typehash (constant)
             *   - 0xa0:   orderParameters.offerer
             *   - 0xc0:   orderParameters.zone
             *   - 0xe0:   keccak256(abi.encodePacked(offerHashes))
             *   - 0x100:  keccak256(abi.encodePacked(considerationHashes))
             *   - 0x120:  orderParameters.basicOrderType (% 4 = orderType)
             *   - 0x140:  orderParameters.startTime
             *   - 0x160:  orderParameters.endTime
             *   - 0x180:  orderParameters.zoneHash
             *   - 0x1a0:  orderParameters.salt
             *   - 0x1c0:  orderParameters.conduitKey
             *   - 0x1e0:  _counters[orderParameters.offerer] (from storage)
             */
            // Read the offerer from calldata and place on the stack.
            address offerer;
            assembly {
                offerer := calldataload(BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr)
            }
            // Read offerer's current counter from storage and place on stack.
            uint256 counter = _getCounter(offerer);
            // Load order typehash from runtime code and place on stack.
            bytes32 typeHash = _ORDER_TYPEHASH;
            assembly {
                // Set the OrderItem typeHash in memory.
                mstore(BasicOrder_order_typeHash_ptr, typeHash)
                // Copy offerer and zone from OrderParameters in calldata to the
                // Order struct.
                calldatacopy(
                    BasicOrder_order_offerer_ptr,
                    BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr,
                    TwoWords
                )
                // Copy receivedItemsHash from zero slot to the Order struct.
                mstore(
                    BasicOrder_order_considerationHashes_ptr,
                    mload(receivedItemsHash_ptr)
                )
                // Write the supplied orderType to the Order struct.
                mstore(BasicOrder_order_orderType_ptr, orderType)
                // Copy startTime, endTime, zoneHash, salt & conduit from
                // calldata to the Order struct.
                calldatacopy(
                    BasicOrder_order_startTime_ptr,
                    BasicOrder_startTime_cdPtr,
                    FiveWords
                )
                // Write offerer's counter, retrieved from storage, to struct.
                mstore(BasicOrder_order_counter_ptr, counter)
                // Compute the EIP712 Order hash.
                orderHash := keccak256(
                    BasicOrder_order_typeHash_ptr,
                    EIP712_Order_size
                )
            }
        }
        assembly {
            /**
             * After the order hash has been derived, emit OrderFulfilled event:
             *   event OrderFulfilled(
             *     bytes32 orderHash,
             *     address indexed offerer,
             *     address indexed zone,
             *     address fulfiller,
             *     SpentItem[] offer,
             *       > (itemType, token, id, amount)
             *     ReceivedItem[] consideration
             *       > (itemType, token, id, amount, recipient)
             *   )
             * topic0 - OrderFulfilled event signature
             * topic1 - offerer
             * topic2 - zone
             * data:
             *  - 0x00: orderHash
             *  - 0x20: fulfiller
             *  - 0x40: offer arr ptr (0x80)
             *  - 0x60: consideration arr ptr (0x120)
             *  - 0x80: offer arr len (1)
             *  - 0xa0: offer.itemType
             *  - 0xc0: offer.token
             *  - 0xe0: offer.identifier
             *  - 0x100: offer.amount
             *  - 0x120: 1 + recipients.length
             *  - 0x140: recipient 0
             */
            // Derive pointer to start of OrderFulfilled event data
            let eventDataPtr := add(
                OrderFulfilled_baseOffset,
                mul(
                    calldataload(BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_length_cdPtr),
                    OneWord
                )
            )
            // Write the order hash to the head of the event's data region.
            mstore(eventDataPtr, orderHash)
            // Write the fulfiller (i.e. the caller) next for receiver argument.
            mstore(add(eventDataPtr, OrderFulfilled_fulfiller_offset), caller())
            // Write the SpentItem and ReceivedItem array offsets (constants).
            mstore(
                // SpentItem array offset
                add(eventDataPtr, OrderFulfilled_offer_head_offset),
                OrderFulfilled_offer_body_offset
            )
            mstore(
                // ReceivedItem array offset
                add(eventDataPtr, OrderFulfilled_consideration_head_offset),
                OrderFulfilled_consideration_body_offset
            )
            // Derive total data size including SpentItem and ReceivedItem data.
            // SpentItem portion is already included in the baseSize constant,
            // as there can only be one element in the array.
            let dataSize := add(
                OrderFulfilled_baseSize,
                mul(
                    calldataload(BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_length_cdPtr),
                    ReceivedItem_size
                )
            )
            // Emit OrderFulfilled log with three topics (the event signature
            // as well as the two indexed arguments, the offerer and the zone).
            log3(
                // Supply the pointer for event data in memory.
                eventDataPtr,
                // Supply the size of event data in memory.
                dataSize,
                // Supply the OrderFulfilled event signature.
                OrderFulfilled_selector,
                // Supply the first topic (the offerer).
                calldataload(BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr),
                // Supply the second topic (the zone).
                calldataload(BasicOrder_zone_cdPtr)
            )
            // Restore the zero slot.
            mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
        }
        // Determine whether order is restricted and, if so, that it is valid.
        _assertRestrictedBasicOrderValidity(
            orderHash,
            parameters.zoneHash,
            orderType,
            parameters.offerer,
            parameters.zone
        );
        // Verify and update the status of the derived order.
        _validateBasicOrderAndUpdateStatus(
            orderHash,
            parameters.offerer,
            parameters.signature
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer Ether (or other native tokens) to a
     *      given recipient as part of basic order fulfillment. Note that
     *      conduits are not utilized for native tokens as the transferred
     *      amount must be provided as msg.value.
     *
     * @param amount               The amount to transfer.
     * @param to                   The recipient of the native token transfer.
     * @param additionalRecipients The additional recipients of the order.
     */
    function _transferEthAndFinalize(
        uint256 amount,
        address payable to,
        AdditionalRecipient[] calldata additionalRecipients
    ) internal {
        // Put ether value supplied by the caller on the stack.
        uint256 etherRemaining = msg.value;
        // Retrieve total number of additional recipients and place on stack.
        uint256 totalAdditionalRecipients = additionalRecipients.length;
        // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Iterate over each additional recipient.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalAdditionalRecipients; ++i) {
                // Retrieve the additional recipient.
                AdditionalRecipient calldata additionalRecipient = (
                    additionalRecipients[i]
                );
                // Read ether amount to transfer to recipient & place on stack.
                uint256 additionalRecipientAmount = additionalRecipient.amount;
                // Ensure that sufficient Ether is available.
                if (additionalRecipientAmount > etherRemaining) {
                    revert InsufficientEtherSupplied();
                }
                // Transfer Ether to the additional recipient.
                _transferEth(
                    additionalRecipient.recipient,
                    additionalRecipientAmount
                );
                // Reduce ether value available. Skip underflow check as
                // subtracted value is confirmed above as less than remaining.
                etherRemaining -= additionalRecipientAmount;
            }
        }
        // Ensure that sufficient Ether is still available.
        if (amount > etherRemaining) {
            revert InsufficientEtherSupplied();
        }
        // Transfer Ether to the offerer.
        _transferEth(to, amount);
        // If any Ether remains after transfers, return it to the caller.
        if (etherRemaining > amount) {
            // Skip underflow check as etherRemaining > amount.
            unchecked {
                // Transfer remaining Ether to the caller.
                _transferEth(payable(msg.sender), etherRemaining - amount);
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC20 tokens to a given recipient as
     *      part of basic order fulfillment.
     *
     * @param offerer     The offerer of the fulfiller order.
     * @param parameters  The basic order parameters.
     * @param fromOfferer A boolean indicating whether to decrement amount from
     *                    the offered amount.
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     */
    function _transferERC20AndFinalize(
        address offerer,
        BasicOrderParameters calldata parameters,
        bool fromOfferer,
        bytes memory accumulator
    ) internal {
        // Declare from and to variables determined by fromOfferer value.
        address from;
        address to;
        // Declare token and amount variables determined by fromOfferer value.
        address token;
        uint256 amount;
        // Declare and check identifier variable within an isolated scope.
        {
            // Declare identifier variable determined by fromOfferer value.
            uint256 identifier;
            // Set ERC20 token transfer variables based on fromOfferer boolean.
            if (fromOfferer) {
                // Use offerer as from value and msg.sender as to value.
                from = offerer;
                to = msg.sender;
                // Use offer token and related values if token is from offerer.
                token = parameters.offerToken;
                identifier = parameters.offerIdentifier;
                amount = parameters.offerAmount;
            } else {
                // Use msg.sender as from value and offerer as to value.
                from = msg.sender;
                to = offerer;
                // Otherwise, use consideration token and related values.
                token = parameters.considerationToken;
                identifier = parameters.considerationIdentifier;
                amount = parameters.considerationAmount;
            }
            // Ensure that no identifier is supplied.
            if (identifier != 0) {
                revert UnusedItemParameters();
            }
        }
        // Determine the appropriate conduit to utilize.
        bytes32 conduitKey;
        // Utilize assembly to derive conduit (if relevant) based on route.
        assembly {
            // Use offerer conduit if fromOfferer, fulfiller conduit otherwise.
            conduitKey := calldataload(
                sub(
                    BasicOrder_fulfillerConduit_cdPtr,
                    mul(fromOfferer, OneWord)
                )
            )
        }
        // Retrieve total number of additional recipients and place on stack.
        uint256 totalAdditionalRecipients = (
            parameters.additionalRecipients.length
        );
        // Iterate over each additional recipient.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalAdditionalRecipients; ) {
            // Retrieve the additional recipient.
            AdditionalRecipient calldata additionalRecipient = (
                parameters.additionalRecipients[i]
            );
            uint256 additionalRecipientAmount = additionalRecipient.amount;
            // Decrement the amount to transfer to fulfiller if indicated.
            if (fromOfferer) {
                amount -= additionalRecipientAmount;
            }
            // Transfer ERC20 tokens to additional recipient given approval.
            _transferERC20(
                token,
                from,
                additionalRecipient.recipient,
                additionalRecipientAmount,
                conduitKey,
                accumulator
            );
            // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Transfer ERC20 token amount (from account must have proper approval).
        _transferERC20(token, from, to, amount, conduitKey, accumulator);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.13;
import { OrderType } from "./ConsiderationEnums.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
    OrderParameters,
    Order,
    AdvancedOrder,
    OrderComponents,
    OrderStatus,
    CriteriaResolver
} from "./ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";
import { Executor } from "./Executor.sol";
import { ZoneInteraction } from "./ZoneInteraction.sol";
/**
 * @title OrderValidator
 * @author 0age
 * @notice OrderValidator contains functionality related to validating orders
 *         and updating their status.
 */
contract OrderValidator is Executor, ZoneInteraction {
    // Track status of each order (validated, cancelled, and fraction filled).
    mapping(bytes32 => OrderStatus) private _orderStatus;
    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController) Executor(conduitController) {}
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to verify and update the status of a basic order.
     *
     * @param orderHash The hash of the order.
     * @param offerer   The offerer of the order.
     * @param signature A signature from the offerer indicating that the order
     *                  has been approved.
     */
    function _validateBasicOrderAndUpdateStatus(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        address offerer,
        bytes memory signature
    ) internal {
        // Retrieve the order status for the given order hash.
        OrderStatus storage orderStatus = _orderStatus[orderHash];
        // Ensure order is fillable and is not cancelled.
        _verifyOrderStatus(
            orderHash,
            orderStatus,
            true, // Only allow unused orders when fulfilling basic orders.
            true // Signifies to revert if the order is invalid.
        );
        // If the order is not already validated, verify the supplied signature.
        if (!orderStatus.isValidated) {
            _verifySignature(offerer, orderHash, signature);
        }
        // Update order status as fully filled, packing struct values.
        orderStatus.isValidated = true;
        orderStatus.isCancelled = false;
        orderStatus.numerator = 1;
        orderStatus.denominator = 1;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to validate an order, determine what portion to
     *      fill, and update its status. The desired fill amount is supplied as
     *      a fraction, as is the returned amount to fill.
     *
     * @param advancedOrder     The order to fulfill as well as the fraction to
     *                          fill. Note that all offer and consideration
     *                          amounts must divide with no remainder in order
     *                          for a partial fill to be valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers An array where each element contains a reference
     *                          to a specific offer or consideration, a token
     *                          identifier, and a proof that the supplied token
     *                          identifier is contained in the order's merkle
     *                          root. Note that a criteria of zero indicates
     *                          that any (transferable) token identifier is
     *                          valid and that no proof needs to be supplied.
     * @param revertOnInvalid   A boolean indicating whether to revert if the
     *                          order is invalid due to the time or status.
     * @param priorOrderHashes  The order hashes of each order supplied prior to
     *                          the current order as part of a "match" variety
     *                          of order fulfillment (e.g. this array will be
     *                          empty for single or "fulfill available").
     *
     * @return orderHash      The order hash.
     * @return newNumerator   A value indicating the portion of the order that
     *                        will be filled.
     * @return newDenominator A value indicating the total size of the order.
     */
    function _validateOrderAndUpdateStatus(
        AdvancedOrder memory advancedOrder,
        CriteriaResolver[] memory criteriaResolvers,
        bool revertOnInvalid,
        bytes32[] memory priorOrderHashes
    )
        internal
        returns (
            bytes32 orderHash,
            uint256 newNumerator,
            uint256 newDenominator
        )
    {
        // Retrieve the parameters for the order.
        OrderParameters memory orderParameters = advancedOrder.parameters;
        // Ensure current timestamp falls between order start time and end time.
        if (
            !_verifyTime(
                orderParameters.startTime,
                orderParameters.endTime,
                revertOnInvalid
            )
        ) {
            // Assuming an invalid time and no revert, return zeroed out values.
            return (bytes32(0), 0, 0);
        }
        // Read numerator and denominator from memory and place on the stack.
        uint256 numerator = uint256(advancedOrder.numerator);
        uint256 denominator = uint256(advancedOrder.denominator);
        // Ensure that the supplied numerator and denominator are valid.
        if (numerator > denominator || numerator == 0) {
            revert BadFraction();
        }
        // If attempting partial fill (n < d) check order type & ensure support.
        if (
            numerator < denominator &&
            _doesNotSupportPartialFills(orderParameters.orderType)
        ) {
            // Revert if partial fill was attempted on an unsupported order.
            revert PartialFillsNotEnabledForOrder();
        }
        // Retrieve current counter & use it w/ parameters to derive order hash.
        orderHash = _assertConsiderationLengthAndGetOrderHash(orderParameters);
        // Ensure restricted orders have a valid submitter or pass a zone check.
        _assertRestrictedAdvancedOrderValidity(
            advancedOrder,
            criteriaResolvers,
            priorOrderHashes,
            orderHash,
            orderParameters.zoneHash,
            orderParameters.orderType,
            orderParameters.offerer,
            orderParameters.zone
        );
        // Retrieve the order status using the derived order hash.
        OrderStatus storage orderStatus = _orderStatus[orderHash];
        // Ensure order is fillable and is not cancelled.
        if (
            !_verifyOrderStatus(
                orderHash,
                orderStatus,
                false, // Allow partially used orders to be filled.
                revertOnInvalid
            )
        ) {
            // Assuming an invalid order status and no revert, return zero fill.
            return (orderHash, 0, 0);
        }
        // If the order is not already validated, verify the supplied signature.
        if (!orderStatus.isValidated) {
            _verifySignature(
                orderParameters.offerer,
                orderHash,
                advancedOrder.signature
            );
        }
        // Read filled amount as numerator and denominator and put on the stack.
        uint256 filledNumerator = orderStatus.numerator;
        uint256 filledDenominator = orderStatus.denominator;
        // If order (orderStatus) currently has a non-zero denominator it is
        // partially filled.
        if (filledDenominator != 0) {
            // If denominator of 1 supplied, fill all remaining amount on order.
            if (denominator == 1) {
                // Scale numerator & denominator to match current denominator.
                numerator = filledDenominator;
                denominator = filledDenominator;
            }
            // Otherwise, if supplied denominator differs from current one...
            else if (filledDenominator != denominator) {
                // scale current numerator by the supplied denominator, then...
                filledNumerator *= denominator;
                // the supplied numerator & denominator by current denominator.
                numerator *= filledDenominator;
                denominator *= filledDenominator;
            }
            // Once adjusted, if current+supplied numerator exceeds denominator:
            if (filledNumerator + numerator > denominator) {
                // Skip underflow check: denominator >= orderStatus.numerator
                unchecked {
                    // Reduce current numerator so it + supplied = denominator.
                    numerator = denominator - filledNumerator;
                }
            }
            // Increment the filled numerator by the new numerator.
            filledNumerator += numerator;
            // Use assembly to ensure fractional amounts are below max uint120.
            assembly {
                // Check filledNumerator and denominator for uint120 overflow.
                if or(
                    gt(filledNumerator, MaxUint120),
                    gt(denominator, MaxUint120)
                ) {
                    // Derive greatest common divisor using euclidean algorithm.
                    function gcd(_a, _b) -> out {
                        for {
                        } _b {
                        } {
                            let _c := _b
                            _b := mod(_a, _c)
                            _a := _c
                        }
                        out := _a
                    }
                    let scaleDown := gcd(
                        numerator,
                        gcd(filledNumerator, denominator)
                    )
                    // Ensure that the divisor is at least one.
                    let safeScaleDown := add(scaleDown, iszero(scaleDown))
                    // Scale all fractional values down by gcd.
                    numerator := div(numerator, safeScaleDown)
                    filledNumerator := div(filledNumerator, safeScaleDown)
                    denominator := div(denominator, safeScaleDown)
                    // Perform the overflow check a second time.
                    if or(
                        gt(filledNumerator, MaxUint120),
                        gt(denominator, MaxUint120)
                    ) {
                        // Store the Panic error signature.
                        mstore(0, Panic_error_signature)
                        // Set arithmetic (0x11) panic code as initial argument.
                        mstore(Panic_error_offset, Panic_arithmetic)
                        // Return, supplying Panic signature & arithmetic code.
                        revert(0, Panic_error_length)
                    }
                }
            }
            // Skip overflow check: checked above unless numerator is reduced.
            unchecked {
                // Update order status and fill amount, packing struct values.
                orderStatus.isValidated = true;
                orderStatus.isCancelled = false;
                orderStatus.numerator = uint120(filledNumerator);
                orderStatus.denominator = uint120(denominator);
            }
        } else {
            // Update order status and fill amount, packing struct values.
            orderStatus.isValidated = true;
            orderStatus.isCancelled = false;
            orderStatus.numerator = uint120(numerator);
            orderStatus.denominator = uint120(denominator);
        }
        // Return order hash, a modified numerator, and a modified denominator.
        return (orderHash, numerator, denominator);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to cancel an arbitrary number of orders. Note that
     *      only the offerer or the zone of a given order may cancel it. Callers
     *      should ensure that the intended order was cancelled by calling
     *      `getOrderStatus` and confirming that `isCancelled` returns `true`.
     *
     * @param orders The orders to cancel.
     *
     * @return cancelled A boolean indicating whether the supplied orders were
     *                   successfully cancelled.
     */
    function _cancel(OrderComponents[] calldata orders)
        internal
        returns (bool cancelled)
    {
        // Ensure that the reentrancy guard is not currently set.
        _assertNonReentrant();
        // Declare variables outside of the loop.
        OrderStatus storage orderStatus;
        address offerer;
        address zone;
        // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Read length of the orders array from memory and place on stack.
            uint256 totalOrders = orders.length;
            // Iterate over each order.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalOrders; ) {
                // Retrieve the order.
                OrderComponents calldata order = orders[i];
                offerer = order.offerer;
                zone = order.zone;
                // Ensure caller is either offerer or zone of the order.
                if (msg.sender != offerer && msg.sender != zone) {
                    revert InvalidCanceller();
                }
                // Derive order hash using the order parameters and the counter.
                bytes32 orderHash = _deriveOrderHash(
                    OrderParameters(
                        offerer,
                        zone,
                        order.offer,
                        order.consideration,
                        order.orderType,
                        order.startTime,
                        order.endTime,
                        order.zoneHash,
                        order.salt,
                        order.conduitKey,
                        order.consideration.length
                    ),
                    order.counter
                );
                // Retrieve the order status using the derived order hash.
                orderStatus = _orderStatus[orderHash];
                // Update the order status as not valid and cancelled.
                orderStatus.isValidated = false;
                orderStatus.isCancelled = true;
                // Emit an event signifying that the order has been cancelled.
                emit OrderCancelled(orderHash, offerer, zone);
                // Increment counter inside body of loop for gas efficiency.
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Return a boolean indicating that orders were successfully cancelled.
        cancelled = true;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to validate an arbitrary number of orders, thereby
     *      registering their signatures as valid and allowing the fulfiller to
     *      skip signature verification on fulfillment. Note that validated
     *      orders may still be unfulfillable due to invalid item amounts or
     *      other factors; callers should determine whether validated orders are
     *      fulfillable by simulating the fulfillment call prior to execution.
     *      Also note that anyone can validate a signed order, but only the
     *      offerer can validate an order without supplying a signature.
     *
     * @param orders The orders to validate.
     *
     * @return validated A boolean indicating whether the supplied orders were
     *                   successfully validated.
     */
    function _validate(Order[] calldata orders)
        internal
        returns (bool validated)
    {
        // Ensure that the reentrancy guard is not currently set.
        _assertNonReentrant();
        // Declare variables outside of the loop.
        OrderStatus storage orderStatus;
        bytes32 orderHash;
        address offerer;
        // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Read length of the orders array from memory and place on stack.
            uint256 totalOrders = orders.length;
            // Iterate over each order.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalOrders; ) {
                // Retrieve the order.
                Order calldata order = orders[i];
                // Retrieve the order parameters.
                OrderParameters calldata orderParameters = order.parameters;
                // Move offerer from memory to the stack.
                offerer = orderParameters.offerer;
                // Get current counter & use it w/ params to derive order hash.
                orderHash = _assertConsiderationLengthAndGetOrderHash(
                    orderParameters
                );
                // Retrieve the order status using the derived order hash.
                orderStatus = _orderStatus[orderHash];
                // Ensure order is fillable and retrieve the filled amount.
                _verifyOrderStatus(
                    orderHash,
                    orderStatus,
                    false, // Signifies that partially filled orders are valid.
                    true // Signifies to revert if the order is invalid.
                );
                // If the order has not already been validated...
                if (!orderStatus.isValidated) {
                    // Verify the supplied signature.
                    _verifySignature(offerer, orderHash, order.signature);
                    // Update order status to mark the order as valid.
                    orderStatus.isValidated = true;
                    // Emit an event signifying the order has been validated.
                    emit OrderValidated(
                        orderHash,
                        offerer,
                        orderParameters.zone
                    );
                }
                // Increment counter inside body of the loop for gas efficiency.
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Return a boolean indicating that orders were successfully validated.
        validated = true;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to retrieve the status of a given order by
     *      hash, including whether the order has been cancelled or validated
     *      and the fraction of the order that has been filled.
     *
     * @param orderHash The order hash in question.
     *
     * @return isValidated A boolean indicating whether the order in question
     *                     has been validated (i.e. previously approved or
     *                     partially filled).
     * @return isCancelled A boolean indicating whether the order in question
     *                     has been cancelled.
     * @return totalFilled The total portion of the order that has been filled
     *                     (i.e. the "numerator").
     * @return totalSize   The total size of the order that is either filled or
     *                     unfilled (i.e. the "denominator").
     */
    function _getOrderStatus(bytes32 orderHash)
        internal
        view
        returns (
            bool isValidated,
            bool isCancelled,
            uint256 totalFilled,
            uint256 totalSize
        )
    {
        // Retrieve the order status using the order hash.
        OrderStatus storage orderStatus = _orderStatus[orderHash];
        // Return the fields on the order status.
        return (
            orderStatus.isValidated,
            orderStatus.isCancelled,
            orderStatus.numerator,
            orderStatus.denominator
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to check whether a given order type indicates
     *      that partial fills are not supported (e.g. only "full fills" are
     *      allowed for the order in question).
     *
     * @param orderType The order type in question.
     *
     * @return isFullOrder A boolean indicating whether the order type only
     *                     supports full fills.
     */
    function _doesNotSupportPartialFills(OrderType orderType)
        internal
        pure
        returns (bool isFullOrder)
    {
        // The "full" order types are even, while "partial" order types are odd.
        // Bitwise and by 1 is equivalent to modulo by 2, but 2 gas cheaper.
        assembly {
            // Equivalent to `uint256(orderType) & 1 == 0`.
            isFullOrder := iszero(and(orderType, 1))
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.13;
import { ItemType } from "./ConsiderationEnums.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
    OfferItem,
    ConsiderationItem,
    SpentItem,
    ReceivedItem,
    OrderParameters,
    Order,
    AdvancedOrder,
    CriteriaResolver
} from "./ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import { BasicOrderFulfiller } from "./BasicOrderFulfiller.sol";
import { CriteriaResolution } from "./CriteriaResolution.sol";
import { AmountDeriver } from "./AmountDeriver.sol";
import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title OrderFulfiller
 * @author 0age
 * @notice OrderFulfiller contains logic related to order fulfillment where a
 *         single order is being fulfilled and where basic order fulfillment is
 *         not available as an option.
 */
contract OrderFulfiller is
    BasicOrderFulfiller,
    CriteriaResolution,
    AmountDeriver
{
    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController)
        BasicOrderFulfiller(conduitController)
    {}
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to validate an order and update its status, adjust
     *      prices based on current time, apply criteria resolvers, determine
     *      what portion to fill, and transfer relevant tokens.
     *
     * @param advancedOrder       The order to fulfill as well as the fraction
     *                            to fill. Note that all offer and consideration
     *                            components must divide with no remainder for
     *                            the partial fill to be valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers   An array where each element contains a
     *                            reference to a specific offer or
     *                            consideration, a token identifier, and a proof
     *                            that the supplied token identifier is
     *                            contained in the order's merkle root. Note
     *                            that a criteria of zero indicates that any
     *                            (transferable) token identifier is valid and
     *                            that no proof needs to be supplied.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what conduit, if
     *                            any, to source the fulfiller's token approvals
     *                            from. The zero hash signifies that no conduit
     *                            should be used, with direct approvals set on
     *                            Consideration.
     * @param recipient           The intended recipient for all received items.
     *
     * @return A boolean indicating whether the order has been fulfilled.
     */
    function _validateAndFulfillAdvancedOrder(
        AdvancedOrder memory advancedOrder,
        CriteriaResolver[] memory criteriaResolvers,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient
    ) internal returns (bool) {
        // Ensure this function cannot be triggered during a reentrant call.
        _setReentrancyGuard();
        // Declare empty bytes32 array (unused, will remain empty).
        bytes32[] memory priorOrderHashes;
        // Validate order, update status, and determine fraction to fill.
        (
            bytes32 orderHash,
            uint256 fillNumerator,
            uint256 fillDenominator
        ) = _validateOrderAndUpdateStatus(
                advancedOrder,
                criteriaResolvers,
                true,
                priorOrderHashes
            );
        // Create an array with length 1 containing the order.
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders = new AdvancedOrder[](1);
        // Populate the order as the first and only element of the new array.
        advancedOrders[0] = advancedOrder;
        // Apply criteria resolvers using generated orders and details arrays.
        _applyCriteriaResolvers(advancedOrders, criteriaResolvers);
        // Retrieve the order parameters after applying criteria resolvers.
        OrderParameters memory orderParameters = advancedOrders[0].parameters;
        // Perform each item transfer with the appropriate fractional amount.
        _applyFractionsAndTransferEach(
            orderParameters,
            fillNumerator,
            fillDenominator,
            fulfillerConduitKey,
            recipient
        );
        // Emit an event signifying that the order has been fulfilled.
        _emitOrderFulfilledEvent(
            orderHash,
            orderParameters.offerer,
            orderParameters.zone,
            recipient,
            orderParameters.offer,
            orderParameters.consideration
        );
        // Clear the reentrancy guard.
        _clearReentrancyGuard();
        return true;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer each item contained in a given single
     *      order fulfillment after applying a respective fraction to the amount
     *      being transferred.
     *
     * @param orderParameters     The parameters for the fulfilled order.
     * @param numerator           A value indicating the portion of the order
     *                            that should be filled.
     * @param denominator         A value indicating the total order size.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what conduit, if
     *                            any, to source the fulfiller's token approvals
     *                            from. The zero hash signifies that no conduit
     *                            should be used, with direct approvals set on
     *                            Consideration.
     * @param recipient           The intended recipient for all received items.
     */
    function _applyFractionsAndTransferEach(
        OrderParameters memory orderParameters,
        uint256 numerator,
        uint256 denominator,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient
    ) internal {
        // Read start time & end time from order parameters and place on stack.
        uint256 startTime = orderParameters.startTime;
        uint256 endTime = orderParameters.endTime;
        // Initialize an accumulator array. From this point forward, no new
        // memory regions can be safely allocated until the accumulator is no
        // longer being utilized, as the accumulator operates in an open-ended
        // fashion from this memory pointer; existing memory may still be
        // accessed and modified, however.
        bytes memory accumulator = new bytes(AccumulatorDisarmed);
        // As of solidity 0.6.0, inline assembly cannot directly access function
        // definitions, but can still access locally scoped function variables.
        // This means that in order to recast the type of a function, we need to
        // create a local variable to reference the internal function definition
        // (using the same type) and a local variable with the desired type,
        // and then cast the original function pointer to the desired type.
        /**
         * Repurpose existing OfferItem memory regions on the offer array for
         * the order by overriding the _transfer function pointer to accept a
         * modified OfferItem argument in place of the usual ReceivedItem:
         *
         *   ========= OfferItem ==========   ====== ReceivedItem ======
         *   ItemType itemType; ------------> ItemType itemType;
         *   address token; ----------------> address token;
         *   uint256 identifierOrCriteria; -> uint256 identifier;
         *   uint256 startAmount; ----------> uint256 amount;
         *   uint256 endAmount; ------------> address recipient;
         */
        // Declare a nested scope to minimize stack depth.
        unchecked {
            // Declare a virtual function pointer taking an OfferItem argument.
            function(OfferItem memory, address, bytes32, bytes memory)
                internal _transferOfferItem;
            {
                // Assign _transfer function to a new function pointer (it takes
                // a ReceivedItem as its initial argument)
                function(ReceivedItem memory, address, bytes32, bytes memory)
                    internal _transferReceivedItem = _transfer;
                // Utilize assembly to override the virtual function pointer.
                assembly {
                    // Cast initial ReceivedItem type to an OfferItem type.
                    _transferOfferItem := _transferReceivedItem
                }
            }
            // Read offer array length from memory and place on stack.
            uint256 totalOfferItems = orderParameters.offer.length;
            // Iterate over each offer on the order.
            // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalOfferItems; ++i) {
                // Retrieve the offer item.
                OfferItem memory offerItem = orderParameters.offer[i];
                // Offer items for the native token can not be received
                // outside of a match order function.
                if (offerItem.itemType == ItemType.NATIVE) {
                    revert InvalidNativeOfferItem();
                }
                // Declare an additional nested scope to minimize stack depth.
                {
                    // Apply fill fraction to get offer item amount to transfer.
                    uint256 amount = _applyFraction(
                        offerItem.startAmount,
                        offerItem.endAmount,
                        numerator,
                        denominator,
                        startTime,
                        endTime,
                        false
                    );
                    // Utilize assembly to set overloaded offerItem arguments.
                    assembly {
                        // Write new fractional amount to startAmount as amount.
                        mstore(
                            add(offerItem, ReceivedItem_amount_offset),
                            amount
                        )
                        // Write recipient to endAmount.
                        mstore(
                            add(offerItem, ReceivedItem_recipient_offset),
                            recipient
                        )
                    }
                }
                // Transfer the item from the offerer to the recipient.
                _transferOfferItem(
                    offerItem,
                    orderParameters.offerer,
                    orderParameters.conduitKey,
                    accumulator
                );
            }
        }
        // Put ether value supplied by the caller on the stack.
        uint256 etherRemaining = msg.value;
        /**
         * Repurpose existing ConsiderationItem memory regions on the
         * consideration array for the order by overriding the _transfer
         * function pointer to accept a modified ConsiderationItem argument in
         * place of the usual ReceivedItem:
         *
         *   ====== ConsiderationItem =====   ====== ReceivedItem ======
         *   ItemType itemType; ------------> ItemType itemType;
         *   address token; ----------------> address token;
         *   uint256 identifierOrCriteria;--> uint256 identifier;
         *   uint256 startAmount; ----------> uint256 amount;
         *   uint256 endAmount;        /----> address recipient;
         *   address recipient; ------/
         */
        // Declare a nested scope to minimize stack depth.
        unchecked {
            // Declare virtual function pointer with ConsiderationItem argument.
            function(ConsiderationItem memory, address, bytes32, bytes memory)
                internal _transferConsiderationItem;
            {
                // Reassign _transfer function to a new function pointer (it
                // takes a ReceivedItem as its initial argument).
                function(ReceivedItem memory, address, bytes32, bytes memory)
                    internal _transferReceivedItem = _transfer;
                // Utilize assembly to override the virtual function pointer.
                assembly {
                    // Cast ReceivedItem type to ConsiderationItem type.
                    _transferConsiderationItem := _transferReceivedItem
                }
            }
            // Read consideration array length from memory and place on stack.
            uint256 totalConsiderationItems = orderParameters
                .consideration
                .length;
            // Iterate over each consideration item on the order.
            // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalConsiderationItems; ++i) {
                // Retrieve the consideration item.
                ConsiderationItem memory considerationItem = (
                    orderParameters.consideration[i]
                );
                // Apply fraction & derive considerationItem amount to transfer.
                uint256 amount = _applyFraction(
                    considerationItem.startAmount,
                    considerationItem.endAmount,
                    numerator,
                    denominator,
                    startTime,
                    endTime,
                    true
                );
                // Use assembly to set overloaded considerationItem arguments.
                assembly {
                    // Write derived fractional amount to startAmount as amount.
                    mstore(
                        add(considerationItem, ReceivedItem_amount_offset),
                        amount
                    )
                    // Write original recipient to endAmount as recipient.
                    mstore(
                        add(considerationItem, ReceivedItem_recipient_offset),
                        mload(
                            add(
                                considerationItem,
                                ConsiderationItem_recipient_offset
                            )
                        )
                    )
                }
                // Reduce available value if offer spent ETH or a native token.
                if (considerationItem.itemType == ItemType.NATIVE) {
                    // Ensure that sufficient native tokens are still available.
                    if (amount > etherRemaining) {
                        revert InsufficientEtherSupplied();
                    }
                    // Skip underflow check as a comparison has just been made.
                    etherRemaining -= amount;
                }
                // Transfer item from caller to recipient specified by the item.
                _transferConsiderationItem(
                    considerationItem,
                    msg.sender,
                    fulfillerConduitKey,
                    accumulator
                );
            }
        }
        // Trigger any remaining accumulated transfers via call to the conduit.
        _triggerIfArmed(accumulator);
        // If any ether remains after fulfillments...
        if (etherRemaining != 0) {
            // return it to the caller.
            _transferEth(payable(msg.sender), etherRemaining);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to emit an OrderFulfilled event. OfferItems are
     *      translated into SpentItems and ConsiderationItems are translated
     *      into ReceivedItems.
     *
     * @param orderHash     The order hash.
     * @param offerer       The offerer for the order.
     * @param zone          The zone for the order.
     * @param fulfiller     The fulfiller of the order, or the null address if
     *                      the order was fulfilled via order matching.
     * @param offer         The offer items for the order.
     * @param consideration The consideration items for the order.
     */
    function _emitOrderFulfilledEvent(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        address offerer,
        address zone,
        address fulfiller,
        OfferItem[] memory offer,
        ConsiderationItem[] memory consideration
    ) internal {
        // Cast already-modified offer memory region as spent items.
        SpentItem[] memory spentItems;
        assembly {
            spentItems := offer
        }
        // Cast already-modified consideration memory region as received items.
        ReceivedItem[] memory receivedItems;
        assembly {
            receivedItems := consideration
        }
        // Emit an event signifying that the order has been fulfilled.
        emit OrderFulfilled(
            orderHash,
            offerer,
            zone,
            fulfiller,
            spentItems,
            receivedItems
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to convert an order to an advanced order with
     *      numerator and denominator of 1 and empty extraData.
     *
     * @param order The order to convert.
     *
     * @return advancedOrder The new advanced order.
     */
    function _convertOrderToAdvanced(Order calldata order)
        internal
        pure
        returns (AdvancedOrder memory advancedOrder)
    {
        // Convert to partial order (1/1 or full fill) and return new value.
        advancedOrder = AdvancedOrder(
            order.parameters,
            1,
            1,
            order.signature,
            ""
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to convert an array of orders to an array of
     *      advanced orders with numerator and denominator of 1.
     *
     * @param orders The orders to convert.
     *
     * @return advancedOrders The new array of partial orders.
     */
    function _convertOrdersToAdvanced(Order[] calldata orders)
        internal
        pure
        returns (AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders)
    {
        // Read the number of orders from calldata and place on the stack.
        uint256 totalOrders = orders.length;
        // Allocate new empty array for each partial order in memory.
        advancedOrders = new AdvancedOrder[](totalOrders);
        // Skip overflow check as the index for the loop starts at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Iterate over the given orders.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalOrders; ++i) {
                // Convert to partial order (1/1 or full fill) and update array.
                advancedOrders[i] = _convertOrderToAdvanced(orders[i]);
            }
        }
        // Return the array of advanced orders.
        return advancedOrders;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.13;
// prettier-ignore
import {
    AmountDerivationErrors
} from "../interfaces/AmountDerivationErrors.sol";
import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title AmountDeriver
 * @author 0age
 * @notice AmountDeriver contains view and pure functions related to deriving
 *         item amounts based on partial fill quantity and on linear
 *         interpolation based on current time when the start amount and end
 *         amount differ.
 */
contract AmountDeriver is AmountDerivationErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to derive the current amount of a given item
     *      based on the current price, the starting price, and the ending
     *      price. If the start and end prices differ, the current price will be
     *      interpolated on a linear basis. Note that this function expects that
     *      the startTime parameter of orderParameters is not greater than the
     *      current block timestamp and that the endTime parameter is greater
     *      than the current block timestamp. If this condition is not upheld,
     *      duration / elapsed / remaining variables will underflow.
     *
     * @param startAmount The starting amount of the item.
     * @param endAmount   The ending amount of the item.
     * @param startTime   The starting time of the order.
     * @param endTime     The end time of the order.
     * @param roundUp     A boolean indicating whether the resultant amount
     *                    should be rounded up or down.
     *
     * @return amount The current amount.
     */
    function _locateCurrentAmount(
        uint256 startAmount,
        uint256 endAmount,
        uint256 startTime,
        uint256 endTime,
        bool roundUp
    ) internal view returns (uint256 amount) {
        // Only modify end amount if it doesn't already equal start amount.
        if (startAmount != endAmount) {
            // Declare variables to derive in the subsequent unchecked scope.
            uint256 duration;
            uint256 elapsed;
            uint256 remaining;
            // Skip underflow checks as startTime <= block.timestamp < endTime.
            unchecked {
                // Derive the duration for the order and place it on the stack.
                duration = endTime - startTime;
                // Derive time elapsed since the order started & place on stack.
                elapsed = block.timestamp - startTime;
                // Derive time remaining until order expires and place on stack.
                remaining = duration - elapsed;
            }
            // Aggregate new amounts weighted by time with rounding factor.
            uint256 totalBeforeDivision = ((startAmount * remaining) +
                (endAmount * elapsed));
            // Use assembly to combine operations and skip divide-by-zero check.
            assembly {
                // Multiply by iszero(iszero(totalBeforeDivision)) to ensure
                // amount is set to zero if totalBeforeDivision is zero,
                // as intermediate overflow can occur if it is zero.
                amount := mul(
                    iszero(iszero(totalBeforeDivision)),
                    // Subtract 1 from the numerator and add 1 to the result if
                    // roundUp is true to get the proper rounding direction.
                    // Division is performed with no zero check as duration
                    // cannot be zero as long as startTime < endTime.
                    add(
                        div(sub(totalBeforeDivision, roundUp), duration),
                        roundUp
                    )
                )
            }
            // Return the current amount.
            return amount;
        }
        // Return the original amount as startAmount == endAmount.
        return endAmount;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to return a fraction of a given value and to
     *      ensure the resultant value does not have any fractional component.
     *      Note that this function assumes that zero will never be supplied as
     *      the denominator parameter; invalid / undefined behavior will result
     *      should a denominator of zero be provided.
     *
     * @param numerator   A value indicating the portion of the order that
     *                    should be filled.
     * @param denominator A value indicating the total size of the order. Note
     *                    that this value cannot be equal to zero.
     * @param value       The value for which to compute the fraction.
     *
     * @return newValue The value after applying the fraction.
     */
    function _getFraction(
        uint256 numerator,
        uint256 denominator,
        uint256 value
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 newValue) {
        // Return value early in cases where the fraction resolves to 1.
        if (numerator == denominator) {
            return value;
        }
        // Ensure fraction can be applied to the value with no remainder. Note
        // that the denominator cannot be zero.
        assembly {
            // Ensure new value contains no remainder via mulmod operator.
            // Credit to @hrkrshnn + @axic for proposing this optimal solution.
            if mulmod(value, numerator, denominator) {
                mstore(0, InexactFraction_error_signature)
                revert(0, InexactFraction_error_len)
            }
        }
        // Multiply the numerator by the value and ensure no overflow occurs.
        uint256 valueTimesNumerator = value * numerator;
        // Divide and check for remainder. Note that denominator cannot be zero.
        assembly {
            // Perform division without zero check.
            newValue := div(valueTimesNumerator, denominator)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to apply a fraction to a consideration
     * or offer item.
     *
     * @param startAmount     The starting amount of the item.
     * @param endAmount       The ending amount of the item.
     * @param numerator       A value indicating the portion of the order that
     *                        should be filled.
     * @param denominator     A value indicating the total size of the order.
     * @param startTime       The starting time of the order.
     * @param endTime         The end time of the order.
     * @param roundUp         A boolean indicating whether the resultant
     *                        amount should be rounded up or down.
     *
     * @return amount The received item to transfer with the final amount.
     */
    function _applyFraction(
        uint256 startAmount,
        uint256 endAmount,
        uint256 numerator,
        uint256 denominator,
        uint256 startTime,
        uint256 endTime,
        bool roundUp
    ) internal view returns (uint256 amount) {
        // If start amount equals end amount, apply fraction to end amount.
        if (startAmount == endAmount) {
            // Apply fraction to end amount.
            amount = _getFraction(numerator, denominator, endAmount);
        } else {
            // Otherwise, apply fraction to both and interpolated final amount.
            amount = _locateCurrentAmount(
                _getFraction(numerator, denominator, startAmount),
                _getFraction(numerator, denominator, endAmount),
                startTime,
                endTime,
                roundUp
            );
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
/**
 * @title AmountDerivationErrors
 * @author 0age
 * @notice AmountDerivationErrors contains errors related to amount derivation.
 */
interface AmountDerivationErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to apply a fraction as part of
     *      a partial fill that does not divide the target amount cleanly.
     */
    error InexactFraction();
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.13;
import { Side, ItemType } from "./ConsiderationEnums.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
    OfferItem,
    ConsiderationItem,
    ReceivedItem,
    OrderParameters,
    Fulfillment,
    FulfillmentComponent,
    Execution,
    Order,
    AdvancedOrder,
    CriteriaResolver
} from "./ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import { OrderFulfiller } from "./OrderFulfiller.sol";
import { FulfillmentApplier } from "./FulfillmentApplier.sol";
import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title OrderCombiner
 * @author 0age
 * @notice OrderCombiner contains logic for fulfilling combinations of orders,
 *         either by matching offer items to consideration items or by
 *         fulfilling orders where available.
 */
contract OrderCombiner is OrderFulfiller, FulfillmentApplier {
    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController) OrderFulfiller(conduitController) {}
    /**
     * @notice Internal function to attempt to fill a group of orders, fully or
     *         partially, with an arbitrary number of items for offer and
     *         consideration per order alongside criteria resolvers containing
     *         specific token identifiers and associated proofs. Any order that
     *         is not currently active, has already been fully filled, or has
     *         been cancelled will be omitted. Remaining offer and consideration
     *         items will then be aggregated where possible as indicated by the
     *         supplied offer and consideration component arrays and aggregated
     *         items will be transferred to the fulfiller or to each intended
     *         recipient, respectively. Note that a failing item transfer or an
     *         issue with order formatting will cause the entire batch to fail.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders            The orders to fulfill along with the
     *                                  fraction of those orders to attempt to
     *                                  fill. Note that both the offerer and the
     *                                  fulfiller must first approve this
     *                                  contract (or a conduit if indicated by
     *                                  the order) to transfer any relevant
     *                                  tokens on their behalf and that
     *                                  contracts must implement
     *                                  `onERC1155Received` in order to receive
     *                                  ERC1155 tokens as consideration. Also
     *                                  note that all offer and consideration
     *                                  components must have no remainder after
     *                                  multiplication of the respective amount
     *                                  with the supplied fraction for an
     *                                  order's partial fill amount to be
     *                                  considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers         An array where each element contains a
     *                                  reference to a specific offer or
     *                                  consideration, a token identifier, and a
     *                                  proof that the supplied token identifier
     *                                  is contained in the merkle root held by
     *                                  the item in question's criteria element.
     *                                  Note that an empty criteria indicates
     *                                  that any (transferable) token
     *                                  identifier on the token in question is
     *                                  valid and that no associated proof needs
     *                                  to be supplied.
     * @param offerFulfillments         An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which offer items to attempt
     *                                  to aggregate when preparing executions.
     * @param considerationFulfillments An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which consideration items to
     *                                  attempt to aggregate when preparing
     *                                  executions.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey       A bytes32 value indicating what conduit,
     *                                  if any, to source the fulfiller's token
     *                                  approvals from. The zero hash signifies
     *                                  that no conduit should be used (and
     *                                  direct approvals set on Consideration).
     * @param recipient                 The intended recipient for all received
     *                                  items.
     * @param maximumFulfilled          The maximum number of orders to fulfill.
     *
     * @return availableOrders An array of booleans indicating if each order
     *                         with an index corresponding to the index of the
     *                         returned boolean was fulfillable or not.
     * @return executions      An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                         transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                         orders.
     */
    function _fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        CriteriaResolver[] memory criteriaResolvers,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata offerFulfillments,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata considerationFulfillments,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient,
        uint256 maximumFulfilled
    )
        internal
        returns (bool[] memory availableOrders, Execution[] memory executions)
    {
        // Validate orders, apply amounts, & determine if they utilize conduits.
        _validateOrdersAndPrepareToFulfill(
            advancedOrders,
            criteriaResolvers,
            false, // Signifies that invalid orders should NOT revert.
            maximumFulfilled,
            recipient
        );
        // Aggregate used offer and consideration items and execute transfers.
        (availableOrders, executions) = _executeAvailableFulfillments(
            advancedOrders,
            offerFulfillments,
            considerationFulfillments,
            fulfillerConduitKey,
            recipient
        );
        // Return order fulfillment details and executions.
        return (availableOrders, executions);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to validate a group of orders, update their
     *      statuses, reduce amounts by their previously filled fractions, apply
     *      criteria resolvers, and emit OrderFulfilled events.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders    The advanced orders to validate and reduce by
     *                          their previously filled amounts.
     * @param criteriaResolvers An array where each element contains a reference
     *                          to a specific order as well as that order's
     *                          offer or consideration, a token identifier, and
     *                          a proof that the supplied token identifier is
     *                          contained in the order's merkle root. Note that
     *                          a root of zero indicates that any transferable
     *                          token identifier is valid and that no proof
     *                          needs to be supplied.
     * @param revertOnInvalid   A boolean indicating whether to revert on any
     *                          order being invalid; setting this to false will
     *                          instead cause the invalid order to be skipped.
     * @param maximumFulfilled  The maximum number of orders to fulfill.
     * @param recipient         The intended recipient for all received items.
     */
    function _validateOrdersAndPrepareToFulfill(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        CriteriaResolver[] memory criteriaResolvers,
        bool revertOnInvalid,
        uint256 maximumFulfilled,
        address recipient
    ) internal {
        // Ensure this function cannot be triggered during a reentrant call.
        _setReentrancyGuard();
        // Read length of orders array and place on the stack.
        uint256 totalOrders = advancedOrders.length;
        // Track the order hash for each order being fulfilled.
        bytes32[] memory orderHashes = new bytes32[](totalOrders);
        // Override orderHashes length to zero after memory has been allocated.
        assembly {
            mstore(orderHashes, 0)
        }
        // Declare an error buffer indicating status of any native offer items.
        // {00} == 0 => In a match function, no native offer items: allow.
        // {01} == 1 => In a match function, some native offer items: allow.
        // {10} == 2 => Not in a match function, no native offer items: allow.
        // {11} == 3 => Not in a match function, some native offer items: THROW.
        uint256 invalidNativeOfferItemErrorBuffer;
        // Use assembly to set the value for the second bit of the error buffer.
        assembly {
            // Use the second bit of the error buffer to indicate whether the
            // current function is not matchAdvancedOrders or matchOrders.
            invalidNativeOfferItemErrorBuffer := shl(
                1,
                gt(
                    // Take the remainder of the selector modulo a magic value.
                    mod(
                        shr(NumBitsAfterSelector, calldataload(0)),
                        NonMatchSelector_MagicModulus
                    ),
                    // Check if remainder is higher than the greatest remainder
                    // of the two match selectors modulo the magic value.
                    NonMatchSelector_MagicRemainder
                )
            )
        }
        // Skip overflow checks as all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Iterate over each order.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalOrders; ++i) {
                // Retrieve the current order.
                AdvancedOrder memory advancedOrder = advancedOrders[i];
                // Determine if max number orders have already been fulfilled.
                if (maximumFulfilled == 0) {
                    // Mark fill fraction as zero as the order will not be used.
                    advancedOrder.numerator = 0;
                    // Update the length of the orderHashes array.
                    assembly {
                        mstore(orderHashes, add(i, 1))
                    }
                    // Continue iterating through the remaining orders.
                    continue;
                }
                // Validate it, update status, and determine fraction to fill.
                (
                    bytes32 orderHash,
                    uint256 numerator,
                    uint256 denominator
                ) = _validateOrderAndUpdateStatus(
                        advancedOrder,
                        criteriaResolvers,
                        revertOnInvalid,
                        orderHashes
                    );
                // Update the length of the orderHashes array.
                assembly {
                    mstore(orderHashes, add(i, 1))
                }
                // Do not track hash or adjust prices if order is not fulfilled.
                if (numerator == 0) {
                    // Mark fill fraction as zero if the order is not fulfilled.
                    advancedOrder.numerator = 0;
                    // Continue iterating through the remaining orders.
                    continue;
                }
                // Otherwise, track the order hash in question.
                orderHashes[i] = orderHash;
                // Decrement the number of fulfilled orders.
                // Skip underflow check as the condition before
                // implies that maximumFulfilled > 0.
                maximumFulfilled--;
                // Place the start time for the order on the stack.
                uint256 startTime = advancedOrder.parameters.startTime;
                // Place the end time for the order on the stack.
                uint256 endTime = advancedOrder.parameters.endTime;
                // Retrieve array of offer items for the order in question.
                OfferItem[] memory offer = advancedOrder.parameters.offer;
                // Read length of offer array and place on the stack.
                uint256 totalOfferItems = offer.length;
                // Iterate over each offer item on the order.
                for (uint256 j = 0; j < totalOfferItems; ++j) {
                    // Retrieve the offer item.
                    OfferItem memory offerItem = offer[j];
                    assembly {
                        // If the offer item is for the native token, set the
                        // first bit of the error buffer to true.
                        invalidNativeOfferItemErrorBuffer := or(
                            invalidNativeOfferItemErrorBuffer,
                            iszero(mload(offerItem))
                        )
                    }
                    // Apply order fill fraction to offer item end amount.
                    uint256 endAmount = _getFraction(
                        numerator,
                        denominator,
                        offerItem.endAmount
                    );
                    // Reuse same fraction if start and end amounts are equal.
                    if (offerItem.startAmount == offerItem.endAmount) {
                        // Apply derived amount to both start and end amount.
                        offerItem.startAmount = endAmount;
                    } else {
                        // Apply order fill fraction to offer item start amount.
                        offerItem.startAmount = _getFraction(
                            numerator,
                            denominator,
                            offerItem.startAmount
                        );
                    }
                    // Update end amount in memory to match the derived amount.
                    offerItem.endAmount = endAmount;
                    // Adjust offer amount using current time; round down.
                    offerItem.startAmount = _locateCurrentAmount(
                        offerItem.startAmount,
                        offerItem.endAmount,
                        startTime,
                        endTime,
                        false // round down
                    );
                }
                // Retrieve array of consideration items for order in question.
                ConsiderationItem[] memory consideration = (
                    advancedOrder.parameters.consideration
                );
                // Read length of consideration array and place on the stack.
                uint256 totalConsiderationItems = consideration.length;
                // Iterate over each consideration item on the order.
                for (uint256 j = 0; j < totalConsiderationItems; ++j) {
                    // Retrieve the consideration item.
                    ConsiderationItem memory considerationItem = (
                        consideration[j]
                    );
                    // Apply fraction to consideration item end amount.
                    uint256 endAmount = _getFraction(
                        numerator,
                        denominator,
                        considerationItem.endAmount
                    );
                    // Reuse same fraction if start and end amounts are equal.
                    if (
                        considerationItem.startAmount ==
                        considerationItem.endAmount
                    ) {
                        // Apply derived amount to both start and end amount.
                        considerationItem.startAmount = endAmount;
                    } else {
                        // Apply fraction to consideration item start amount.
                        considerationItem.startAmount = _getFraction(
                            numerator,
                            denominator,
                            considerationItem.startAmount
                        );
                    }
                    // Update end amount in memory to match the derived amount.
                    considerationItem.endAmount = endAmount;
                    // Adjust consideration amount using current time; round up.
                    considerationItem.startAmount = (
                        _locateCurrentAmount(
                            considerationItem.startAmount,
                            considerationItem.endAmount,
                            startTime,
                            endTime,
                            true // round up
                        )
                    );
                    // Utilize assembly to manually "shift" the recipient value.
                    assembly {
                        // Write recipient to endAmount, as endAmount is not
                        // used from this point on and can be repurposed to fit
                        // the layout of a ReceivedItem.
                        mstore(
                            add(
                                considerationItem,
                                ReceivedItem_recipient_offset // old endAmount
                            ),
                            mload(
                                add(
                                    considerationItem,
                                    ConsiderationItem_recipient_offset
                                )
                            )
                        )
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        // If the first bit is set, a native offer item was encountered. If the
        // second bit is set in the error buffer, the current function is not
        // matchOrders or matchAdvancedOrders. If the value is three, both the
        // first and second bits were set; in that case, revert with an error.
        if (invalidNativeOfferItemErrorBuffer == 3) {
            revert InvalidNativeOfferItem();
        }
        // Apply criteria resolvers to each order as applicable.
        _applyCriteriaResolvers(advancedOrders, criteriaResolvers);
        // Emit an event for each order signifying that it has been fulfilled.
        // Skip overflow checks as all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Iterate over each order.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalOrders; ++i) {
                // Do not emit an event if no order hash is present.
                if (orderHashes[i] == bytes32(0)) {
                    continue;
                }
                // Retrieve parameters for the order in question.
                OrderParameters memory orderParameters = (
                    advancedOrders[i].parameters
                );
                // Emit an OrderFulfilled event.
                _emitOrderFulfilledEvent(
                    orderHashes[i],
                    orderParameters.offerer,
                    orderParameters.zone,
                    recipient,
                    orderParameters.offer,
                    orderParameters.consideration
                );
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to fulfill a group of validated orders, fully or
     *      partially, with an arbitrary number of items for offer and
     *      consideration per order and to execute transfers. Any order that is
     *      not currently active, has already been fully filled, or has been
     *      cancelled will be omitted. Remaining offer and consideration items
     *      will then be aggregated where possible as indicated by the supplied
     *      offer and consideration component arrays and aggregated items will
     *      be transferred to the fulfiller or to each intended recipient,
     *      respectively. Note that a failing item transfer or an issue with
     *      order formatting will cause the entire batch to fail.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders            The orders to fulfill along with the
     *                                  fraction of those orders to attempt to
     *                                  fill. Note that both the offerer and the
     *                                  fulfiller must first approve this
     *                                  contract (or the conduit if indicated by
     *                                  the order) to transfer any relevant
     *                                  tokens on their behalf and that
     *                                  contracts must implement
     *                                  `onERC1155Received` in order to receive
     *                                  ERC1155 tokens as consideration. Also
     *                                  note that all offer and consideration
     *                                  components must have no remainder after
     *                                  multiplication of the respective amount
     *                                  with the supplied fraction for an
     *                                  order's partial fill amount to be
     *                                  considered valid.
     * @param offerFulfillments         An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which offer items to attempt
     *                                  to aggregate when preparing executions.
     * @param considerationFulfillments An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which consideration items to
     *                                  attempt to aggregate when preparing
     *                                  executions.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey       A bytes32 value indicating what conduit,
     *                                  if any, to source the fulfiller's token
     *                                  approvals from. The zero hash signifies
     *                                  that no conduit should be used, with
     *                                  direct approvals set on Consideration.
     * @param recipient                 The intended recipient for all received
     *                                  items.
     *
     * @return availableOrders An array of booleans indicating if each order
     *                         with an index corresponding to the index of the
     *                         returned boolean was fulfillable or not.
     * @return executions      An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                         transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                         orders.
     */
    function _executeAvailableFulfillments(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] memory offerFulfillments,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] memory considerationFulfillments,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient
    )
        internal
        returns (bool[] memory availableOrders, Execution[] memory executions)
    {
        // Retrieve length of offer fulfillments array and place on the stack.
        uint256 totalOfferFulfillments = offerFulfillments.length;
        // Retrieve length of consideration fulfillments array & place on stack.
        uint256 totalConsiderationFulfillments = (
            considerationFulfillments.length
        );
        // Allocate an execution for each offer and consideration fulfillment.
        executions = new Execution[](
            totalOfferFulfillments + totalConsiderationFulfillments
        );
        // Skip overflow checks as all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Track number of filtered executions.
            uint256 totalFilteredExecutions = 0;
            // Iterate over each offer fulfillment.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalOfferFulfillments; ++i) {
                /// Retrieve the offer fulfillment components in question.
                FulfillmentComponent[] memory components = (
                    offerFulfillments[i]
                );
                // Derive aggregated execution corresponding with fulfillment.
                Execution memory execution = _aggregateAvailable(
                    advancedOrders,
                    Side.OFFER,
                    components,
                    fulfillerConduitKey,
                    recipient
                );
                // If offerer and recipient on the execution are the same...
                if (execution.item.recipient == execution.offerer) {
                    // Increment total filtered executions.
                    ++totalFilteredExecutions;
                } else {
                    // Otherwise, assign the execution to the executions array.
                    executions[i - totalFilteredExecutions] = execution;
                }
            }
            // Iterate over each consideration fulfillment.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalConsiderationFulfillments; ++i) {
                /// Retrieve consideration fulfillment components in question.
                FulfillmentComponent[] memory components = (
                    considerationFulfillments[i]
                );
                // Derive aggregated execution corresponding with fulfillment.
                Execution memory execution = _aggregateAvailable(
                    advancedOrders,
                    Side.CONSIDERATION,
                    components,
                    fulfillerConduitKey,
                    address(0) // unused
                );
                // If offerer and recipient on the execution are the same...
                if (execution.item.recipient == execution.offerer) {
                    // Increment total filtered executions.
                    ++totalFilteredExecutions;
                } else {
                    // Otherwise, assign the execution to the executions array.
                    executions[
                        i + totalOfferFulfillments - totalFilteredExecutions
                    ] = execution;
                }
            }
            // If some number of executions have been filtered...
            if (totalFilteredExecutions != 0) {
                // reduce the total length of the executions array.
                assembly {
                    mstore(
                        executions,
                        sub(mload(executions), totalFilteredExecutions)
                    )
                }
            }
        }
        // Revert if no orders are available.
        if (executions.length == 0) {
            revert NoSpecifiedOrdersAvailable();
        }
        // Perform final checks and return.
        availableOrders = _performFinalChecksAndExecuteOrders(
            advancedOrders,
            executions
        );
        return (availableOrders, executions);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to perform a final check that each consideration
     *      item for an arbitrary number of fulfilled orders has been met and to
     *      trigger associated executions, transferring the respective items.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders     The orders to check and perform executions for.
     * @param executions         An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                           transfers to perform when fulfilling the given
     *                           orders.
     *
     * @return availableOrders An array of booleans indicating if each order
     *                         with an index corresponding to the index of the
     *                         returned boolean was fulfillable or not.
     */
    function _performFinalChecksAndExecuteOrders(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        Execution[] memory executions
    ) internal returns (bool[] memory availableOrders) {
        // Retrieve the length of the advanced orders array and place on stack.
        uint256 totalOrders = advancedOrders.length;
        // Initialize array for tracking available orders.
        availableOrders = new bool[](totalOrders);
        // Skip overflow checks as all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Iterate over orders to ensure all considerations are met.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalOrders; ++i) {
                // Retrieve the order in question.
                AdvancedOrder memory advancedOrder = advancedOrders[i];
                // Skip consideration item checks for order if not fulfilled.
                if (advancedOrder.numerator == 0) {
                    // Note: orders do not need to be marked as unavailable as a
                    // new memory region has been allocated. Review carefully if
                    // altering compiler version or managing memory manually.
                    continue;
                }
                // Mark the order as available.
                availableOrders[i] = true;
                // Retrieve consideration items to ensure they are fulfilled.
                ConsiderationItem[] memory consideration = (
                    advancedOrder.parameters.consideration
                );
                // Read length of consideration array and place on the stack.
                uint256 totalConsiderationItems = consideration.length;
                // Iterate over each consideration item to ensure it is met.
                for (uint256 j = 0; j < totalConsiderationItems; ++j) {
                    // Retrieve remaining amount on the consideration item.
                    uint256 unmetAmount = consideration[j].startAmount;
                    // Revert if the remaining amount is not zero.
                    if (unmetAmount != 0) {
                        revert ConsiderationNotMet(i, j, unmetAmount);
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        // Put ether value supplied by the caller on the stack.
        uint256 etherRemaining = msg.value;
        // Initialize an accumulator array. From this point forward, no new
        // memory regions can be safely allocated until the accumulator is no
        // longer being utilized, as the accumulator operates in an open-ended
        // fashion from this memory pointer; existing memory may still be
        // accessed and modified, however.
        bytes memory accumulator = new bytes(AccumulatorDisarmed);
        // Retrieve the length of the executions array and place on stack.
        uint256 totalExecutions = executions.length;
        // Iterate over each execution.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalExecutions; ) {
            // Retrieve the execution and the associated received item.
            Execution memory execution = executions[i];
            ReceivedItem memory item = execution.item;
            // If execution transfers native tokens, reduce value available.
            if (item.itemType == ItemType.NATIVE) {
                // Ensure that sufficient native tokens are still available.
                if (item.amount > etherRemaining) {
                    revert InsufficientEtherSupplied();
                }
                // Skip underflow check as amount is less than ether remaining.
                unchecked {
                    etherRemaining -= item.amount;
                }
            }
            // Transfer the item specified by the execution.
            _transfer(
                item,
                execution.offerer,
                execution.conduitKey,
                accumulator
            );
            // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Trigger any remaining accumulated transfers via call to the conduit.
        _triggerIfArmed(accumulator);
        // If any ether remains after fulfillments, return it to the caller.
        if (etherRemaining != 0) {
            _transferEth(payable(msg.sender), etherRemaining);
        }
        // Clear the reentrancy guard.
        _clearReentrancyGuard();
        // Return the array containing available orders.
        return (availableOrders);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to match an arbitrary number of full or partial
     *      orders, each with an arbitrary number of items for offer and
     *      consideration, supplying criteria resolvers containing specific
     *      token identifiers and associated proofs as well as fulfillments
     *      allocating offer components to consideration components.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders    The advanced orders to match. Note that both the
     *                          offerer and fulfiller on each order must first
     *                          approve this contract (or their conduit if
     *                          indicated by the order) to transfer any relevant
     *                          tokens on their behalf and each consideration
     *                          recipient must implement `onERC1155Received` in
     *                          order to receive ERC1155 tokens. Also note that
     *                          the offer and consideration components for each
     *                          order must have no remainder after multiplying
     *                          the respective amount with the supplied fraction
     *                          in order for the group of partial fills to be
     *                          considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers An array where each element contains a reference
     *                          to a specific order as well as that order's
     *                          offer or consideration, a token identifier, and
     *                          a proof that the supplied token identifier is
     *                          contained in the order's merkle root. Note that
     *                          an empty root indicates that any (transferable)
     *                          token identifier is valid and that no associated
     *                          proof needs to be supplied.
     * @param fulfillments      An array of elements allocating offer components
     *                          to consideration components. Note that each
     *                          consideration component must be fully met in
     *                          order for the match operation to be valid.
     *
     * @return executions An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                    transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                    orders.
     */
    function _matchAdvancedOrders(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        CriteriaResolver[] memory criteriaResolvers,
        Fulfillment[] calldata fulfillments
    ) internal returns (Execution[] memory executions) {
        // Validate orders, update order status, and determine item amounts.
        _validateOrdersAndPrepareToFulfill(
            advancedOrders,
            criteriaResolvers,
            true, // Signifies that invalid orders should revert.
            advancedOrders.length,
            address(0) // OrderFulfilled event has no recipient when matching.
        );
        // Fulfill the orders using the supplied fulfillments.
        return _fulfillAdvancedOrders(advancedOrders, fulfillments);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to fulfill an arbitrary number of orders, either
     *      full or partial, after validating, adjusting amounts, and applying
     *      criteria resolvers.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders     The orders to match, including a fraction to
     *                           attempt to fill for each order.
     * @param fulfillments       An array of elements allocating offer
     *                           components to consideration components. Note
     *                           that the final amount of each consideration
     *                           component must be zero for a match operation to
     *                           be considered valid.
     *
     * @return executions An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                    transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                    orders.
     */
    function _fulfillAdvancedOrders(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        Fulfillment[] calldata fulfillments
    ) internal returns (Execution[] memory executions) {
        // Retrieve fulfillments array length and place on the stack.
        uint256 totalFulfillments = fulfillments.length;
        // Allocate executions by fulfillment and apply them to each execution.
        executions = new Execution[](totalFulfillments);
        // Skip overflow checks as all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Track number of filtered executions.
            uint256 totalFilteredExecutions = 0;
            // Iterate over each fulfillment.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalFulfillments; ++i) {
                /// Retrieve the fulfillment in question.
                Fulfillment calldata fulfillment = fulfillments[i];
                // Derive the execution corresponding with the fulfillment.
                Execution memory execution = _applyFulfillment(
                    advancedOrders,
                    fulfillment.offerComponents,
                    fulfillment.considerationComponents
                );
                // If offerer and recipient on the execution are the same...
                if (execution.item.recipient == execution.offerer) {
                    // Increment total filtered executions.
                    ++totalFilteredExecutions;
                } else {
                    // Otherwise, assign the execution to the executions array.
                    executions[i - totalFilteredExecutions] = execution;
                }
            }
            // If some number of executions have been filtered...
            if (totalFilteredExecutions != 0) {
                // reduce the total length of the executions array.
                assembly {
                    mstore(
                        executions,
                        sub(mload(executions), totalFilteredExecutions)
                    )
                }
            }
        }
        // Perform final checks and execute orders.
        _performFinalChecksAndExecuteOrders(advancedOrders, executions);
        // Return the executions array.
        return (executions);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.13;
// prettier-ignore
import {
    ConsiderationInterface
} from "../interfaces/ConsiderationInterface.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
    OrderComponents,
    BasicOrderParameters,
    OrderParameters,
    Order,
    AdvancedOrder,
    OrderStatus,
    CriteriaResolver,
    Fulfillment,
    FulfillmentComponent,
    Execution
} from "./ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import { OrderCombiner } from "./OrderCombiner.sol";
/**
 * @title Consideration
 * @author 0age
 * @custom:coauthor d1ll0n
 * @custom:coauthor transmissions11
 * @custom:version 1.1
 * @notice Consideration is a generalized ETH/ERC20/ERC721/ERC1155 marketplace.
 *         It minimizes external calls to the greatest extent possible and
 *         provides lightweight methods for common routes as well as more
 *         flexible methods for composing advanced orders or groups of orders.
 *         Each order contains an arbitrary number of items that may be spent
 *         (the "offer") along with an arbitrary number of items that must be
 *         received back by the indicated recipients (the "consideration").
 */
contract Consideration is ConsiderationInterface, OrderCombiner {
    /**
     * @notice Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *         separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController) OrderCombiner(conduitController) {}
    /**
     * @notice Fulfill an order offering an ERC20, ERC721, or ERC1155 item by
     *         supplying Ether (or other native tokens), ERC20 tokens, an ERC721
     *         item, or an ERC1155 item as consideration. Six permutations are
     *         supported: Native token to ERC721, Native token to ERC1155, ERC20
     *         to ERC721, ERC20 to ERC1155, ERC721 to ERC20, and ERC1155 to
     *         ERC20 (with native tokens supplied as msg.value). For an order to
     *         be eligible for fulfillment via this method, it must contain a
     *         single offer item (though that item may have a greater amount if
     *         the item is not an ERC721). An arbitrary number of "additional
     *         recipients" may also be supplied which will each receive native
     *         tokens or ERC20 items from the fulfiller as consideration. Refer
     *         to the documentation for a more comprehensive summary of how to
     *         utilize this method and what orders are compatible with it.
     *
     * @param parameters Additional information on the fulfilled order. Note
     *                   that the offerer and the fulfiller must first approve
     *                   this contract (or their chosen conduit if indicated)
     *                   before any tokens can be transferred. Also note that
     *                   contract recipients of ERC1155 consideration items must
     *                   implement `onERC1155Received` in order to receive those
     *                   items.
     *
     * @return fulfilled A boolean indicating whether the order has been
     *                   successfully fulfilled.
     */
    function fulfillBasicOrder(BasicOrderParameters calldata parameters)
        external
        payable
        override
        returns (bool fulfilled)
    {
        // Validate and fulfill the basic order.
        fulfilled = _validateAndFulfillBasicOrder(parameters);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Fulfill an order with an arbitrary number of items for offer and
     *         consideration. Note that this function does not support
     *         criteria-based orders or partial filling of orders (though
     *         filling the remainder of a partially-filled order is supported).
     *
     * @param order               The order to fulfill. Note that both the
     *                            offerer and the fulfiller must first approve
     *                            this contract (or the corresponding conduit if
     *                            indicated) to transfer any relevant tokens on
     *                            their behalf and that contracts must implement
     *                            `onERC1155Received` to receive ERC1155 tokens
     *                            as consideration.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what conduit, if
     *                            any, to source the fulfiller's token approvals
     *                            from. The zero hash signifies that no conduit
     *                            should be used (and direct approvals set on
     *                            Consideration).
     *
     * @return fulfilled A boolean indicating whether the order has been
     *                   successfully fulfilled.
     */
    function fulfillOrder(Order calldata order, bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey)
        external
        payable
        override
        returns (bool fulfilled)
    {
        // Convert order to "advanced" order, then validate and fulfill it.
        fulfilled = _validateAndFulfillAdvancedOrder(
            _convertOrderToAdvanced(order),
            new CriteriaResolver[](0), // No criteria resolvers supplied.
            fulfillerConduitKey,
            msg.sender
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Fill an order, fully or partially, with an arbitrary number of
     *         items for offer and consideration alongside criteria resolvers
     *         containing specific token identifiers and associated proofs.
     *
     * @param advancedOrder       The order to fulfill along with the fraction
     *                            of the order to attempt to fill. Note that
     *                            both the offerer and the fulfiller must first
     *                            approve this contract (or their conduit if
     *                            indicated by the order) to transfer any
     *                            relevant tokens on their behalf and that
     *                            contracts must implement `onERC1155Received`
     *                            to receive ERC1155 tokens as consideration.
     *                            Also note that all offer and consideration
     *                            components must have no remainder after
     *                            multiplication of the respective amount with
     *                            the supplied fraction for the partial fill to
     *                            be considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers   An array where each element contains a
     *                            reference to a specific offer or
     *                            consideration, a token identifier, and a proof
     *                            that the supplied token identifier is
     *                            contained in the merkle root held by the item
     *                            in question's criteria element. Note that an
     *                            empty criteria indicates that any
     *                            (transferable) token identifier on the token
     *                            in question is valid and that no associated
     *                            proof needs to be supplied.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what conduit, if
     *                            any, to source the fulfiller's token approvals
     *                            from. The zero hash signifies that no conduit
     *                            should be used (and direct approvals set on
     *                            Consideration).
     * @param recipient           The intended recipient for all received items,
     *                            with `address(0)` indicating that the caller
     *                            should receive the items.
     *
     * @return fulfilled A boolean indicating whether the order has been
     *                   successfully fulfilled.
     */
    function fulfillAdvancedOrder(
        AdvancedOrder calldata advancedOrder,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient
    ) external payable override returns (bool fulfilled) {
        // Validate and fulfill the order.
        fulfilled = _validateAndFulfillAdvancedOrder(
            advancedOrder,
            criteriaResolvers,
            fulfillerConduitKey,
            recipient == address(0) ? msg.sender : recipient
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Attempt to fill a group of orders, each with an arbitrary number
     *         of items for offer and consideration. Any order that is not
     *         currently active, has already been fully filled, or has been
     *         cancelled will be omitted. Remaining offer and consideration
     *         items will then be aggregated where possible as indicated by the
     *         supplied offer and consideration component arrays and aggregated
     *         items will be transferred to the fulfiller or to each intended
     *         recipient, respectively. Note that a failing item transfer or an
     *         issue with order formatting will cause the entire batch to fail.
     *         Note that this function does not support criteria-based orders or
     *         partial filling of orders (though filling the remainder of a
     *         partially-filled order is supported).
     *
     * @param orders                    The orders to fulfill. Note that both
     *                                  the offerer and the fulfiller must first
     *                                  approve this contract (or the
     *                                  corresponding conduit if indicated) to
     *                                  transfer any relevant tokens on their
     *                                  behalf and that contracts must implement
     *                                  `onERC1155Received` to receive ERC1155
     *                                  tokens as consideration.
     * @param offerFulfillments         An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which offer items to attempt
     *                                  to aggregate when preparing executions.
     * @param considerationFulfillments An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which consideration items to
     *                                  attempt to aggregate when preparing
     *                                  executions.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey       A bytes32 value indicating what conduit,
     *                                  if any, to source the fulfiller's token
     *                                  approvals from. The zero hash signifies
     *                                  that no conduit should be used (and
     *                                  direct approvals set on Consideration).
     * @param maximumFulfilled          The maximum number of orders to fulfill.
     *
     * @return availableOrders An array of booleans indicating if each order
     *                         with an index corresponding to the index of the
     *                         returned boolean was fulfillable or not.
     * @return executions      An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                         transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                         orders.
     */
    function fulfillAvailableOrders(
        Order[] calldata orders,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata offerFulfillments,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata considerationFulfillments,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        uint256 maximumFulfilled
    )
        external
        payable
        override
        returns (bool[] memory availableOrders, Execution[] memory executions)
    {
        // Convert orders to "advanced" orders and fulfill all available orders.
        return
            _fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders(
                _convertOrdersToAdvanced(orders), // Convert to advanced orders.
                new CriteriaResolver[](0), // No criteria resolvers supplied.
                offerFulfillments,
                considerationFulfillments,
                fulfillerConduitKey,
                msg.sender,
                maximumFulfilled
            );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Attempt to fill a group of orders, fully or partially, with an
     *         arbitrary number of items for offer and consideration per order
     *         alongside criteria resolvers containing specific token
     *         identifiers and associated proofs. Any order that is not
     *         currently active, has already been fully filled, or has been
     *         cancelled will be omitted. Remaining offer and consideration
     *         items will then be aggregated where possible as indicated by the
     *         supplied offer and consideration component arrays and aggregated
     *         items will be transferred to the fulfiller or to each intended
     *         recipient, respectively. Note that a failing item transfer or an
     *         issue with order formatting will cause the entire batch to fail.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders            The orders to fulfill along with the
     *                                  fraction of those orders to attempt to
     *                                  fill. Note that both the offerer and the
     *                                  fulfiller must first approve this
     *                                  contract (or their conduit if indicated
     *                                  by the order) to transfer any relevant
     *                                  tokens on their behalf and that
     *                                  contracts must implement
     *                                  `onERC1155Received` in order to receive
     *                                  ERC1155 tokens as consideration. Also
     *                                  note that all offer and consideration
     *                                  components must have no remainder after
     *                                  multiplication of the respective amount
     *                                  with the supplied fraction for an
     *                                  order's partial fill amount to be
     *                                  considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers         An array where each element contains a
     *                                  reference to a specific offer or
     *                                  consideration, a token identifier, and a
     *                                  proof that the supplied token identifier
     *                                  is contained in the merkle root held by
     *                                  the item in question's criteria element.
     *                                  Note that an empty criteria indicates
     *                                  that any (transferable) token
     *                                  identifier on the token in question is
     *                                  valid and that no associated proof needs
     *                                  to be supplied.
     * @param offerFulfillments         An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which offer items to attempt
     *                                  to aggregate when preparing executions.
     * @param considerationFulfillments An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which consideration items to
     *                                  attempt to aggregate when preparing
     *                                  executions.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey       A bytes32 value indicating what conduit,
     *                                  if any, to source the fulfiller's token
     *                                  approvals from. The zero hash signifies
     *                                  that no conduit should be used (and
     *                                  direct approvals set on Consideration).
     * @param recipient                 The intended recipient for all received
     *                                  items, with `address(0)` indicating that
     *                                  the caller should receive the items.
     * @param maximumFulfilled          The maximum number of orders to fulfill.
     *
     * @return availableOrders An array of booleans indicating if each order
     *                         with an index corresponding to the index of the
     *                         returned boolean was fulfillable or not.
     * @return executions      An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                         transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                         orders.
     */
    function fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata offerFulfillments,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata considerationFulfillments,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient,
        uint256 maximumFulfilled
    )
        external
        payable
        override
        returns (bool[] memory availableOrders, Execution[] memory executions)
    {
        // Fulfill all available orders.
        return
            _fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders(
                advancedOrders,
                criteriaResolvers,
                offerFulfillments,
                considerationFulfillments,
                fulfillerConduitKey,
                recipient == address(0) ? msg.sender : recipient,
                maximumFulfilled
            );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Match an arbitrary number of orders, each with an arbitrary
     *         number of items for offer and consideration along with a set of
     *         fulfillments allocating offer components to consideration
     *         components. Note that this function does not support
     *         criteria-based or partial filling of orders (though filling the
     *         remainder of a partially-filled order is supported).
     *
     * @param orders            The orders to match. Note that both the offerer
     *                          and fulfiller on each order must first approve
     *                          this contract (or their conduit if indicated by
     *                          the order) to transfer any relevant tokens on
     *                          their behalf and each consideration recipient
     *                          must implement `onERC1155Received` in order to
     *                          receive ERC1155 tokens.
     * @param fulfillments      An array of elements allocating offer components
     *                          to consideration components. Note that each
     *                          consideration component must be fully met in
     *                          order for the match operation to be valid.
     *
     * @return executions An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                    transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                    orders.
     */
    function matchOrders(
        Order[] calldata orders,
        Fulfillment[] calldata fulfillments
    ) external payable override returns (Execution[] memory executions) {
        // Convert to advanced, validate, and match orders using fulfillments.
        return
            _matchAdvancedOrders(
                _convertOrdersToAdvanced(orders),
                new CriteriaResolver[](0), // No criteria resolvers supplied.
                fulfillments
            );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Match an arbitrary number of full or partial orders, each with an
     *         arbitrary number of items for offer and consideration, supplying
     *         criteria resolvers containing specific token identifiers and
     *         associated proofs as well as fulfillments allocating offer
     *         components to consideration components.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders    The advanced orders to match. Note that both the
     *                          offerer and fulfiller on each order must first
     *                          approve this contract (or their conduit if
     *                          indicated by the order) to transfer any relevant
     *                          tokens on their behalf and each consideration
     *                          recipient must implement `onERC1155Received` in
     *                          order to receive ERC1155 tokens. Also note that
     *                          the offer and consideration components for each
     *                          order must have no remainder after multiplying
     *                          the respective amount with the supplied fraction
     *                          in order for the group of partial fills to be
     *                          considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers An array where each element contains a reference
     *                          to a specific order as well as that order's
     *                          offer or consideration, a token identifier, and
     *                          a proof that the supplied token identifier is
     *                          contained in the order's merkle root. Note that
     *                          an empty root indicates that any (transferable)
     *                          token identifier is valid and that no associated
     *                          proof needs to be supplied.
     * @param fulfillments      An array of elements allocating offer components
     *                          to consideration components. Note that each
     *                          consideration component must be fully met in
     *                          order for the match operation to be valid.
     *
     * @return executions An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                    transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                    orders.
     */
    function matchAdvancedOrders(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers,
        Fulfillment[] calldata fulfillments
    ) external payable override returns (Execution[] memory executions) {
        // Validate and match the advanced orders using supplied fulfillments.
        return
            _matchAdvancedOrders(
                advancedOrders,
                criteriaResolvers,
                fulfillments
            );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Cancel an arbitrary number of orders. Note that only the offerer
     *         or the zone of a given order may cancel it. Callers should ensure
     *         that the intended order was cancelled by calling `getOrderStatus`
     *         and confirming that `isCancelled` returns `true`.
     *
     * @param orders The orders to cancel.
     *
     * @return cancelled A boolean indicating whether the supplied orders have
     *                   been successfully cancelled.
     */
    function cancel(OrderComponents[] calldata orders)
        external
        override
        returns (bool cancelled)
    {
        // Cancel the orders.
        cancelled = _cancel(orders);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Validate an arbitrary number of orders, thereby registering their
     *         signatures as valid and allowing the fulfiller to skip signature
     *         verification on fulfillment. Note that validated orders may still
     *         be unfulfillable due to invalid item amounts or other factors;
     *         callers should determine whether validated orders are fulfillable
     *         by simulating the fulfillment call prior to execution. Also note
     *         that anyone can validate a signed order, but only the offerer can
     *         validate an order without supplying a signature.
     *
     * @param orders The orders to validate.
     *
     * @return validated A boolean indicating whether the supplied orders have
     *                   been successfully validated.
     */
    function validate(Order[] calldata orders)
        external
        override
        returns (bool validated)
    {
        // Validate the orders.
        validated = _validate(orders);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Cancel all orders from a given offerer with a given zone in bulk
     *         by incrementing a counter. Note that only the offerer may
     *         increment the counter.
     *
     * @return newCounter The new counter.
     */
    function incrementCounter() external override returns (uint256 newCounter) {
        // Increment current counter for the supplied offerer.
        newCounter = _incrementCounter();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the order hash for a given order.
     *
     * @param order The components of the order.
     *
     * @return orderHash The order hash.
     */
    function getOrderHash(OrderComponents calldata order)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (bytes32 orderHash)
    {
        // Derive order hash by supplying order parameters along with counter.
        orderHash = _deriveOrderHash(
            OrderParameters(
                order.offerer,
                order.zone,
                order.offer,
                order.consideration,
                order.orderType,
                order.startTime,
                order.endTime,
                order.zoneHash,
                order.salt,
                order.conduitKey,
                order.consideration.length
            ),
            order.counter
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the status of a given order by hash, including whether
     *         the order has been cancelled or validated and the fraction of the
     *         order that has been filled.
     *
     * @param orderHash The order hash in question.
     *
     * @return isValidated A boolean indicating whether the order in question
     *                     has been validated (i.e. previously approved or
     *                     partially filled).
     * @return isCancelled A boolean indicating whether the order in question
     *                     has been cancelled.
     * @return totalFilled The total portion of the order that has been filled
     *                     (i.e. the "numerator").
     * @return totalSize   The total size of the order that is either filled or
     *                     unfilled (i.e. the "denominator").
     */
    function getOrderStatus(bytes32 orderHash)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (
            bool isValidated,
            bool isCancelled,
            uint256 totalFilled,
            uint256 totalSize
        )
    {
        // Retrieve the order status using the order hash.
        return _getOrderStatus(orderHash);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the current counter for a given offerer.
     *
     * @param offerer The offerer in question.
     *
     * @return counter The current counter.
     */
    function getCounter(address offerer)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (uint256 counter)
    {
        // Return the counter for the supplied offerer.
        counter = _getCounter(offerer);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve configuration information for this contract.
     *
     * @return version           The contract version.
     * @return domainSeparator   The domain separator for this contract.
     * @return conduitController The conduit Controller set for this contract.
     */
    function information()
        external
        view
        override
        returns (
            string memory version,
            bytes32 domainSeparator,
            address conduitController
        )
    {
        // Return the information for this contract.
        return _information();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the name of this contract.
     *
     * @return contractName The name of this contract.
     */
    function name()
        external
        pure
        override
        returns (string memory contractName)
    {
        // Return the name of the contract.
        contractName = _name();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
// prettier-ignore
import {
    BasicOrderParameters,
    OrderComponents,
    Fulfillment,
    FulfillmentComponent,
    Execution,
    Order,
    AdvancedOrder,
    OrderStatus,
    CriteriaResolver
} from "../lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
/**
 * @title ConsiderationInterface
 * @author 0age
 * @custom:version 1.1
 * @notice Consideration is a generalized ETH/ERC20/ERC721/ERC1155 marketplace.
 *         It minimizes external calls to the greatest extent possible and
 *         provides lightweight methods for common routes as well as more
 *         flexible methods for composing advanced orders.
 *
 * @dev ConsiderationInterface contains all external function interfaces for
 *      Consideration.
 */
interface ConsiderationInterface {
    /**
     * @notice Fulfill an order offering an ERC721 token by supplying Ether (or
     *         the native token for the given chain) as consideration for the
     *         order. An arbitrary number of "additional recipients" may also be
     *         supplied which will each receive native tokens from the fulfiller
     *         as consideration.
     *
     * @param parameters Additional information on the fulfilled order. Note
     *                   that the offerer must first approve this contract (or
     *                   their preferred conduit if indicated by the order) for
     *                   their offered ERC721 token to be transferred.
     *
     * @return fulfilled A boolean indicating whether the order has been
     *                   successfully fulfilled.
     */
    function fulfillBasicOrder(BasicOrderParameters calldata parameters)
        external
        payable
        returns (bool fulfilled);
    /**
     * @notice Fulfill an order with an arbitrary number of items for offer and
     *         consideration. Note that this function does not support
     *         criteria-based orders or partial filling of orders (though
     *         filling the remainder of a partially-filled order is supported).
     *
     * @param order               The order to fulfill. Note that both the
     *                            offerer and the fulfiller must first approve
     *                            this contract (or the corresponding conduit if
     *                            indicated) to transfer any relevant tokens on
     *                            their behalf and that contracts must implement
     *                            `onERC1155Received` to receive ERC1155 tokens
     *                            as consideration.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what conduit, if
     *                            any, to source the fulfiller's token approvals
     *                            from. The zero hash signifies that no conduit
     *                            should be used, with direct approvals set on
     *                            Consideration.
     *
     * @return fulfilled A boolean indicating whether the order has been
     *                   successfully fulfilled.
     */
    function fulfillOrder(Order calldata order, bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey)
        external
        payable
        returns (bool fulfilled);
    /**
     * @notice Fill an order, fully or partially, with an arbitrary number of
     *         items for offer and consideration alongside criteria resolvers
     *         containing specific token identifiers and associated proofs.
     *
     * @param advancedOrder       The order to fulfill along with the fraction
     *                            of the order to attempt to fill. Note that
     *                            both the offerer and the fulfiller must first
     *                            approve this contract (or their preferred
     *                            conduit if indicated by the order) to transfer
     *                            any relevant tokens on their behalf and that
     *                            contracts must implement `onERC1155Received`
     *                            to receive ERC1155 tokens as consideration.
     *                            Also note that all offer and consideration
     *                            components must have no remainder after
     *                            multiplication of the respective amount with
     *                            the supplied fraction for the partial fill to
     *                            be considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers   An array where each element contains a
     *                            reference to a specific offer or
     *                            consideration, a token identifier, and a proof
     *                            that the supplied token identifier is
     *                            contained in the merkle root held by the item
     *                            in question's criteria element. Note that an
     *                            empty criteria indicates that any
     *                            (transferable) token identifier on the token
     *                            in question is valid and that no associated
     *                            proof needs to be supplied.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what conduit, if
     *                            any, to source the fulfiller's token approvals
     *                            from. The zero hash signifies that no conduit
     *                            should be used, with direct approvals set on
     *                            Consideration.
     * @param recipient           The intended recipient for all received items,
     *                            with `address(0)` indicating that the caller
     *                            should receive the items.
     *
     * @return fulfilled A boolean indicating whether the order has been
     *                   successfully fulfilled.
     */
    function fulfillAdvancedOrder(
        AdvancedOrder calldata advancedOrder,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient
    ) external payable returns (bool fulfilled);
    /**
     * @notice Attempt to fill a group of orders, each with an arbitrary number
     *         of items for offer and consideration. Any order that is not
     *         currently active, has already been fully filled, or has been
     *         cancelled will be omitted. Remaining offer and consideration
     *         items will then be aggregated where possible as indicated by the
     *         supplied offer and consideration component arrays and aggregated
     *         items will be transferred to the fulfiller or to each intended
     *         recipient, respectively. Note that a failing item transfer or an
     *         issue with order formatting will cause the entire batch to fail.
     *         Note that this function does not support criteria-based orders or
     *         partial filling of orders (though filling the remainder of a
     *         partially-filled order is supported).
     *
     * @param orders                    The orders to fulfill. Note that both
     *                                  the offerer and the fulfiller must first
     *                                  approve this contract (or the
     *                                  corresponding conduit if indicated) to
     *                                  transfer any relevant tokens on their
     *                                  behalf and that contracts must implement
     *                                  `onERC1155Received` to receive ERC1155
     *                                  tokens as consideration.
     * @param offerFulfillments         An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which offer items to attempt
     *                                  to aggregate when preparing executions.
     * @param considerationFulfillments An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which consideration items to
     *                                  attempt to aggregate when preparing
     *                                  executions.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey       A bytes32 value indicating what conduit,
     *                                  if any, to source the fulfiller's token
     *                                  approvals from. The zero hash signifies
     *                                  that no conduit should be used, with
     *                                  direct approvals set on this contract.
     * @param maximumFulfilled          The maximum number of orders to fulfill.
     *
     * @return availableOrders An array of booleans indicating if each order
     *                         with an index corresponding to the index of the
     *                         returned boolean was fulfillable or not.
     * @return executions      An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                         transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                         orders.
     */
    function fulfillAvailableOrders(
        Order[] calldata orders,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata offerFulfillments,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata considerationFulfillments,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        uint256 maximumFulfilled
    )
        external
        payable
        returns (bool[] memory availableOrders, Execution[] memory executions);
    /**
     * @notice Attempt to fill a group of orders, fully or partially, with an
     *         arbitrary number of items for offer and consideration per order
     *         alongside criteria resolvers containing specific token
     *         identifiers and associated proofs. Any order that is not
     *         currently active, has already been fully filled, or has been
     *         cancelled will be omitted. Remaining offer and consideration
     *         items will then be aggregated where possible as indicated by the
     *         supplied offer and consideration component arrays and aggregated
     *         items will be transferred to the fulfiller or to each intended
     *         recipient, respectively. Note that a failing item transfer or an
     *         issue with order formatting will cause the entire batch to fail.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders            The orders to fulfill along with the
     *                                  fraction of those orders to attempt to
     *                                  fill. Note that both the offerer and the
     *                                  fulfiller must first approve this
     *                                  contract (or their preferred conduit if
     *                                  indicated by the order) to transfer any
     *                                  relevant tokens on their behalf and that
     *                                  contracts must implement
     *                                  `onERC1155Received` to enable receipt of
     *                                  ERC1155 tokens as consideration. Also
     *                                  note that all offer and consideration
     *                                  components must have no remainder after
     *                                  multiplication of the respective amount
     *                                  with the supplied fraction for an
     *                                  order's partial fill amount to be
     *                                  considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers         An array where each element contains a
     *                                  reference to a specific offer or
     *                                  consideration, a token identifier, and a
     *                                  proof that the supplied token identifier
     *                                  is contained in the merkle root held by
     *                                  the item in question's criteria element.
     *                                  Note that an empty criteria indicates
     *                                  that any (transferable) token
     *                                  identifier on the token in question is
     *                                  valid and that no associated proof needs
     *                                  to be supplied.
     * @param offerFulfillments         An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which offer items to attempt
     *                                  to aggregate when preparing executions.
     * @param considerationFulfillments An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which consideration items to
     *                                  attempt to aggregate when preparing
     *                                  executions.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey       A bytes32 value indicating what conduit,
     *                                  if any, to source the fulfiller's token
     *                                  approvals from. The zero hash signifies
     *                                  that no conduit should be used, with
     *                                  direct approvals set on this contract.
     * @param recipient                 The intended recipient for all received
     *                                  items, with `address(0)` indicating that
     *                                  the caller should receive the items.
     * @param maximumFulfilled          The maximum number of orders to fulfill.
     *
     * @return availableOrders An array of booleans indicating if each order
     *                         with an index corresponding to the index of the
     *                         returned boolean was fulfillable or not.
     * @return executions      An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                         transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                         orders.
     */
    function fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders(
        AdvancedOrder[] calldata advancedOrders,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata offerFulfillments,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata considerationFulfillments,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient,
        uint256 maximumFulfilled
    )
        external
        payable
        returns (bool[] memory availableOrders, Execution[] memory executions);
    /**
     * @notice Match an arbitrary number of orders, each with an arbitrary
     *         number of items for offer and consideration along with as set of
     *         fulfillments allocating offer components to consideration
     *         components. Note that this function does not support
     *         criteria-based or partial filling of orders (though filling the
     *         remainder of a partially-filled order is supported).
     *
     * @param orders       The orders to match. Note that both the offerer and
     *                     fulfiller on each order must first approve this
     *                     contract (or their conduit if indicated by the order)
     *                     to transfer any relevant tokens on their behalf and
     *                     each consideration recipient must implement
     *                     `onERC1155Received` to enable ERC1155 token receipt.
     * @param fulfillments An array of elements allocating offer components to
     *                     consideration components. Note that each
     *                     consideration component must be fully met for the
     *                     match operation to be valid.
     *
     * @return executions An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                    transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                    orders.
     */
    function matchOrders(
        Order[] calldata orders,
        Fulfillment[] calldata fulfillments
    ) external payable returns (Execution[] memory executions);
    /**
     * @notice Match an arbitrary number of full or partial orders, each with an
     *         arbitrary number of items for offer and consideration, supplying
     *         criteria resolvers containing specific token identifiers and
     *         associated proofs as well as fulfillments allocating offer
     *         components to consideration components.
     *
     * @param orders            The advanced orders to match. Note that both the
     *                          offerer and fulfiller on each order must first
     *                          approve this contract (or a preferred conduit if
     *                          indicated by the order) to transfer any relevant
     *                          tokens on their behalf and each consideration
     *                          recipient must implement `onERC1155Received` in
     *                          order to receive ERC1155 tokens. Also note that
     *                          the offer and consideration components for each
     *                          order must have no remainder after multiplying
     *                          the respective amount with the supplied fraction
     *                          in order for the group of partial fills to be
     *                          considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers An array where each element contains a reference
     *                          to a specific order as well as that order's
     *                          offer or consideration, a token identifier, and
     *                          a proof that the supplied token identifier is
     *                          contained in the order's merkle root. Note that
     *                          an empty root indicates that any (transferable)
     *                          token identifier is valid and that no associated
     *                          proof needs to be supplied.
     * @param fulfillments      An array of elements allocating offer components
     *                          to consideration components. Note that each
     *                          consideration component must be fully met in
     *                          order for the match operation to be valid.
     *
     * @return executions An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                    transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                    orders.
     */
    function matchAdvancedOrders(
        AdvancedOrder[] calldata orders,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers,
        Fulfillment[] calldata fulfillments
    ) external payable returns (Execution[] memory executions);
    /**
     * @notice Cancel an arbitrary number of orders. Note that only the offerer
     *         or the zone of a given order may cancel it. Callers should ensure
     *         that the intended order was cancelled by calling `getOrderStatus`
     *         and confirming that `isCancelled` returns `true`.
     *
     * @param orders The orders to cancel.
     *
     * @return cancelled A boolean indicating whether the supplied orders have
     *                   been successfully cancelled.
     */
    function cancel(OrderComponents[] calldata orders)
        external
        returns (bool cancelled);
    /**
     * @notice Validate an arbitrary number of orders, thereby registering their
     *         signatures as valid and allowing the fulfiller to skip signature
     *         verification on fulfillment. Note that validated orders may still
     *         be unfulfillable due to invalid item amounts or other factors;
     *         callers should determine whether validated orders are fulfillable
     *         by simulating the fulfillment call prior to execution. Also note
     *         that anyone can validate a signed order, but only the offerer can
     *         validate an order without supplying a signature.
     *
     * @param orders The orders to validate.
     *
     * @return validated A boolean indicating whether the supplied orders have
     *                   been successfully validated.
     */
    function validate(Order[] calldata orders)
        external
        returns (bool validated);
    /**
     * @notice Cancel all orders from a given offerer with a given zone in bulk
     *         by incrementing a counter. Note that only the offerer may
     *         increment the counter.
     *
     * @return newCounter The new counter.
     */
    function incrementCounter() external returns (uint256 newCounter);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the order hash for a given order.
     *
     * @param order The components of the order.
     *
     * @return orderHash The order hash.
     */
    function getOrderHash(OrderComponents calldata order)
        external
        view
        returns (bytes32 orderHash);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the status of a given order by hash, including whether
     *         the order has been cancelled or validated and the fraction of the
     *         order that has been filled.
     *
     * @param orderHash The order hash in question.
     *
     * @return isValidated A boolean indicating whether the order in question
     *                     has been validated (i.e. previously approved or
     *                     partially filled).
     * @return isCancelled A boolean indicating whether the order in question
     *                     has been cancelled.
     * @return totalFilled The total portion of the order that has been filled
     *                     (i.e. the "numerator").
     * @return totalSize   The total size of the order that is either filled or
     *                     unfilled (i.e. the "denominator").
     */
    function getOrderStatus(bytes32 orderHash)
        external
        view
        returns (
            bool isValidated,
            bool isCancelled,
            uint256 totalFilled,
            uint256 totalSize
        );
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the current counter for a given offerer.
     *
     * @param offerer The offerer in question.
     *
     * @return counter The current counter.
     */
    function getCounter(address offerer)
        external
        view
        returns (uint256 counter);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve configuration information for this contract.
     *
     * @return version           The contract version.
     * @return domainSeparator   The domain separator for this contract.
     * @return conduitController The conduit Controller set for this contract.
     */
    function information()
        external
        view
        returns (
            string memory version,
            bytes32 domainSeparator,
            address conduitController
        );
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the name of this contract.
     *
     * @return contractName The name of this contract.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory contractName);
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.9;
import "limit-break-contracts/contracts/adventures/AdventureNFT.sol";
import "limit-break-contracts/contracts/initializable/IMaxSupplyInitializer.sol";
error MaxSupplyAlreadyInitialized();
error MaxSupplyCannotBeSetToZero();
error MaxSupplyExceeded(uint256 supplyAfterMint, uint256 maxSupply);
/**
 * @title AirdroppableAdventureKey
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice An adventure key reference contract that can be airdropped and cloned using EIP-1167.
 * See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1167 for details.
 */
contract AirdroppableAdventureKey is AdventureNFT, IMaxSupplyInitializer {
    uint256 private nextTokenId;
    /// @dev The maximum token supply
    uint256 public maxSupply;
    constructor() ERC721("", "") {}
    /// @dev Initializes parameters of tokens with maximum supplies.
    /// These cannot be set in the constructor because this contract is optionally compatible with EIP-1167.
    function initializeMaxSupply(uint256 maxSupply_) public override onlyOwner {
        if(maxSupply > 0) {
            revert MaxSupplyAlreadyInitialized();
        }
        if(maxSupply_ == 0) {
            revert MaxSupplyCannotBeSetToZero();
        }
        maxSupply = maxSupply_;
    }
    /// @dev ERC-165 interface support
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(AdventureNFT, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return
        interfaceId == type(IMaxSupplyInitializer).interfaceId ||
        super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /// @notice Owner bulk mint to airdrop
    function airdropMint(address[] calldata to) external onlyOwner {
        if(nextTokenId == 0) {
            nextTokenId = 1;
        }
        uint256 batchSize = to.length;
        uint256 tokenIdToMint = nextTokenId;
        
        uint256 supplyAfterMint = tokenIdToMint + batchSize - 1;
        uint256 maxSupply_ = maxSupply;
        if(supplyAfterMint > maxSupply_) {
            revert MaxSupplyExceeded(supplyAfterMint, maxSupply_);
        }
        nextTokenId = nextTokenId + batchSize;
        unchecked {
            for(uint256 i = 0; i < batchSize; ++i) {
                _mint(to[i], tokenIdToMint + i);
            }
        }
    }
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./AdventureERC721.sol";
import "../initializable/IRoyaltiesInitializer.sol";
import "../initializable/IURIInitializer.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/common/ERC2981.sol";
error AlreadyInitializedRoyalties();
error AlreadyInitializedURI();
error ExceedsMaxRoyaltyFee();
error NonexistentToken();
/**
 * @title AdventureNFT
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice Standardizes commonly shared boilerplate code that adds base/suffix URI and EIP-2981 royalties to {AdventureERC721} contracts.
 */
abstract contract AdventureNFT is AdventureERC721, ERC2981, IRoyaltiesInitializer, IURIInitializer {
    using Strings for uint256;
    /// @dev The maximum allowable royalty fee is 10%
    uint96 public constant MAX_ROYALTY_FEE_NUMERATOR = 1000;
    /// @notice Specifies whether or not the contract is initialized
    bool public initializedRoyalties;
    /// @notice Specifies whether or not the contract is initialized
    bool public initializedURI;
    /// @dev Base token uri
    string public baseTokenURI;
    /// @dev Token uri suffix/extension
    string public suffixURI = ".json";
    /// @dev Emitted when base URI is set.
    event BaseURISet(string baseTokenURI);
    /// @dev Emitted when suffix URI is set.
    event SuffixURISet(string suffixURI);
    /// @dev Emitted when royalty is set.
    event RoyaltySet(address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator);
    /// @dev Initializes parameters of tokens with royalties.
    /// These cannot be set in the constructor because this contract is optionally compatible with EIP-1167.
    function initializeRoyalties(address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator) public override onlyOwner {
        if(initializedRoyalties) {
            revert AlreadyInitializedRoyalties();
        }
        setRoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
        initializedRoyalties = true;
    }
    /// @dev Initializes parameters of tokens with uri values.
    /// These cannot be set in the constructor because this contract is optionally compatible with EIP-1167.
    function initializeURI(string memory baseURI_, string memory suffixURI_) public override onlyOwner {
        if(initializedURI) {
            revert AlreadyInitializedURI();
        }
        setBaseURI(baseURI_);
        setSuffixURI(suffixURI_);
        initializedURI = true;
    }
    /// @dev Required to return baseTokenURI for tokenURI
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return baseTokenURI;
    }
    /// @notice Sets base URI
    function setBaseURI(string memory baseTokenURI_) public onlyOwner {
        baseTokenURI = baseTokenURI_;
        emit BaseURISet(baseTokenURI_);
    }
    /// @notice Sets suffix URI
    function setSuffixURI(string memory suffixURI_) public onlyOwner {
        suffixURI = suffixURI_;
        emit SuffixURISet(suffixURI_);
    }
    /// @notice Sets royalty information
    function setRoyaltyInfo(address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator) public onlyOwner {
        if(feeNumerator > MAX_ROYALTY_FEE_NUMERATOR) {
            revert ExceedsMaxRoyaltyFee();
        }
        _setDefaultRoyalty(receiver, feeNumerator);
        emit RoyaltySet(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }
    /// @notice Returns tokenURI if baseURI is set
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        if(!_exists(tokenId)) {
            revert NonexistentToken();
        }
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length > 0
            ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, tokenId.toString(), suffixURI))
            : "";
    }
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override (AdventureERC721, ERC2981, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return
        interfaceId == type(IRoyaltiesInitializer).interfaceId ||
        interfaceId == type(IURIInitializer).interfaceId ||
        super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @title IMaxSupplyInitializer
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice Allows cloneable contracts to include a maximum supply.
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1167 for details.
 */
interface IMaxSupplyInitializer is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @notice Initializes max supply parameters
     */
    function initializeMaxSupply(uint256 maxSupply_) external;
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/common/ERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../interfaces/IERC2981.sol";
import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the NFT Royalty Standard, a standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information.
 *
 * Royalty information can be specified globally for all token ids via {_setDefaultRoyalty}, and/or individually for
 * specific token ids via {_setTokenRoyalty}. The latter takes precedence over the first.
 *
 * Royalty is specified as a fraction of sale price. {_feeDenominator} is overridable but defaults to 10000, meaning the
 * fee is specified in basis points by default.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: ERC-2981 only specifies a way to signal royalty information and does not enforce its payment. See
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2981#optional-royalty-payments[Rationale] in the EIP. Marketplaces are expected to
 * voluntarily pay royalties together with sales, but note that this standard is not yet widely supported.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
abstract contract ERC2981 is IERC2981, ERC165 {
    struct RoyaltyInfo {
        address receiver;
        uint96 royaltyFraction;
    }
    RoyaltyInfo private _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    mapping(uint256 => RoyaltyInfo) private _tokenRoyaltyInfo;
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(IERC165, ERC165) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC2981).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @inheritdoc IERC2981
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _salePrice) public view virtual override returns (address, uint256) {
        RoyaltyInfo memory royalty = _tokenRoyaltyInfo[_tokenId];
        if (royalty.receiver == address(0)) {
            royalty = _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
        }
        uint256 royaltyAmount = (_salePrice * royalty.royaltyFraction) / _feeDenominator();
        return (royalty.receiver, royaltyAmount);
    }
    /**
     * @dev The denominator with which to interpret the fee set in {_setTokenRoyalty} and {_setDefaultRoyalty} as a
     * fraction of the sale price. Defaults to 10000 so fees are expressed in basis points, but may be customized by an
     * override.
     */
    function _feeDenominator() internal pure virtual returns (uint96) {
        return 10000;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information that all ids in this contract will default to.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setDefaultRoyalty(address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator) internal virtual {
        require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
        require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: invalid receiver");
        _defaultRoyaltyInfo = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes default royalty information.
     */
    function _deleteDefaultRoyalty() internal virtual {
        delete _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information for a specific token id, overriding the global default.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setTokenRoyalty(
        uint256 tokenId,
        address receiver,
        uint96 feeNumerator
    ) internal virtual {
        require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
        require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: Invalid parameters");
        _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId] = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Resets royalty information for the token id back to the global default.
     */
    function _resetTokenRoyalty(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        delete _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId];
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAdventurous.sol";
import "./AdventurePermissions.sol";
import "../initializable/IAdventureERC721Initializer.sol";
import "../utils/tokens/InitializableERC721.sol";
error AlreadyInitializedAdventureERC721();
error AlreadyOnQuest();
error AnActiveQuestIsPreventingTransfers();
error CallerNotTokenOwner();
error MaxSimultaneousQuestsCannotBeZero();
error MaxSimultaneousQuestsExceeded();
error NotOnQuest();
error QuestIdOutOfRange();
error TooManyActiveQuests();
/**
 * @title AdventureERC721
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice Implements the {IAdventurous} token standard for ERC721-compliant tokens.
 * @dev Inherits {InitializableERC721} to provide the option to support EIP-1167.
 */
abstract contract AdventureERC721 is InitializableERC721, AdventurePermissions, IAdventurous, IAdventureERC721Initializer {
    uint256 public constant MAX_UINT32 = type(uint32).max;
    /// @notice Specifies an upper bound for the maximum number of simultaneous quests.
    uint256 public constant MAX_CONCURRENT_QUESTS = 100;
    /// @notice Specifies whether or not the contract is initialized
    bool public initializedAdventureERC721;
    /// @dev The most simultaneous quests the token may participate in at a time
    uint256 public maxSimultaneousQuests;
    /// @dev Maps each token id to a mapping that can enumerate all active quests within an adventure
    mapping (uint256 => mapping (address => uint32[])) public activeQuestList;
    /// @dev Maps each token id to a mapping from adventure address to a mapping of quest ids to quest details
    mapping (uint256 => mapping (address => mapping (uint32 => Quest))) public activeQuestLookup;
    /// @dev Maps each token id to the number of blocking quests it is currently entered into
    mapping (uint256 => uint256) public blockingQuestCounts;
    /// @dev Initializes parameters of AdventureERC721 tokens.
    /// These cannot be set in the constructor because this contract is optionally compatible with EIP-1167.
    function initializeAdventureERC721(uint256 maxSimultaneousQuests_) public override onlyOwner {
        if(initializedAdventureERC721) {
            revert AlreadyInitializedAdventureERC721();
        }
        _validateMaxSimultaneousQuests(maxSimultaneousQuests_);
        maxSimultaneousQuests = maxSimultaneousQuests_;
        initializedAdventureERC721 = true;
    }
    /// @dev ERC-165 interface support
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override (InitializableERC721, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return 
        interfaceId == type(IAdventurous).interfaceId || 
        interfaceId == type(IAdventureERC721Initializer).interfaceId ||
        super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /// @notice Allows an authorized game contract to transfer a player's token if they have opted in
    function adventureTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) external override {
        _requireCallerIsWhitelistedAdventure();
        _requireCallerApprovedForAdventure(tokenId);
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    /// @notice Allows an authorized game contract to transfer a player's token if they have opted in
    function adventureSafeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) external override {
        _requireCallerIsWhitelistedAdventure();
        _requireCallerApprovedForAdventure(tokenId);
        _safeTransfer(from, to, tokenId, "");
    }
    /// @notice Allows an authorized game contract to burn a player's token if they have opted in
    function adventureBurn(uint256 tokenId) external override {
        _requireCallerIsWhitelistedAdventure();
        _requireCallerApprovedForAdventure(tokenId);
        _burn(tokenId);
    }
    /// @notice Allows an authorized game contract to enter a player's token into a quest if they have opted in
    function enterQuest(uint256 tokenId, uint256 questId) external override {
        _requireCallerIsWhitelistedAdventure();
        _requireCallerApprovedForAdventure(tokenId);
        _enterQuest(tokenId, _msgSender(), questId);
    }
    /// @notice Allows an authorized game contract to exit a player's token from a quest if they have opted in
    /// For developers of adventure contracts that perform adventure burns, be aware that the adventure must exitQuest
    /// before the adventure burn occurs, as _exitQuest emits the owner of the token, which would revert after burning.
    function exitQuest(uint256 tokenId, uint256 questId) external override {
        _requireCallerIsWhitelistedAdventure();
        _requireCallerApprovedForAdventure(tokenId);
        _exitQuest(tokenId, _msgSender(), questId);
    }
    /// @notice Admin-only ability to boot a token from all quests on an adventure.
    /// This ability is only unlocked in the event that an adventure has been unwhitelisted, as early exiting
    /// from quests can cause out of sync state between the ERC721 token contract and the adventure/quest.
    function bootFromAllQuests(uint256 tokenId, address adventure) external onlyOwner {
        _requireAdventureRemovedFromWhitelist(adventure);
        _exitAllQuests(tokenId, adventure, true);
    }
    /// @notice Gives the player the ability to exit a quest without interacting directly with the approved, whitelisted adventure
    /// This ability is only unlocked in the event that an adventure has been unwhitelisted, as early exiting
    /// from quests can cause out of sync state between the ERC721 token contract and the adventure/quest.
    function userExitQuest(uint256 tokenId, address adventure, uint256 questId) external {
        _requireAdventureRemovedFromWhitelist(adventure);
        _requireCallerOwnsToken(tokenId);
        _exitQuest(tokenId, adventure, questId);
    }
    /// @notice Gives the player the ability to exit all quests on an adventure without interacting directly with the approved, whitelisted adventure
    /// This ability is only unlocked in the event that an adventure has been unwhitelisted, as early exiting
    /// from quests can cause out of sync state between the ERC721 token contract and the adventure/quest.
    function userExitAllQuests(uint256 tokenId, address adventure) external {
        _requireAdventureRemovedFromWhitelist(adventure);
        _requireCallerOwnsToken(tokenId);
        _exitAllQuests(tokenId, adventure, false);
    }
    
    /// @notice Returns the number of quests a token is actively participating in for a specified adventure
    function getQuestCount(uint256 tokenId, address adventure) public override view returns (uint256) {
        return activeQuestList[tokenId][adventure].length;
    }
    /// @notice Returns the amount of time a token has been participating in the specified quest
    function getTimeOnQuest(uint256 tokenId, address adventure, uint256 questId) public override view returns (uint256) {
        (bool participatingInQuest, uint256 startTimestamp,) = isParticipatingInQuest(tokenId, adventure, questId);
        return participatingInQuest ? (block.timestamp - startTimestamp) : 0;
    } 
    /// @notice Returns whether or not a token is currently participating in the specified quest as well as the time it was started and the quest index
    function isParticipatingInQuest(uint256 tokenId, address adventure, uint256 questId) public override view returns (bool participatingInQuest, uint256 startTimestamp, uint256 index) {
        Quest memory quest = activeQuestLookup[tokenId][adventure][uint32(questId)];
        participatingInQuest = quest.isActive;
        startTimestamp = quest.startTimestamp;
        index = quest.arrayIndex;
        return (participatingInQuest, startTimestamp, index);
    }
    /// @notice Returns a list of all active quests for the specified token id and adventure
    function getActiveQuests(uint256 tokenId, address adventure) public override view returns (Quest[] memory activeQuests) {
        uint256 questCount = getQuestCount(tokenId, adventure);
        activeQuests = new Quest[](questCount);
        uint32[] memory activeQuestIdList = activeQuestList[tokenId][adventure];
        for(uint256 i = 0; i < questCount; ++i) {
            activeQuests[i] = activeQuestLookup[tokenId][adventure][activeQuestIdList[i]];
        }
        return activeQuests;
    }
    /// @dev Enters the specified quest for a token id.
    /// Throws if the token is already participating in the specified quest.
    /// Throws if the number of active quests exceeds the max allowable for the given adventure.
    /// Emits a QuestUpdated event for off-chain processing.
    function _enterQuest(uint256 tokenId, address adventure, uint256 questId) internal {
        _requireValidQuestId(questId);
        (bool participatingInQuest,,) = isParticipatingInQuest(tokenId, adventure, questId);
        if(participatingInQuest) {
            revert AlreadyOnQuest();
        }
        uint256 currentQuestCount = getQuestCount(tokenId, adventure);
        if(currentQuestCount == maxSimultaneousQuests) {
            revert TooManyActiveQuests();
        }
        uint32 castedQuestId = uint32(questId);
        activeQuestList[tokenId][adventure].push(castedQuestId);
        activeQuestLookup[tokenId][adventure][castedQuestId] = Quest({
            isActive: true,
            startTimestamp: uint64(block.timestamp),
            questId: castedQuestId,
            arrayIndex: uint32(currentQuestCount)
        });
        address ownerOfToken = ownerOf(tokenId);
        emit QuestUpdated(tokenId, ownerOfToken, adventure, questId, true, false);
        if(IAdventure(adventure).questsLockTokens()) {
            unchecked {
                ++blockingQuestCounts[tokenId];
            }
        }
        // Invoke callback to the adventure to facilitate state synchronization as needed
        IAdventure(adventure).onQuestEntered(ownerOfToken, tokenId, questId);
    }
    /// @dev Exits the specified quest for a token id.
    /// Throws if the token is not currently participating on the specified quest.
    /// Emits a QuestUpdated event for off-chain processing.
    function _exitQuest(uint256 tokenId, address adventure, uint256 questId) internal {
        _requireValidQuestId(questId);
        (bool participatingInQuest, uint256 startTimestamp, uint256 index) = isParticipatingInQuest(tokenId, adventure, questId);
        if(!participatingInQuest) {
            revert NotOnQuest();
        }
        uint32 castedQuestId = uint32(questId);
        uint256 lastArrayIndex = getQuestCount(tokenId, adventure) - 1;
        activeQuestList[tokenId][adventure][index] = activeQuestList[tokenId][adventure][lastArrayIndex];
        activeQuestLookup[tokenId][adventure][activeQuestList[tokenId][adventure][lastArrayIndex]].arrayIndex = uint32(index);
        
        activeQuestList[tokenId][adventure].pop();
        delete activeQuestLookup[tokenId][adventure][castedQuestId];
        address ownerOfToken = ownerOf(tokenId);
        emit QuestUpdated(tokenId, ownerOfToken, adventure, questId, false, false);
        if(IAdventure(adventure).questsLockTokens()) {
            --blockingQuestCounts[tokenId];
        }
        // Invoke callback to the adventure to facilitate state synchronization as needed
        IAdventure(adventure).onQuestExited(ownerOfToken, tokenId, questId, startTimestamp);
    }
    /// @dev Removes the specified token id from all quests on the specified adventure
    function _exitAllQuests(uint256 tokenId, address adventure, bool booted) internal {
        address tokenOwner = ownerOf(tokenId);
        uint256 questCount = getQuestCount(tokenId, adventure);
        if(IAdventure(adventure).questsLockTokens()) {
            blockingQuestCounts[tokenId] -= questCount;
        }
        for(uint256 i = 0; i < questCount; ++i) {
            uint256 questId = activeQuestList[tokenId][adventure][i];
            Quest memory quest = activeQuestLookup[tokenId][adventure][uint32(questId)];
            uint256 startTimestamp = quest.startTimestamp;
            emit QuestUpdated(tokenId, tokenOwner, adventure, questId, false, booted);
            delete activeQuestLookup[tokenId][adventure][uint32(questId)];
            
            // Invoke callback to the adventure to facilitate state synchronization as needed
            IAdventure(adventure).onQuestExited(tokenOwner, tokenId, questId, startTimestamp);
        }
        delete activeQuestList[tokenId][adventure];
    }
    /// @dev By default, tokens that are participating in quests are transferrable.  However, if a token is participating
    /// in a quest on an adventure that was designated as a token locker, the transfer will revert and keep the token
    /// locked.
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(address /*from*/, address /*to*/, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual override {        
        if(blockingQuestCounts[tokenId] > 0) {
            revert AnActiveQuestIsPreventingTransfers();
        }
    }
    /// @dev Validates that the caller owns the specified token
    /// Throws when the caller does not own the specified token.
    function _requireCallerOwnsToken(uint256 tokenId) internal view {
        if(ownerOf(tokenId) != _msgSender()) {
            revert CallerNotTokenOwner();
        }
    }
    /// @dev Validates that the specified quest id does not overflow a uint32
    /// Throws when questId exceeds the largest uint32 value.
    function _requireValidQuestId(uint256 questId) internal pure {
        if(questId > MAX_UINT32) {
            revert QuestIdOutOfRange();
        }
    }
    /// @dev Validates that the specified value of max simultaneous quests is in range [1-MAX_CONCURRENT_QUESTS]
    /// Throws when `maxSimultaneousQuests_` is zero.
    /// Throws when `maxSimultaneousQuests_` is more than MAX_CONCURRENT_QUESTS.
    function _validateMaxSimultaneousQuests(uint256 maxSimultaneousQuests_) internal pure {
        if(maxSimultaneousQuests_ == 0) {
            revert MaxSimultaneousQuestsCannotBeZero();
        }
        if(maxSimultaneousQuests_ > MAX_CONCURRENT_QUESTS) {
            revert MaxSimultaneousQuestsExceeded();
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @title IURIInitializer
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice Allows cloneable contracts to include a base uri and suffix uri.
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1167 for details.
 */
interface IURIInitializer is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @notice Initializes uri parameters
     */
    function initializeURI(string memory baseURI_, string memory suffixURI_) external;
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @title IRoyaltiesInitializer
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice Allows cloneable contracts to include OpenZeppelin ERC2981 functionality.
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1167 for details.
 */
interface IRoyaltiesInitializer is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @notice Initializes royalty parameters
     */
    function initializeRoyalties(address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator) external;
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
interface IERC2981 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be paid in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
        external
        view
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./Quest.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @title IAdventurous
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice The base interface that all `Adventurous` token contracts must conform to in order to support adventures and quests.
 * @dev All contracts that support adventures and quests are required to implement this interface.
 */
interface IAdventurous is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a token enters or exits a quest
     */
    event QuestUpdated(uint256 indexed tokenId, address indexed tokenOwner, address indexed adventure, uint256 questId, bool active, bool booted);
    /**
     * @notice Allows an authorized game contract to transfer a player's token if they have opted in
     */
    function adventureTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @notice Allows an authorized game contract to safe transfer a player's token if they have opted in
     */
    function adventureSafeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @notice Allows an authorized game contract to burn a player's token if they have opted in
     */
    function adventureBurn(uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @notice Allows an authorized game contract to enter a player's token into a quest if they have opted in
     */
    function enterQuest(uint256 tokenId, uint256 questId) external;
    /**
     * @notice Allows an authorized game contract to exit a player's token from a quest if they have opted in
     */
    function exitQuest(uint256 tokenId, uint256 questId) external;
    /**
     * @notice Returns the number of quests a token is actively participating in for a specified adventure
     */
    function getQuestCount(uint256 tokenId, address adventure) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @notice Returns the amount of time a token has been participating in the specified quest
     */
    function getTimeOnQuest(uint256 tokenId, address adventure, uint256 questId) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @notice Returns whether or not a token is currently participating in the specified quest as well as the time it was started and the quest index
     */
    function isParticipatingInQuest(uint256 tokenId, address adventure, uint256 questId) external view returns (bool participatingInQuest, uint256 startTimestamp, uint256 index);
    /**
     * @notice Returns a list of all active quests for the specified token id and adventure
     */
    function getActiveQuests(uint256 tokenId, address adventure) external view returns (Quest[] memory activeQuests);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAdventure.sol";
import "../utils/access/Ownable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol";
error AdventureApprovalToCaller();
error AdventureIsStillWhitelisted();
error AlreadyWhitelisted();
error CallerNotApprovedForAdventure();
error CallerNotAWhitelistedAdventure();
error InvalidAdventureContract();
error NotWhitelisted();
/**
 * @title AdventureERC721Permissions
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice Implements the basic security features of the {IAdventurous} token standard for ERC721-compliant tokens.
 * This includes a whitelist for trusted Adventure contracts designed to interoperate with this token and a user
 * approval mechanism specific to {IAdventurous} functionality.
 */
abstract contract AdventurePermissions is Ownable {
    struct AdventureDetails {
        bool isWhitelisted;
        uint128 arrayIndex;
    }
    /// @dev Emitted when the adventure whitelist is updated
    event AdventureWhitelistUpdated(address indexed adventure, bool whitelisted);
    /// @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets, for special in-game adventures.
    event AdventureApprovalForAll(address indexed tokenOwner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    
    /// @dev Whitelist array for iteration
    address[] public whitelistedAdventureList;
    /// @dev Whitelist mapping
    mapping (address => AdventureDetails) public whitelistedAdventures;
    /// @dev Mapping from owner to operator approvals for special gameplay behavior
    mapping (address => mapping (address => bool)) private _operatorAdventureApprovals;
    /// @notice Returns whether the specified account is a whitelisted adventure
    function isAdventureWhitelisted(address account) public view returns (bool) {
        return whitelistedAdventures[account].isWhitelisted;
    }
    /// @notice Whitelists an adventure and specifies whether or not the quests in that adventure lock token transfers
    /// Throws when the adventure is already in the whitelist.
    /// Throws when the specified address does not implement the IAdventure interface.
    ///
    /// Postconditions:
    /// The specified adventure contract is in the whitelist.
    /// An `AdventureWhitelistUpdate` event has been emitted.
    function whitelistAdventure(address adventure) external onlyOwner {
        if(isAdventureWhitelisted(adventure)) {
            revert AlreadyWhitelisted();
        }
        if(!IERC165(adventure).supportsInterface(type(IAdventure).interfaceId)) {
            revert InvalidAdventureContract();
        }
        whitelistedAdventures[adventure].isWhitelisted = true;
        whitelistedAdventures[adventure].arrayIndex = uint128(whitelistedAdventureList.length);
        whitelistedAdventureList.push(adventure);
        emit AdventureWhitelistUpdated(adventure, true);
    }
    /// @notice Removes an adventure from the whitelist
    /// Throws when the adventure is not in the whitelist.
    ///
    /// Postconditions:
    /// The specified adventure contract is no longer in the whitelist.
    /// An `AdventureWhitelistUpdate` event has been emitted.
    function unwhitelistAdventure(address adventure) external onlyOwner {
        if(!isAdventureWhitelisted(adventure)) {
            revert NotWhitelisted();
        }
        
        uint128 itemPositionToDelete = whitelistedAdventures[adventure].arrayIndex;
        whitelistedAdventureList[itemPositionToDelete] = whitelistedAdventureList[whitelistedAdventureList.length - 1];
        whitelistedAdventures[whitelistedAdventureList[itemPositionToDelete]].arrayIndex = itemPositionToDelete;
        whitelistedAdventureList.pop();
        delete whitelistedAdventures[adventure];
        emit AdventureWhitelistUpdated(adventure, false);
    }    
    /// @notice Similar to {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}, but for special in-game adventures only
    function setAdventuresApprovedForAll(address operator, bool approved) public {
        _setAdventuresApprovedForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
    }
    /// @notice Similar to {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}, but for special in-game adventures only
    function areAdventuresApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view returns (bool) {
        return _operatorAdventureApprovals[owner][operator];
    }    
    /// @dev Approve `operator` to operate on all of `owner` tokens for special in-game adventures only
    function _setAdventuresApprovedForAll(address tokenOwner, address operator, bool approved) internal {
        if(tokenOwner == operator) {
            revert AdventureApprovalToCaller();
        }
        _operatorAdventureApprovals[tokenOwner][operator] = approved;
        emit AdventureApprovalForAll(tokenOwner, operator, approved);
    }
    /// Modify to remove individual approval check
    /// @dev Returns whether `spender` is allowed to manage `tokenId`, for special in-game adventures only.
    function _isApprovedForAdventure(address spender, uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        address tokenOwner = IERC721(address(this)).ownerOf(tokenId);
        return (areAdventuresApprovedForAll(tokenOwner, spender));
    }
    /// @dev Validates that the caller is approved for adventure on the specified token id
    /// Throws when the caller has not been approved by the user.
    function _requireCallerApprovedForAdventure(uint256 tokenId) internal view {
        if(!_isApprovedForAdventure(_msgSender(), tokenId)) {
            revert CallerNotApprovedForAdventure();
        }
    }
    /// @dev Validates that the caller is a whitelisted adventure
    /// Throws when the caller is not in the adventure whitelist.
    function _requireCallerIsWhitelistedAdventure() internal view {
        if(!isAdventureWhitelisted(_msgSender())) {
            revert CallerNotAWhitelistedAdventure();
        }
    }
    /// @dev Validates that the specified adventure has been removed from the whitelist
    /// to prevent early backdoor exiting from adventures.
    /// Throws when specified adventure is still whitelisted.
    function _requireAdventureRemovedFromWhitelist(address adventure) internal view {
        if(isAdventureWhitelisted(adventure)) {
            revert AdventureIsStillWhitelisted();
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @title IAdventureERC721Initializer
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice Allows cloneable contracts to include Adventure ERC721 functionality.
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1167 for details.
 */
interface IAdventureERC721Initializer is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @notice Initializes parameters of {AdventureERC721} contracts
     */
    function initializeAdventureERC721(uint256 maxSimultaneousQuests_) external;
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../access/Ownable.sol";
import "../../initializable/IERC721Initializer.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/ERC721.sol";
error AlreadyInitializedERC721();
/**
 * @title InitializableERC721
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice Wraps OpenZeppelin ERC721 implementation and makes it compatible with EIP-1167.
 * @dev Because OpenZeppelin's `_name` and `_symbol` storage variables are private and inaccessible, 
 * this contract defines two new storage variables `_contractName` and `_contractSymbol` and returns them
 * from the `name()` and `symbol()` functions instead.
 */
abstract contract InitializableERC721 is Ownable, ERC721, IERC721Initializer {
    /// @notice Specifies whether or not the contract is initialized
    bool public initializedERC721;
    // Token name
    string internal _contractName;
    // Token symbol
    string internal _contractSymbol;
    /// @dev Initializes parameters of ERC721 tokens.
    /// These cannot be set in the constructor because this contract is optionally compatible with EIP-1167.
    function initializeERC721(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) public override onlyOwner {
        if(initializedERC721) {
            revert AlreadyInitializedERC721();
        }
        _contractName = name_;
        _contractSymbol = symbol_;
        initializedERC721 = true;
    }
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC721, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC721Initializer).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _contractName;
    }
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _contractSymbol;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @title Quest
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice Quest data structure for {IAdventurous} contracts.
 */
struct Quest {
    bool isActive;
    uint32 questId;
    uint64 startTimestamp;
    uint32 arrayIndex;
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @title IAdventure
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice The base interface that all `Adventure` contracts must conform to.
 * @dev All contracts that implement the adventure/quest system and interact with an {IAdventurous} token are required to implement this interface.
 */
interface IAdventure is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether or not quests on this adventure lock tokens.
     * Developers of adventure contract should ensure that this is immutable 
     * after deployment of the adventure contract.  Failure to do so
     * can lead to error that deadlock token transfers.
     */
    function questsLockTokens() external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev A callback function that AdventureERC721 must invoke when a quest has been successfully entered.
     * Throws if the caller is not an expected AdventureERC721 contract designed to work with the Adventure.
     * Not permitted to throw in any other case, as this could lead to tokens being locked in quests.
     */
    function onQuestEntered(address adventurer, uint256 tokenId, uint256 questId) external;
    /**
     * @dev A callback function that AdventureERC721 must invoke when a quest has been successfully exited.
     * Throws if the caller is not an expected AdventureERC721 contract designed to work with the Adventure.
     * Not permitted to throw in any other case, as this could lead to tokens being locked in quests.
     */
    function onQuestExited(address adventurer, uint256 tokenId, uint256 questId, uint256 questStartTimestamp) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../initializable/IOwnableInitializer.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Context.sol";
error CallerIsNotTheContractOwner();
error NewOwnerIsTheZeroAddress();
error OwnerAlreadyInitialized();
/**
 * @title Ownable
 * @author Limit Break, Inc. and OpenZeppelin
 * @notice A tailored version of the {Ownable}  permissions component from OpenZeppelin that is compatible with EIP-1167.
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 *
 * This version adds an `initializeOwner` call for use with EIP-1167, 
 * as the constructor will not be called during an EIP-1167 operation.
 * Because initializeOwner should only be called once and requires that 
 * the owner is not assigned, the `renounceOwnership` function has been removed to avoid
 * a scenario where a contract takeover could occur.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context, IOwnableInitializer {
    address private _owner;
    /// @dev Emitted when contract ownership has been transferred.
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev When EIP-1167 is used to clone a contract that inherits Ownable permissions,
     * this is required to assign the initial contract owner, as the constructor is
     * not called during the cloning process.
     */
    function initializeOwner(address owner_) public override {
      if(_owner != address(0)) {
          revert OwnerAlreadyInitialized();
      }
      _transferOwnership(owner_);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        if(owner() != _msgSender()) {
            revert CallerIsNotTheContractOwner();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual override onlyOwner {
        if(newOwner == address(0)) {
            revert NewOwnerIsTheZeroAddress();
        }
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @title IOwnableInitializer
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice Allows cloneable contracts to include OpenZeppelin Ownable functionality.
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1167 for details.
 */
interface IOwnableInitializer is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @notice Initializes the contract owner to the specified address
     */
    function initializeOwner(address owner_) external;
    /**
     * @notice Transfers ownership of the contract to the specified owner
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) external;
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol";
/**
 * @title IERC721Initializer
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice Allows cloneable contracts to include OpenZeppelin ERC721 functionality.
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1167 for details.
 */
interface IERC721Initializer is IERC721 {
    /**
     * @notice Initializes parameters of {ERC721} contracts
     */
    function initializeERC721(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) external;
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/ERC721/ERC721.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC721.sol";
import "./IERC721Receiver.sol";
import "./extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol";
import "../../utils/Address.sol";
import "../../utils/Context.sol";
import "../../utils/Strings.sol";
import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721[ERC721] Non-Fungible Token Standard, including
 * the Metadata extension, but not including the Enumerable extension, which is available separately as
 * {ERC721Enumerable}.
 */
contract ERC721 is Context, ERC165, IERC721, IERC721Metadata {
    using Address for address;
    using Strings for uint256;
    // Token name
    string private _name;
    // Token symbol
    string private _symbol;
    // Mapping from token ID to owner address
    mapping(uint256 => address) private _owners;
    // Mapping owner address to token count
    mapping(address => uint256) private _balances;
    // Mapping from token ID to approved address
    mapping(uint256 => address) private _tokenApprovals;
    // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract by setting a `name` and a `symbol` to the token collection.
     */
    constructor(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) {
        _name = name_;
        _symbol = symbol_;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC721).interfaceId ||
            interfaceId == type(IERC721Metadata).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        require(owner != address(0), "ERC721: address zero is not a valid owner");
        return _balances[owner];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        address owner = _owners[tokenId];
        require(owner != address(0), "ERC721: invalid token ID");
        return owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        _requireMinted(tokenId);
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length > 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, tokenId.toString())) : "";
    }
    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, can be overridden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return "";
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
        address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);
        require(to != owner, "ERC721: approval to current owner");
        require(
            _msgSender() == owner || isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender()),
            "ERC721: approve caller is not token owner nor approved for all"
        );
        _approve(to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        _requireMinted(tokenId);
        return _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        _setApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        //solhint-disable-next-line max-line-length
        require(_isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId), "ERC721: caller is not token owner nor approved");
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, "");
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) public virtual override {
        require(_isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId), "ERC721: caller is not token owner nor approved");
        _safeTransfer(from, to, tokenId, data);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * `data` is additional data, it has no specified format and it is sent in call to `to`.
     *
     * This internal function is equivalent to {safeTransferFrom}, and can be used to e.g.
     * implement alternative mechanisms to perform token transfer, such as signature-based.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        require(_checkOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, data), "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`),
     * and stop existing when they are burned (`_burn`).
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _owners[tokenId] != address(0);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `spender` is allowed to manage `tokenId`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function _isApprovedOrOwner(address spender, uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);
        return (spender == owner || isApprovedForAll(owner, spender) || getApproved(tokenId) == spender);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _safeMint(to, tokenId, "");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-ERC721-_safeMint-address-uint256-}[`_safeMint`], with an additional `data` parameter which is
     * forwarded in {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} to contract recipients.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, tokenId);
        require(
            _checkOnERC721Received(address(0), to, tokenId, data),
            "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer"
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {_safeMint} whenever possible
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        require(to != address(0), "ERC721: mint to the zero address");
        require(!_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: token already minted");
        _beforeTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId);
        _balances[to] += 1;
        _owners[tokenId] = to;
        emit Transfer(address(0), to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);
        _beforeTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);
        // Clear approvals
        _approve(address(0), tokenId);
        _balances[owner] -= 1;
        delete _owners[tokenId];
        emit Transfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *  As opposed to {transferFrom}, this imposes no restrictions on msg.sender.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _transfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) internal virtual {
        require(ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId) == from, "ERC721: transfer from incorrect owner");
        require(to != address(0), "ERC721: transfer to the zero address");
        _beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        _approve(address(0), tokenId);
        _balances[from] -= 1;
        _balances[to] += 1;
        _owners[tokenId] = to;
        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId`
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
        emit Approval(ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId), to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve `operator` to operate on all of `owner` tokens
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function _setApprovalForAll(
        address owner,
        address operator,
        bool approved
    ) internal virtual {
        require(owner != operator, "ERC721: approve to caller");
        _operatorApprovals[owner][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(owner, operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Reverts if the `tokenId` has not been minted yet.
     */
    function _requireMinted(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual {
        require(_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: invalid token ID");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target address.
     * The call is not executed if the target address is not a contract.
     *
     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
     * @param to target address that will receive the tokens
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
     * @param data bytes optional data to send along with the call
     * @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value
     */
    function _checkOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        if (to.isContract()) {
            try IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received(_msgSender(), from, tokenId, data) returns (bytes4 retval) {
                return retval == IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector;
            } catch (bytes memory reason) {
                if (reason.length == 0) {
                    revert("ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer");
                } else {
                    /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                    assembly {
                        revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                    }
                }
            }
        } else {
            return true;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before any token transfer. This includes minting
     * and burning.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, ``from``'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, ``from``'s `tokenId` will be burned.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after any transfer of tokens. This includes
     * minting and burning.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - when `from` and `to` are both non-zero.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) internal virtual {}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
 * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
 * from ERC721 asset contracts.
 */
interface IERC721Receiver {
    /**
     * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
     * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
     *
     * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
     * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
     *
     * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector`.
     */
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../IERC721.sol";
/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721Metadata is IERC721 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/Strings.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library Strings {
    bytes16 private constant _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
        // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 digits;
        while (temp != 0) {
            digits++;
            temp /= 10;
        }
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
        while (value != 0) {
            digits -= 1;
            buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
            value /= 10;
        }
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0x00";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 length = 0;
        while (temp != 0) {
            length++;
            temp >>= 8;
        }
        return toHexString(value, length);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

/// @title IProxy - Helper interface to access masterCopy of the Proxy on-chain
/// @author Richard Meissner - <[email protected]>
interface IProxy {
    function masterCopy() external view returns (address);
}

/// @title GnosisSafeProxy - Generic proxy contract allows to execute all transactions applying the code of a master contract.
/// @author Stefan George - <[email protected]>
/// @author Richard Meissner - <[email protected]>
contract GnosisSafeProxy {
    // singleton always needs to be first declared variable, to ensure that it is at the same location in the contracts to which calls are delegated.
    // To reduce deployment costs this variable is internal and needs to be retrieved via `getStorageAt`
    address internal singleton;

    /// @dev Constructor function sets address of singleton contract.
    /// @param _singleton Singleton address.
    constructor(address _singleton) {
        require(_singleton != address(0), "Invalid singleton address provided");
        singleton = _singleton;
    }

    /// @dev Fallback function forwards all transactions and returns all received return data.
    fallback() external payable {
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            let _singleton := and(sload(0), 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
            // 0xa619486e == keccak("masterCopy()"). The value is right padded to 32-bytes with 0s
            if eq(calldataload(0), 0xa619486e00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000) {
                mstore(0, _singleton)
                return(0, 0x20)
            }
            calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize())
            let success := delegatecall(gas(), _singleton, 0, calldatasize(), 0, 0)
            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
            if eq(success, 0) {
                revert(0, returndatasize())
            }
            return(0, returndatasize())
        }
    }
}

/// @title Proxy Factory - Allows to create new proxy contact and execute a message call to the new proxy within one transaction.
/// @author Stefan George - <[email protected]>
contract GnosisSafeProxyFactory {
    event ProxyCreation(GnosisSafeProxy proxy, address singleton);

    /// @dev Allows to create new proxy contact and execute a message call to the new proxy within one transaction.
    /// @param singleton Address of singleton contract.
    /// @param data Payload for message call sent to new proxy contract.
    function createProxy(address singleton, bytes memory data) public returns (GnosisSafeProxy proxy) {
        proxy = new GnosisSafeProxy(singleton);
        if (data.length > 0)
            // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
            assembly {
                if eq(call(gas(), proxy, 0, add(data, 0x20), mload(data), 0, 0), 0) {
                    revert(0, 0)
                }
            }
        emit ProxyCreation(proxy, singleton);
    }

    /// @dev Allows to retrieve the runtime code of a deployed Proxy. This can be used to check that the expected Proxy was deployed.
    function proxyRuntimeCode() public pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return type(GnosisSafeProxy).runtimeCode;
    }

    /// @dev Allows to retrieve the creation code used for the Proxy deployment. With this it is easily possible to calculate predicted address.
    function proxyCreationCode() public pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return type(GnosisSafeProxy).creationCode;
    }

    /// @dev Allows to create new proxy contact using CREATE2 but it doesn't run the initializer.
    ///      This method is only meant as an utility to be called from other methods
    /// @param _singleton Address of singleton contract.
    /// @param initializer Payload for message call sent to new proxy contract.
    /// @param saltNonce Nonce that will be used to generate the salt to calculate the address of the new proxy contract.
    function deployProxyWithNonce(
        address _singleton,
        bytes memory initializer,
        uint256 saltNonce
    ) internal returns (GnosisSafeProxy proxy) {
        // If the initializer changes the proxy address should change too. Hashing the initializer data is cheaper than just concatinating it
        bytes32 salt = keccak256(abi.encodePacked(keccak256(initializer), saltNonce));
        bytes memory deploymentData = abi.encodePacked(type(GnosisSafeProxy).creationCode, uint256(uint160(_singleton)));
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            proxy := create2(0x0, add(0x20, deploymentData), mload(deploymentData), salt)
        }
        require(address(proxy) != address(0), "Create2 call failed");
    }

    /// @dev Allows to create new proxy contact and execute a message call to the new proxy within one transaction.
    /// @param _singleton Address of singleton contract.
    /// @param initializer Payload for message call sent to new proxy contract.
    /// @param saltNonce Nonce that will be used to generate the salt to calculate the address of the new proxy contract.
    function createProxyWithNonce(
        address _singleton,
        bytes memory initializer,
        uint256 saltNonce
    ) public returns (GnosisSafeProxy proxy) {
        proxy = deployProxyWithNonce(_singleton, initializer, saltNonce);
        if (initializer.length > 0)
            // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
            assembly {
                if eq(call(gas(), proxy, 0, add(initializer, 0x20), mload(initializer), 0, 0), 0) {
                    revert(0, 0)
                }
            }
        emit ProxyCreation(proxy, _singleton);
    }

    /// @dev Allows to create new proxy contact, execute a message call to the new proxy and call a specified callback within one transaction
    /// @param _singleton Address of singleton contract.
    /// @param initializer Payload for message call sent to new proxy contract.
    /// @param saltNonce Nonce that will be used to generate the salt to calculate the address of the new proxy contract.
    /// @param callback Callback that will be invoced after the new proxy contract has been successfully deployed and initialized.
    function createProxyWithCallback(
        address _singleton,
        bytes memory initializer,
        uint256 saltNonce,
        IProxyCreationCallback callback
    ) public returns (GnosisSafeProxy proxy) {
        uint256 saltNonceWithCallback = uint256(keccak256(abi.encodePacked(saltNonce, callback)));
        proxy = createProxyWithNonce(_singleton, initializer, saltNonceWithCallback);
        if (address(callback) != address(0)) callback.proxyCreated(proxy, _singleton, initializer, saltNonce);
    }

    /// @dev Allows to get the address for a new proxy contact created via `createProxyWithNonce`
    ///      This method is only meant for address calculation purpose when you use an initializer that would revert,
    ///      therefore the response is returned with a revert. When calling this method set `from` to the address of the proxy factory.
    /// @param _singleton Address of singleton contract.
    /// @param initializer Payload for message call sent to new proxy contract.
    /// @param saltNonce Nonce that will be used to generate the salt to calculate the address of the new proxy contract.
    function calculateCreateProxyWithNonceAddress(
        address _singleton,
        bytes calldata initializer,
        uint256 saltNonce
    ) external returns (GnosisSafeProxy proxy) {
        proxy = deployProxyWithNonce(_singleton, initializer, saltNonce);
        revert(string(abi.encodePacked(proxy)));
    }
}

interface IProxyCreationCallback {
    function proxyCreated(
        GnosisSafeProxy proxy,
        address _singleton,
        bytes calldata initializer,
        uint256 saltNonce
    ) external;
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
import { ZoneInterface } from "../interfaces/ZoneInterface.sol";
import { ZoneInteractionErrors } from "../interfaces/ZoneInteractionErrors.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
    PausableZoneEventsAndErrors
} from "./interfaces/PausableZoneEventsAndErrors.sol";
import { SeaportInterface } from "../interfaces/SeaportInterface.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
    AdvancedOrder,
    CriteriaResolver,
    Order,
    OrderComponents,
    Fulfillment,
    Execution
} from "../lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import { PausableZoneInterface } from "./interfaces/PausableZoneInterface.sol";
/**
 * @title  PausableZone
 * @author cupOJoseph, BCLeFevre, ryanio
 * @notice PausableZone is a simple zone implementation that approves every
 *         order. It can be self-destructed by its controller to pause
 *         restricted orders that have it set as their zone.
 */
contract PausableZone is
    PausableZoneEventsAndErrors,
    ZoneInterface,
    PausableZoneInterface
{
    // Set an immutable controller that can pause the zone & update an operator.
    address internal immutable _controller;
    // Set an operator that can instruct the zone to cancel or execute orders.
    address public operator;
    /**
     * @dev Ensure that the caller is either the operator or controller.
     */
    modifier isOperator() {
        // Ensure that the caller is either the operator or the controller.
        if (msg.sender != operator && msg.sender != _controller) {
            revert InvalidOperator();
        }
        // Continue with function execution.
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Ensure that the caller is the controller.
     */
    modifier isController() {
        // Ensure that the caller is the controller.
        if (msg.sender != _controller) {
            revert InvalidController();
        }
        // Continue with function execution.
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Set the deployer as the controller of the zone.
     */
    constructor() {
        // Set the controller to the deployer.
        _controller = msg.sender;
        // Emit an event signifying that the zone is unpaused.
        emit Unpaused();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Check if a given order is currently valid.
     *
     * @dev This function is called by Seaport whenever extraData is not
     *      provided by the caller.
     *
     * @param orderHash The hash of the order.
     * @param caller    The caller in question.
     * @param offerer   The offerer in question.
     * @param zoneHash  The hash to provide upon calling the zone.
     *
     * @return validOrderMagicValue A magic value indicating if the order is
     *                              currently valid.
     */
    function isValidOrder(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        address caller,
        address offerer,
        bytes32 zoneHash
    ) external pure override returns (bytes4 validOrderMagicValue) {
        orderHash;
        caller;
        offerer;
        zoneHash;
        // Return the selector of isValidOrder as the magic value.
        validOrderMagicValue = ZoneInterface.isValidOrder.selector;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Check if a given order including extraData is currently valid.
     *
     * @dev This function is called by Seaport whenever any extraData is
     *      provided by the caller.
     *
     * @param orderHash         The hash of the order.
     * @param caller            The caller in question.
     * @param order             The order in question.
     * @param priorOrderHashes  The order hashes of each order supplied prior to
     *                          the current order as part of a "match" variety
     *                          of order fulfillment.
     * @param criteriaResolvers The criteria resolvers corresponding to
     *                          the order.
     *
     * @return validOrderMagicValue A magic value indicating if the order is
     *                              currently valid.
     */
    function isValidOrderIncludingExtraData(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        address caller,
        AdvancedOrder calldata order,
        bytes32[] calldata priorOrderHashes,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers
    ) external pure override returns (bytes4 validOrderMagicValue) {
        orderHash;
        caller;
        order;
        priorOrderHashes;
        criteriaResolvers;
        // Return the selector of isValidOrder as the magic value.
        validOrderMagicValue = ZoneInterface.isValidOrder.selector;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Cancel an arbitrary number of orders that have agreed to use the
     *         contract as their zone.
     *
     * @param seaport  The Seaport address.
     * @param orders   The orders to cancel.
     *
     * @return cancelled A boolean indicating whether the supplied orders have
     *                   been successfully cancelled.
     */
    function cancelOrders(
        SeaportInterface seaport,
        OrderComponents[] calldata orders
    ) external override isOperator returns (bool cancelled) {
        // Call cancel on Seaport and return its boolean value.
        cancelled = seaport.cancel(orders);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Execute an arbitrary number of matched orders, each with
     *         an arbitrary number of items for offer and consideration
     *         along with a set of fulfillments allocating offer components
     *         to consideration components.
     *
     * @param seaport      The Seaport address.
     * @param orders       The orders to match.
     * @param fulfillments An array of elements allocating offer components
     *                     to consideration components.
     *
     * @return executions An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                    transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                    orders.
     */
    function executeMatchOrders(
        SeaportInterface seaport,
        Order[] calldata orders,
        Fulfillment[] calldata fulfillments
    )
        external
        payable
        override
        isOperator
        returns (Execution[] memory executions)
    {
        // Call matchOrders on Seaport and return the sequence of transfers
        // performed as part of matching the given orders.
        executions = seaport.matchOrders{ value: msg.value }(
            orders,
            fulfillments
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Execute an arbitrary number of matched advanced orders,
     *         each with an arbitrary number of items for offer and
     *         consideration along with a set of fulfillments allocating
     *         offer components to consideration components.
     *
     * @param seaport           The Seaport address.
     * @param orders            The orders to match.
     * @param criteriaResolvers An array where each element contains a reference
     *                          to a specific order as well as that order's
     *                          offer or consideration, a token identifier, and
     *                          a proof that the supplied token identifier is
     *                          contained in the order's merkle root.
     * @param fulfillments      An array of elements allocating offer components
     *                          to consideration components.
     *
     * @return executions An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                    transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                    orders.
     */
    function executeMatchAdvancedOrders(
        SeaportInterface seaport,
        AdvancedOrder[] calldata orders,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers,
        Fulfillment[] calldata fulfillments
    )
        external
        payable
        override
        isOperator
        returns (Execution[] memory executions)
    {
        // Call matchAdvancedOrders on Seaport and return the sequence of
        // transfers performed as part of matching the given orders.
        executions = seaport.matchAdvancedOrders{ value: msg.value }(
            orders,
            criteriaResolvers,
            fulfillments
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Pause this contract, safely stopping orders from using
     *         the contract as a zone. Restricted orders with this address as a
     *         zone will not be fulfillable unless the zone is redeployed to the
     *         same address.
     */
    function pause() external override isController {
        // Emit an event signifying that the zone is paused.
        emit Paused();
        // Destroy the zone, sending any ether to the transaction submitter.
        selfdestruct(payable(tx.origin));
    }
    /**
     * @notice Assign the given address with the ability to operate the zone.
     *
     * @param operatorToAssign The address to assign as the operator.
     */
    function assignOperator(address operatorToAssign)
        external
        override
        isController
    {
        // Ensure the operator being assigned is not the null address.
        require(
            operatorToAssign != address(0),
            "Operator can not be set to the null address"
        );
        // Set the given address as the new operator.
        operator = operatorToAssign;
        // Emit an event indicating the operator has been updated.
        emit OperatorUpdated(operator);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
// prettier-ignore
import {
    AdvancedOrder,
    CriteriaResolver
} from "../lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
interface ZoneInterface {
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever a zone is successfully paused.
     */
    event Paused();
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever a zone is successfully unpaused (created).
     */
    event Unpaused();
    // Called by Consideration whenever extraData is not provided by the caller.
    function isValidOrder(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        address caller,
        address offerer,
        bytes32 zoneHash
    ) external view returns (bytes4 validOrderMagicValue);
    // Called by Consideration whenever any extraData is provided by the caller.
    function isValidOrderIncludingExtraData(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        address caller,
        AdvancedOrder calldata order,
        bytes32[] calldata priorOrderHashes,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers
    ) external view returns (bytes4 validOrderMagicValue);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
/**
 * @title ZoneInteractionErrors
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ZoneInteractionErrors contains errors related to zone interaction.
 */
interface ZoneInteractionErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill an order that specifies
     *      a restricted submitter as its order type when not submitted by
     *      either the offerer or the order's zone or approved as valid by the
     *      zone in question via a staticcall to `isValidOrder`.
     *
     * @param orderHash The order hash for the invalid restricted order.
     */
    error InvalidRestrictedOrder(bytes32 orderHash);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
/**
 * @notice PausableZoneEventsAndErrors contains errors and events
 *         related to zone interaction.
 */
interface PausableZoneEventsAndErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever a zone owner registers a new potential
     *      owner for that zone.
     *
     * @param newPotentialOwner The new potential owner of the zone.
     */
    event PotentialOwnerUpdated(address newPotentialOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever zone ownership is transferred.
     *
     * @param previousOwner The previous owner of the zone.
     * @param newOwner      The new owner of the zone.
     */
    event OwnershipTransferred(address previousOwner, address newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever a new zone is created.
     *
     * @param zone The address of the zone.
     * @param salt The salt used to deploy the zone.
     */
    event ZoneCreated(address zone, bytes32 salt);
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever a zone owner assigns a new pauser
     *
     * @param newPauser The new pausear of the zone.
     */
    event PauserUpdated(address newPauser);
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever a zone owner assigns a new operator
     *
     * @param newOperator The new operator of the zone.
     */
    event OperatorUpdated(address newOperator);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to pause the zone
     *      while the caller is not the owner or pauser of the zone.
     */
    error InvalidPauser();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to call an operation
     *      while the caller is not the controller or operator of the zone.
     */
    error InvalidOperator();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to pause the zone or update the
     *      operator while the caller is not the controller of the zone.
     */
    error InvalidController();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to deploy a zone that is
     *      currently deployed.
     */
    error ZoneAlreadyExists(address zone);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
// prettier-ignore
import {
    BasicOrderParameters,
    OrderComponents,
    Fulfillment,
    FulfillmentComponent,
    Execution,
    Order,
    AdvancedOrder,
    OrderStatus,
    CriteriaResolver
} from "../lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
/**
 * @title SeaportInterface
 * @author 0age
 * @custom:version 1.1
 * @notice Seaport is a generalized ETH/ERC20/ERC721/ERC1155 marketplace. It
 *         minimizes external calls to the greatest extent possible and provides
 *         lightweight methods for common routes as well as more flexible
 *         methods for composing advanced orders.
 *
 * @dev SeaportInterface contains all external function interfaces for Seaport.
 */
interface SeaportInterface {
    /**
     * @notice Fulfill an order offering an ERC721 token by supplying Ether (or
     *         the native token for the given chain) as consideration for the
     *         order. An arbitrary number of "additional recipients" may also be
     *         supplied which will each receive native tokens from the fulfiller
     *         as consideration.
     *
     * @param parameters Additional information on the fulfilled order. Note
     *                   that the offerer must first approve this contract (or
     *                   their preferred conduit if indicated by the order) for
     *                   their offered ERC721 token to be transferred.
     *
     * @return fulfilled A boolean indicating whether the order has been
     *                   successfully fulfilled.
     */
    function fulfillBasicOrder(BasicOrderParameters calldata parameters)
        external
        payable
        returns (bool fulfilled);
    /**
     * @notice Fulfill an order with an arbitrary number of items for offer and
     *         consideration. Note that this function does not support
     *         criteria-based orders or partial filling of orders (though
     *         filling the remainder of a partially-filled order is supported).
     *
     * @param order               The order to fulfill. Note that both the
     *                            offerer and the fulfiller must first approve
     *                            this contract (or the corresponding conduit if
     *                            indicated) to transfer any relevant tokens on
     *                            their behalf and that contracts must implement
     *                            `onERC1155Received` to receive ERC1155 tokens
     *                            as consideration.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what conduit, if
     *                            any, to source the fulfiller's token approvals
     *                            from. The zero hash signifies that no conduit
     *                            should be used, with direct approvals set on
     *                            Seaport.
     *
     * @return fulfilled A boolean indicating whether the order has been
     *                   successfully fulfilled.
     */
    function fulfillOrder(Order calldata order, bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey)
        external
        payable
        returns (bool fulfilled);
    /**
     * @notice Fill an order, fully or partially, with an arbitrary number of
     *         items for offer and consideration alongside criteria resolvers
     *         containing specific token identifiers and associated proofs.
     *
     * @param advancedOrder       The order to fulfill along with the fraction
     *                            of the order to attempt to fill. Note that
     *                            both the offerer and the fulfiller must first
     *                            approve this contract (or their preferred
     *                            conduit if indicated by the order) to transfer
     *                            any relevant tokens on their behalf and that
     *                            contracts must implement `onERC1155Received`
     *                            to receive ERC1155 tokens as consideration.
     *                            Also note that all offer and consideration
     *                            components must have no remainder after
     *                            multiplication of the respective amount with
     *                            the supplied fraction for the partial fill to
     *                            be considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers   An array where each element contains a
     *                            reference to a specific offer or
     *                            consideration, a token identifier, and a proof
     *                            that the supplied token identifier is
     *                            contained in the merkle root held by the item
     *                            in question's criteria element. Note that an
     *                            empty criteria indicates that any
     *                            (transferable) token identifier on the token
     *                            in question is valid and that no associated
     *                            proof needs to be supplied.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what conduit, if
     *                            any, to source the fulfiller's token approvals
     *                            from. The zero hash signifies that no conduit
     *                            should be used, with direct approvals set on
     *                            Seaport.
     * @param recipient           The intended recipient for all received items,
     *                            with `address(0)` indicating that the caller
     *                            should receive the items.
     *
     * @return fulfilled A boolean indicating whether the order has been
     *                   successfully fulfilled.
     */
    function fulfillAdvancedOrder(
        AdvancedOrder calldata advancedOrder,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient
    ) external payable returns (bool fulfilled);
    /**
     * @notice Attempt to fill a group of orders, each with an arbitrary number
     *         of items for offer and consideration. Any order that is not
     *         currently active, has already been fully filled, or has been
     *         cancelled will be omitted. Remaining offer and consideration
     *         items will then be aggregated where possible as indicated by the
     *         supplied offer and consideration component arrays and aggregated
     *         items will be transferred to the fulfiller or to each intended
     *         recipient, respectively. Note that a failing item transfer or an
     *         issue with order formatting will cause the entire batch to fail.
     *         Note that this function does not support criteria-based orders or
     *         partial filling of orders (though filling the remainder of a
     *         partially-filled order is supported).
     *
     * @param orders                    The orders to fulfill. Note that both
     *                                  the offerer and the fulfiller must first
     *                                  approve this contract (or the
     *                                  corresponding conduit if indicated) to
     *                                  transfer any relevant tokens on their
     *                                  behalf and that contracts must implement
     *                                  `onERC1155Received` to receive ERC1155
     *                                  tokens as consideration.
     * @param offerFulfillments         An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which offer items to attempt
     *                                  to aggregate when preparing executions.
     * @param considerationFulfillments An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which consideration items to
     *                                  attempt to aggregate when preparing
     *                                  executions.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey       A bytes32 value indicating what conduit,
     *                                  if any, to source the fulfiller's token
     *                                  approvals from. The zero hash signifies
     *                                  that no conduit should be used, with
     *                                  direct approvals set on this contract.
     * @param maximumFulfilled          The maximum number of orders to fulfill.
     *
     * @return availableOrders An array of booleans indicating if each order
     *                         with an index corresponding to the index of the
     *                         returned boolean was fulfillable or not.
     * @return executions      An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                         transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                         orders.
     */
    function fulfillAvailableOrders(
        Order[] calldata orders,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata offerFulfillments,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata considerationFulfillments,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        uint256 maximumFulfilled
    )
        external
        payable
        returns (bool[] memory availableOrders, Execution[] memory executions);
    /**
     * @notice Attempt to fill a group of orders, fully or partially, with an
     *         arbitrary number of items for offer and consideration per order
     *         alongside criteria resolvers containing specific token
     *         identifiers and associated proofs. Any order that is not
     *         currently active, has already been fully filled, or has been
     *         cancelled will be omitted. Remaining offer and consideration
     *         items will then be aggregated where possible as indicated by the
     *         supplied offer and consideration component arrays and aggregated
     *         items will be transferred to the fulfiller or to each intended
     *         recipient, respectively. Note that a failing item transfer or an
     *         issue with order formatting will cause the entire batch to fail.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders            The orders to fulfill along with the
     *                                  fraction of those orders to attempt to
     *                                  fill. Note that both the offerer and the
     *                                  fulfiller must first approve this
     *                                  contract (or their preferred conduit if
     *                                  indicated by the order) to transfer any
     *                                  relevant tokens on their behalf and that
     *                                  contracts must implement
     *                                  `onERC1155Received` to enable receipt of
     *                                  ERC1155 tokens as consideration. Also
     *                                  note that all offer and consideration
     *                                  components must have no remainder after
     *                                  multiplication of the respective amount
     *                                  with the supplied fraction for an
     *                                  order's partial fill amount to be
     *                                  considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers         An array where each element contains a
     *                                  reference to a specific offer or
     *                                  consideration, a token identifier, and a
     *                                  proof that the supplied token identifier
     *                                  is contained in the merkle root held by
     *                                  the item in question's criteria element.
     *                                  Note that an empty criteria indicates
     *                                  that any (transferable) token
     *                                  identifier on the token in question is
     *                                  valid and that no associated proof needs
     *                                  to be supplied.
     * @param offerFulfillments         An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which offer items to attempt
     *                                  to aggregate when preparing executions.
     * @param considerationFulfillments An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which consideration items to
     *                                  attempt to aggregate when preparing
     *                                  executions.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey       A bytes32 value indicating what conduit,
     *                                  if any, to source the fulfiller's token
     *                                  approvals from. The zero hash signifies
     *                                  that no conduit should be used, with
     *                                  direct approvals set on this contract.
     * @param recipient                 The intended recipient for all received
     *                                  items, with `address(0)` indicating that
     *                                  the caller should receive the items.
     * @param maximumFulfilled          The maximum number of orders to fulfill.
     *
     * @return availableOrders An array of booleans indicating if each order
     *                         with an index corresponding to the index of the
     *                         returned boolean was fulfillable or not.
     * @return executions      An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                         transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                         orders.
     */
    function fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders(
        AdvancedOrder[] calldata advancedOrders,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata offerFulfillments,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata considerationFulfillments,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient,
        uint256 maximumFulfilled
    )
        external
        payable
        returns (bool[] memory availableOrders, Execution[] memory executions);
    /**
     * @notice Match an arbitrary number of orders, each with an arbitrary
     *         number of items for offer and consideration along with as set of
     *         fulfillments allocating offer components to consideration
     *         components. Note that this function does not support
     *         criteria-based or partial filling of orders (though filling the
     *         remainder of a partially-filled order is supported).
     *
     * @param orders       The orders to match. Note that both the offerer and
     *                     fulfiller on each order must first approve this
     *                     contract (or their conduit if indicated by the order)
     *                     to transfer any relevant tokens on their behalf and
     *                     each consideration recipient must implement
     *                     `onERC1155Received` to enable ERC1155 token receipt.
     * @param fulfillments An array of elements allocating offer components to
     *                     consideration components. Note that each
     *                     consideration component must be fully met for the
     *                     match operation to be valid.
     *
     * @return executions An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                    transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                    orders.
     */
    function matchOrders(
        Order[] calldata orders,
        Fulfillment[] calldata fulfillments
    ) external payable returns (Execution[] memory executions);
    /**
     * @notice Match an arbitrary number of full or partial orders, each with an
     *         arbitrary number of items for offer and consideration, supplying
     *         criteria resolvers containing specific token identifiers and
     *         associated proofs as well as fulfillments allocating offer
     *         components to consideration components.
     *
     * @param orders            The advanced orders to match. Note that both the
     *                          offerer and fulfiller on each order must first
     *                          approve this contract (or a preferred conduit if
     *                          indicated by the order) to transfer any relevant
     *                          tokens on their behalf and each consideration
     *                          recipient must implement `onERC1155Received` in
     *                          order to receive ERC1155 tokens. Also note that
     *                          the offer and consideration components for each
     *                          order must have no remainder after multiplying
     *                          the respective amount with the supplied fraction
     *                          in order for the group of partial fills to be
     *                          considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers An array where each element contains a reference
     *                          to a specific order as well as that order's
     *                          offer or consideration, a token identifier, and
     *                          a proof that the supplied token identifier is
     *                          contained in the order's merkle root. Note that
     *                          an empty root indicates that any (transferable)
     *                          token identifier is valid and that no associated
     *                          proof needs to be supplied.
     * @param fulfillments      An array of elements allocating offer components
     *                          to consideration components. Note that each
     *                          consideration component must be fully met in
     *                          order for the match operation to be valid.
     *
     * @return executions An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                    transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                    orders.
     */
    function matchAdvancedOrders(
        AdvancedOrder[] calldata orders,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers,
        Fulfillment[] calldata fulfillments
    ) external payable returns (Execution[] memory executions);
    /**
     * @notice Cancel an arbitrary number of orders. Note that only the offerer
     *         or the zone of a given order may cancel it. Callers should ensure
     *         that the intended order was cancelled by calling `getOrderStatus`
     *         and confirming that `isCancelled` returns `true`.
     *
     * @param orders The orders to cancel.
     *
     * @return cancelled A boolean indicating whether the supplied orders have
     *                   been successfully cancelled.
     */
    function cancel(OrderComponents[] calldata orders)
        external
        returns (bool cancelled);
    /**
     * @notice Validate an arbitrary number of orders, thereby registering their
     *         signatures as valid and allowing the fulfiller to skip signature
     *         verification on fulfillment. Note that validated orders may still
     *         be unfulfillable due to invalid item amounts or other factors;
     *         callers should determine whether validated orders are fulfillable
     *         by simulating the fulfillment call prior to execution. Also note
     *         that anyone can validate a signed order, but only the offerer can
     *         validate an order without supplying a signature.
     *
     * @param orders The orders to validate.
     *
     * @return validated A boolean indicating whether the supplied orders have
     *                   been successfully validated.
     */
    function validate(Order[] calldata orders)
        external
        returns (bool validated);
    /**
     * @notice Cancel all orders from a given offerer with a given zone in bulk
     *         by incrementing a counter. Note that only the offerer may
     *         increment the counter.
     *
     * @return newCounter The new counter.
     */
    function incrementCounter() external returns (uint256 newCounter);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the order hash for a given order.
     *
     * @param order The components of the order.
     *
     * @return orderHash The order hash.
     */
    function getOrderHash(OrderComponents calldata order)
        external
        view
        returns (bytes32 orderHash);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the status of a given order by hash, including whether
     *         the order has been cancelled or validated and the fraction of the
     *         order that has been filled.
     *
     * @param orderHash The order hash in question.
     *
     * @return isValidated A boolean indicating whether the order in question
     *                     has been validated (i.e. previously approved or
     *                     partially filled).
     * @return isCancelled A boolean indicating whether the order in question
     *                     has been cancelled.
     * @return totalFilled The total portion of the order that has been filled
     *                     (i.e. the "numerator").
     * @return totalSize   The total size of the order that is either filled or
     *                     unfilled (i.e. the "denominator").
     */
    function getOrderStatus(bytes32 orderHash)
        external
        view
        returns (
            bool isValidated,
            bool isCancelled,
            uint256 totalFilled,
            uint256 totalSize
        );
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the current counter for a given offerer.
     *
     * @param offerer The offerer in question.
     *
     * @return counter The current counter.
     */
    function getCounter(address offerer)
        external
        view
        returns (uint256 counter);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve configuration information for this contract.
     *
     * @return version           The contract version.
     * @return domainSeparator   The domain separator for this contract.
     * @return conduitController The conduit Controller set for this contract.
     */
    function information()
        external
        view
        returns (
            string memory version,
            bytes32 domainSeparator,
            address conduitController
        );
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the name of this contract.
     *
     * @return contractName The name of this contract.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory contractName);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
// prettier-ignore
import {
    OrderType,
    BasicOrderType,
    ItemType,
    Side
} from "./ConsiderationEnums.sol";
/**
 * @dev An order contains eleven components: an offerer, a zone (or account that
 *      can cancel the order or restrict who can fulfill the order depending on
 *      the type), the order type (specifying partial fill support as well as
 *      restricted order status), the start and end time, a hash that will be
 *      provided to the zone when validating restricted orders, a salt, a key
 *      corresponding to a given conduit, a counter, and an arbitrary number of
 *      offer items that can be spent along with consideration items that must
 *      be received by their respective recipient.
 */
struct OrderComponents {
    address offerer;
    address zone;
    OfferItem[] offer;
    ConsiderationItem[] consideration;
    OrderType orderType;
    uint256 startTime;
    uint256 endTime;
    bytes32 zoneHash;
    uint256 salt;
    bytes32 conduitKey;
    uint256 counter;
}
/**
 * @dev An offer item has five components: an item type (ETH or other native
 *      tokens, ERC20, ERC721, and ERC1155, as well as criteria-based ERC721 and
 *      ERC1155), a token address, a dual-purpose "identifierOrCriteria"
 *      component that will either represent a tokenId or a merkle root
 *      depending on the item type, and a start and end amount that support
 *      increasing or decreasing amounts over the duration of the respective
 *      order.
 */
struct OfferItem {
    ItemType itemType;
    address token;
    uint256 identifierOrCriteria;
    uint256 startAmount;
    uint256 endAmount;
}
/**
 * @dev A consideration item has the same five components as an offer item and
 *      an additional sixth component designating the required recipient of the
 *      item.
 */
struct ConsiderationItem {
    ItemType itemType;
    address token;
    uint256 identifierOrCriteria;
    uint256 startAmount;
    uint256 endAmount;
    address payable recipient;
}
/**
 * @dev A spent item is translated from a utilized offer item and has four
 *      components: an item type (ETH or other native tokens, ERC20, ERC721, and
 *      ERC1155), a token address, a tokenId, and an amount.
 */
struct SpentItem {
    ItemType itemType;
    address token;
    uint256 identifier;
    uint256 amount;
}
/**
 * @dev A received item is translated from a utilized consideration item and has
 *      the same four components as a spent item, as well as an additional fifth
 *      component designating the required recipient of the item.
 */
struct ReceivedItem {
    ItemType itemType;
    address token;
    uint256 identifier;
    uint256 amount;
    address payable recipient;
}
/**
 * @dev For basic orders involving ETH / native / ERC20 <=> ERC721 / ERC1155
 *      matching, a group of six functions may be called that only requires a
 *      subset of the usual order arguments. Note the use of a "basicOrderType"
 *      enum; this represents both the usual order type as well as the "route"
 *      of the basic order (a simple derivation function for the basic order
 *      type is `basicOrderType = orderType + (4 * basicOrderRoute)`.)
 */
struct BasicOrderParameters {
    // calldata offset
    address considerationToken; // 0x24
    uint256 considerationIdentifier; // 0x44
    uint256 considerationAmount; // 0x64
    address payable offerer; // 0x84
    address zone; // 0xa4
    address offerToken; // 0xc4
    uint256 offerIdentifier; // 0xe4
    uint256 offerAmount; // 0x104
    BasicOrderType basicOrderType; // 0x124
    uint256 startTime; // 0x144
    uint256 endTime; // 0x164
    bytes32 zoneHash; // 0x184
    uint256 salt; // 0x1a4
    bytes32 offererConduitKey; // 0x1c4
    bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey; // 0x1e4
    uint256 totalOriginalAdditionalRecipients; // 0x204
    AdditionalRecipient[] additionalRecipients; // 0x224
    bytes signature; // 0x244
    // Total length, excluding dynamic array data: 0x264 (580)
}
/**
 * @dev Basic orders can supply any number of additional recipients, with the
 *      implied assumption that they are supplied from the offered ETH (or other
 *      native token) or ERC20 token for the order.
 */
struct AdditionalRecipient {
    uint256 amount;
    address payable recipient;
}
/**
 * @dev The full set of order components, with the exception of the counter,
 *      must be supplied when fulfilling more sophisticated orders or groups of
 *      orders. The total number of original consideration items must also be
 *      supplied, as the caller may specify additional consideration items.
 */
struct OrderParameters {
    address offerer; // 0x00
    address zone; // 0x20
    OfferItem[] offer; // 0x40
    ConsiderationItem[] consideration; // 0x60
    OrderType orderType; // 0x80
    uint256 startTime; // 0xa0
    uint256 endTime; // 0xc0
    bytes32 zoneHash; // 0xe0
    uint256 salt; // 0x100
    bytes32 conduitKey; // 0x120
    uint256 totalOriginalConsiderationItems; // 0x140
    // offer.length                          // 0x160
}
/**
 * @dev Orders require a signature in addition to the other order parameters.
 */
struct Order {
    OrderParameters parameters;
    bytes signature;
}
/**
 * @dev Advanced orders include a numerator (i.e. a fraction to attempt to fill)
 *      and a denominator (the total size of the order) in addition to the
 *      signature and other order parameters. It also supports an optional field
 *      for supplying extra data; this data will be included in a staticcall to
 *      `isValidOrderIncludingExtraData` on the zone for the order if the order
 *      type is restricted and the offerer or zone are not the caller.
 */
struct AdvancedOrder {
    OrderParameters parameters;
    uint120 numerator;
    uint120 denominator;
    bytes signature;
    bytes extraData;
}
/**
 * @dev Orders can be validated (either explicitly via `validate`, or as a
 *      consequence of a full or partial fill), specifically cancelled (they can
 *      also be cancelled in bulk via incrementing a per-zone counter), and
 *      partially or fully filled (with the fraction filled represented by a
 *      numerator and denominator).
 */
struct OrderStatus {
    bool isValidated;
    bool isCancelled;
    uint120 numerator;
    uint120 denominator;
}
/**
 * @dev A criteria resolver specifies an order, side (offer vs. consideration),
 *      and item index. It then provides a chosen identifier (i.e. tokenId)
 *      alongside a merkle proof demonstrating the identifier meets the required
 *      criteria.
 */
struct CriteriaResolver {
    uint256 orderIndex;
    Side side;
    uint256 index;
    uint256 identifier;
    bytes32[] criteriaProof;
}
/**
 * @dev A fulfillment is applied to a group of orders. It decrements a series of
 *      offer and consideration items, then generates a single execution
 *      element. A given fulfillment can be applied to as many offer and
 *      consideration items as desired, but must contain at least one offer and
 *      at least one consideration that match. The fulfillment must also remain
 *      consistent on all key parameters across all offer items (same offerer,
 *      token, type, tokenId, and conduit preference) as well as across all
 *      consideration items (token, type, tokenId, and recipient).
 */
struct Fulfillment {
    FulfillmentComponent[] offerComponents;
    FulfillmentComponent[] considerationComponents;
}
/**
 * @dev Each fulfillment component contains one index referencing a specific
 *      order and another referencing a specific offer or consideration item.
 */
struct FulfillmentComponent {
    uint256 orderIndex;
    uint256 itemIndex;
}
/**
 * @dev An execution is triggered once all consideration items have been zeroed
 *      out. It sends the item in question from the offerer to the item's
 *      recipient, optionally sourcing approvals from either this contract
 *      directly or from the offerer's chosen conduit if one is specified. An
 *      execution is not provided as an argument, but rather is derived via
 *      orders, criteria resolvers, and fulfillments (where the total number of
 *      executions will be less than or equal to the total number of indicated
 *      fulfillments) and returned as part of `matchOrders`.
 */
struct Execution {
    ReceivedItem item;
    address offerer;
    bytes32 conduitKey;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
import { SeaportInterface } from "../../interfaces/SeaportInterface.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
    AdvancedOrder,
    CriteriaResolver,
    Order,
    OrderComponents,
    Fulfillment,
    Execution
} from "../../lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
/**
 * @title  PausableZone
 * @author cupOJoseph, BCLeFevre, ryanio
 * @notice PausableZone is a simple zone implementation that approves every
 *         order. It can be self-destructed by its controller to pause
 *         restricted orders that have it set as their zone.
 */
interface PausableZoneInterface {
    /**
     * @notice Cancel an arbitrary number of orders that have agreed to use the
     *         contract as their zone.
     *
     * @param seaport  The Seaport address.
     * @param orders   The orders to cancel.
     *
     * @return cancelled A boolean indicating whether the supplied orders have
     *                   been successfully cancelled.
     */
    function cancelOrders(
        SeaportInterface seaport,
        OrderComponents[] calldata orders
    ) external returns (bool cancelled);
    /**
     * @notice Execute an arbitrary number of matched orders, each with
     *         an arbitrary number of items for offer and consideration
     *         along with a set of fulfillments allocating offer components
     *         to consideration components.
     *
     * @param seaport      The Seaport address.
     * @param orders       The orders to match.
     * @param fulfillments An array of elements allocating offer components
     *                     to consideration components.
     *
     * @return executions An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                    transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                    orders.
     */
    function executeMatchOrders(
        SeaportInterface seaport,
        Order[] calldata orders,
        Fulfillment[] calldata fulfillments
    ) external payable returns (Execution[] memory executions);
    /**
     * @notice Execute an arbitrary number of matched advanced orders,
     *         each with an arbitrary number of items for offer and
     *         consideration along with a set of fulfillments allocating
     *         offer components to consideration components.
     *
     * @param seaport           The Seaport address.
     * @param orders            The orders to match.
     * @param criteriaResolvers An array where each element contains a reference
     *                          to a specific order as well as that order's
     *                          offer or consideration, a token identifier, and
     *                          a proof that the supplied token identifier is
     *                          contained in the order's merkle root.
     * @param fulfillments      An array of elements allocating offer components
     *                          to consideration components.
     *
     * @return executions An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                    transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                    orders.
     */
    function executeMatchAdvancedOrders(
        SeaportInterface seaport,
        AdvancedOrder[] calldata orders,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers,
        Fulfillment[] calldata fulfillments
    ) external payable returns (Execution[] memory executions);
    /**
     * @notice Pause this contract, safely stopping orders from using
     *         the contract as a zone. Restricted orders with this address as a
     *         zone will not be fulfillable unless the zone is redeployed to the
     *         same address.
     */
    function pause() external;
    /**
     * @notice Assign the given address with the ability to operate the zone.
     *
     * @param operatorToAssign The address to assign as the operator.
     */
    function assignOperator(address operatorToAssign) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
// prettier-ignore
enum OrderType {
    // 0: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    FULL_OPEN,
    // 1: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 2: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 3: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    PARTIAL_RESTRICTED
}
// prettier-ignore
enum BasicOrderType {
    // 0: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC721_FULL_OPEN,
    // 1: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC721_PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 2: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC721_FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 3: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC721_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,
    // 4: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC1155_FULL_OPEN,
    // 5: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC1155_PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 6: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC1155_FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 7: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC1155_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,
    // 8: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC721_FULL_OPEN,
    // 9: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC721_PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 10: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC721_FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 11: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC721_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,
    // 12: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC1155_FULL_OPEN,
    // 13: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC1155_PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 14: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC1155_FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 15: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC1155_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,
    // 16: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ERC721_TO_ERC20_FULL_OPEN,
    // 17: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ERC721_TO_ERC20_PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 18: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC721_TO_ERC20_FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 19: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC721_TO_ERC20_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,
    // 20: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ERC1155_TO_ERC20_FULL_OPEN,
    // 21: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ERC1155_TO_ERC20_PARTIAL_OPEN,
    // 22: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC1155_TO_ERC20_FULL_RESTRICTED,
    // 23: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC1155_TO_ERC20_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED
}
// prettier-ignore
enum BasicOrderRouteType {
    // 0: provide Ether (or other native token) to receive offered ERC721 item.
    ETH_TO_ERC721,
    // 1: provide Ether (or other native token) to receive offered ERC1155 item.
    ETH_TO_ERC1155,
    // 2: provide ERC20 item to receive offered ERC721 item.
    ERC20_TO_ERC721,
    // 3: provide ERC20 item to receive offered ERC1155 item.
    ERC20_TO_ERC1155,
    // 4: provide ERC721 item to receive offered ERC20 item.
    ERC721_TO_ERC20,
    // 5: provide ERC1155 item to receive offered ERC20 item.
    ERC1155_TO_ERC20
}
// prettier-ignore
enum ItemType {
    // 0: ETH on mainnet, MATIC on polygon, etc.
    NATIVE,
    // 1: ERC20 items (ERC777 and ERC20 analogues could also technically work)
    ERC20,
    // 2: ERC721 items
    ERC721,
    // 3: ERC1155 items
    ERC1155,
    // 4: ERC721 items where a number of tokenIds are supported
    ERC721_WITH_CRITERIA,
    // 5: ERC1155 items where a number of ids are supported
    ERC1155_WITH_CRITERIA
}
// prettier-ignore
enum Side {
    // 0: Items that can be spent
    OFFER,
    // 1: Items that must be received
    CONSIDERATION
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
import { ConduitInterface } from "../interfaces/ConduitInterface.sol";
import { ConduitItemType } from "./lib/ConduitEnums.sol";
import { TokenTransferrer } from "../lib/TokenTransferrer.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
    ConduitTransfer,
    ConduitBatch1155Transfer
} from "./lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
import "./lib/ConduitConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title Conduit
 * @author 0age
 * @notice This contract serves as an originator for "proxied" transfers. Each
 *         conduit is deployed and controlled by a "conduit controller" that can
 *         add and remove "channels" or contracts that can instruct the conduit
 *         to transfer approved ERC20/721/1155 tokens. *IMPORTANT NOTE: each
 *         conduit has an owner that can arbitrarily add or remove channels, and
 *         a malicious or negligent owner can add a channel that allows for any
 *         approved ERC20/721/1155 tokens to be taken immediately — be extremely
 *         cautious with what conduits you give token approvals to!*
 */
contract Conduit is ConduitInterface, TokenTransferrer {
    // Set deployer as an immutable controller that can update channel statuses.
    address private immutable _controller;
    // Track the status of each channel.
    mapping(address => bool) private _channels;
    /**
     * @notice Ensure that the caller is currently registered as an open channel
     *         on the conduit.
     */
    modifier onlyOpenChannel() {
        // Utilize assembly to access channel storage mapping directly.
        assembly {
            // Write the caller to scratch space.
            mstore(ChannelKey_channel_ptr, caller())
            // Write the storage slot for _channels to scratch space.
            mstore(ChannelKey_slot_ptr, _channels.slot)
            // Derive the position in storage of _channels[msg.sender]
            // and check if the stored value is zero.
            if iszero(
                sload(keccak256(ChannelKey_channel_ptr, ChannelKey_length))
            ) {
                // The caller is not an open channel; revert with
                // ChannelClosed(caller). First, set error signature in memory.
                mstore(ChannelClosed_error_ptr, ChannelClosed_error_signature)
                // Next, set the caller as the argument.
                mstore(ChannelClosed_channel_ptr, caller())
                // Finally, revert, returning full custom error with argument.
                revert(ChannelClosed_error_ptr, ChannelClosed_error_length)
            }
        }
        // Continue with function execution.
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @notice In the constructor, set the deployer as the controller.
     */
    constructor() {
        // Set the deployer as the controller.
        _controller = msg.sender;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of ERC20/721/1155 transfers. Only a caller
     *         with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
     *         are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
     *         that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
     *         multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
     *         expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
     *         items if that constraint is desired.
     *
     * @param transfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function execute(ConduitTransfer[] calldata transfers)
        external
        override
        onlyOpenChannel
        returns (bytes4 magicValue)
    {
        // Retrieve the total number of transfers and place on the stack.
        uint256 totalStandardTransfers = transfers.length;
        // Iterate over each transfer.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalStandardTransfers; ) {
            // Retrieve the transfer in question and perform the transfer.
            _transfer(transfers[i]);
            // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
        magicValue = this.execute.selector;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of batch 1155 item transfers. Only a caller
     *         with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
     *         are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
     *         that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
     *         multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
     *         expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
     *         items if that constraint is desired.
     *
     * @param batchTransfers The 1155 batch item transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the item transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function executeBatch1155(
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
    ) external override onlyOpenChannel returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
        // Perform 1155 batch transfers. Note that memory should be considered
        // entirely corrupted from this point forward.
        _performERC1155BatchTransfers(batchTransfers);
        // Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
        magicValue = this.executeBatch1155.selector;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of transfers, both single ERC20/721/1155 item
     *         transfers as well as batch 1155 item transfers. Only a caller
     *         with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
     *         are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
     *         that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
     *         multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
     *         expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
     *         items if that constraint is desired.
     *
     * @param standardTransfers The ERC20/721/1155 item transfers to perform.
     * @param batchTransfers    The 1155 batch item transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the item transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function executeWithBatch1155(
        ConduitTransfer[] calldata standardTransfers,
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
    ) external override onlyOpenChannel returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
        // Retrieve the total number of transfers and place on the stack.
        uint256 totalStandardTransfers = standardTransfers.length;
        // Iterate over each standard transfer.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalStandardTransfers; ) {
            // Retrieve the transfer in question and perform the transfer.
            _transfer(standardTransfers[i]);
            // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Perform 1155 batch transfers. Note that memory should be considered
        // entirely corrupted from this point forward aside from the free memory
        // pointer having the default value.
        _performERC1155BatchTransfers(batchTransfers);
        // Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
        magicValue = this.executeWithBatch1155.selector;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Open or close a given channel. Only callable by the controller.
     *
     * @param channel The channel to open or close.
     * @param isOpen  The status of the channel (either open or closed).
     */
    function updateChannel(address channel, bool isOpen) external override {
        // Ensure that the caller is the controller of this contract.
        if (msg.sender != _controller) {
            revert InvalidController();
        }
        // Ensure that the channel does not already have the indicated status.
        if (_channels[channel] == isOpen) {
            revert ChannelStatusAlreadySet(channel, isOpen);
        }
        // Update the status of the channel.
        _channels[channel] = isOpen;
        // Emit a corresponding event.
        emit ChannelUpdated(channel, isOpen);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer a given ERC20/721/1155 item. Note that
     *      channels are expected to implement checks against transferring any
     *      zero-amount items if that constraint is desired.
     *
     * @param item The ERC20/721/1155 item to transfer.
     */
    function _transfer(ConduitTransfer calldata item) internal {
        // Determine the transfer method based on the respective item type.
        if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC20) {
            // Transfer ERC20 token. Note that item.identifier is ignored and
            // therefore ERC20 transfer items are potentially malleable — this
            // check should be performed by the calling channel if a constraint
            // on item malleability is desired.
            _performERC20Transfer(item.token, item.from, item.to, item.amount);
        } else if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC721) {
            // Ensure that exactly one 721 item is being transferred.
            if (item.amount != 1) {
                revert InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
            }
            // Transfer ERC721 token.
            _performERC721Transfer(
                item.token,
                item.from,
                item.to,
                item.identifier
            );
        } else if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC1155) {
            // Transfer ERC1155 token.
            _performERC1155Transfer(
                item.token,
                item.from,
                item.to,
                item.identifier,
                item.amount
            );
        } else {
            // Throw with an error.
            revert InvalidItemType();
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
// prettier-ignore
import {
    ConduitTransfer,
    ConduitBatch1155Transfer
} from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
/**
 * @title ConduitInterface
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ConduitInterface contains all external function interfaces, events,
 *         and errors for conduit contracts.
 */
interface ConduitInterface {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute transfers using a
     *      caller that does not have an open channel.
     */
    error ChannelClosed(address channel);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update a channel to the
     *      current status of that channel.
     */
    error ChannelStatusAlreadySet(address channel, bool isOpen);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute a transfer for an
     *      item that does not have an ERC20/721/1155 item type.
     */
    error InvalidItemType();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update the status of a
     *      channel from a caller that is not the conduit controller.
     */
    error InvalidController();
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever a channel is opened or closed.
     *
     * @param channel The channel that has been updated.
     * @param open    A boolean indicating whether the conduit is open or not.
     */
    event ChannelUpdated(address indexed channel, bool open);
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of ERC20/721/1155 transfers. Only a caller
     *         with an open channel can call this function.
     *
     * @param transfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function execute(ConduitTransfer[] calldata transfers)
        external
        returns (bytes4 magicValue);
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of batch 1155 transfers. Only a caller with an
     *         open channel can call this function.
     *
     * @param batch1155Transfers The 1155 batch transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function executeBatch1155(
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batch1155Transfers
    ) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of transfers, both single and batch 1155. Only
     *         a caller with an open channel can call this function.
     *
     * @param standardTransfers  The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
     * @param batch1155Transfers The 1155 batch transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function executeWithBatch1155(
        ConduitTransfer[] calldata standardTransfers,
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batch1155Transfers
    ) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);
    /**
     * @notice Open or close a given channel. Only callable by the controller.
     *
     * @param channel The channel to open or close.
     * @param isOpen  The status of the channel (either open or closed).
     */
    function updateChannel(address channel, bool isOpen) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
enum ConduitItemType {
    NATIVE, // unused
    ERC20,
    ERC721,
    ERC1155
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
import "./TokenTransferrerConstants.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
    TokenTransferrerErrors
} from "../interfaces/TokenTransferrerErrors.sol";
import { ConduitBatch1155Transfer } from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
/**
 * @title TokenTransferrer
 * @author 0age
 * @custom:coauthor d1ll0n
 * @custom:coauthor transmissions11
 * @notice TokenTransferrer is a library for performing optimized ERC20, ERC721,
 *         ERC1155, and batch ERC1155 transfers, used by both Seaport as well as
 *         by conduits deployed by the ConduitController. Use great caution when
 *         considering these functions for use in other codebases, as there are
 *         significant side effects and edge cases that need to be thoroughly
 *         understood and carefully addressed.
 */
contract TokenTransferrer is TokenTransferrerErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC20 tokens from a given originator
     *      to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on the
     *      contract performing the transfer.
     *
     * @param token      The ERC20 token to transfer.
     * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount to transfer.
     */
    function _performERC20Transfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC20 token transfer.
        assembly {
            // The free memory pointer memory slot will be used when populating
            // call data for the transfer; read the value and restore it later.
            let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            // Write call data into memory, starting with function selector.
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr, ERC20_transferFrom_signature)
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr, from)
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr, to)
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr, amount)
            // Make call & copy up to 32 bytes of return data to scratch space.
            // Scratch space does not need to be cleared ahead of time, as the
            // subsequent check will ensure that either at least a full word of
            // return data is received (in which case it will be overwritten) or
            // that no data is received (in which case scratch space will be
            // ignored) on a successful call to the given token.
            let callStatus := call(
                gas(),
                token,
                0,
                ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC20_transferFrom_length,
                0,
                OneWord
            )
            // Determine whether transfer was successful using status & result.
            let success := and(
                // Set success to whether the call reverted, if not check it
                // either returned exactly 1 (can't just be non-zero data), or
                // had no return data.
                or(
                    and(eq(mload(0), 1), gt(returndatasize(), 31)),
                    iszero(returndatasize())
                ),
                callStatus
            )
            // Handle cases where either the transfer failed or no data was
            // returned. Group these, as most transfers will succeed with data.
            // Equivalent to `or(iszero(success), iszero(returndatasize()))`
            // but after it's inverted for JUMPI this expression is cheaper.
            if iszero(and(success, iszero(iszero(returndatasize())))) {
                // If the token has no code or the transfer failed: Equivalent
                // to `or(iszero(success), iszero(extcodesize(token)))` but
                // after it's inverted for JUMPI this expression is cheaper.
                if iszero(and(iszero(iszero(extcodesize(token))), success)) {
                    // If the transfer failed:
                    if iszero(success) {
                        // If it was due to a revert:
                        if iszero(callStatus) {
                            // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as
                            // sufficient gas remains to do so:
                            if returndatasize() {
                                // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to
                                // copy returndata while expanding memory where
                                // necessary. Start by computing the word size
                                // of returndata and allocated memory. Round up
                                // to the nearest full word.
                                let returnDataWords := div(
                                    add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                                    OneWord
                                )
                                // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of
                                // msize() to work around a Yul warning that
                                // prevents accessing msize directly when the IR
                                // pipeline is activated.
                                let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
                                // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                                let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                                // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                                if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                                    cost := add(
                                        cost,
                                        add(
                                            mul(
                                                sub(
                                                    returnDataWords,
                                                    msizeWords
                                                ),
                                                CostPerWord
                                            ),
                                            div(
                                                sub(
                                                    mul(
                                                        returnDataWords,
                                                        returnDataWords
                                                    ),
                                                    mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                                ),
                                                MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                            )
                                        )
                                    )
                                }
                                // Finally, add a small constant and compare to
                                // gas remaining; bubble up the revert data if
                                // enough gas is still available.
                                if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                                    // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite
                                    // existing memory.
                                    returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                                    // Revert, specifying memory region with
                                    // copied returndata.
                                    revert(0, returndatasize())
                                }
                            }
                            // Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                            )
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr,
                                token
                            )
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr,
                                from
                            )
                            mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                            mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, 0)
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr,
                                amount
                            )
                            revert(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                            )
                        }
                        // Otherwise revert with a message about the token
                        // returning false or non-compliant return values.
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr,
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_signature
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr,
                            token
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr,
                            from
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr,
                            to
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr,
                            amount
                        )
                        revert(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr,
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length
                        )
                    }
                    // Otherwise, revert with error about token not having code:
                    mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                    mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                    revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
                }
                // Otherwise, the token just returned no data despite the call
                // having succeeded; no need to optimize for this as it's not
                // technically ERC20 compliant.
            }
            // Restore the original free memory pointer.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
            // Restore the zero slot to zero.
            mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer an ERC721 token from a given
     *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
     *      the contract performing the transfer. Note that this function does
     *      not check whether the receiver can accept the ERC721 token (i.e. it
     *      does not use `safeTransferFrom`).
     *
     * @param token      The ERC721 token to transfer.
     * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param identifier The tokenId to transfer.
     */
    function _performERC721Transfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC721 token transfer.
        assembly {
            // If the token has no code, revert.
            if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
            }
            // The free memory pointer memory slot will be used when populating
            // call data for the transfer; read the value and restore it later.
            let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            // Write call data to memory starting with function selector.
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr, ERC721_transferFrom_signature)
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr, from)
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr, to)
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr, identifier)
            // Perform the call, ignoring return data.
            let success := call(
                gas(),
                token,
                0,
                ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC721_transferFrom_length,
                0,
                0
            )
            // If the transfer reverted:
            if iszero(success) {
                // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient
                // gas remains to do so:
                if returndatasize() {
                    // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                    // returndata while expanding memory where necessary. Start
                    // by computing word size of returndata & allocated memory.
                    // Round up to the nearest full word.
                    let returnDataWords := div(
                        add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                        OneWord
                    )
                    // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to
                    // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize
                    // directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                    let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
                    // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                    let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                    // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                    if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                        cost := add(
                            cost,
                            add(
                                mul(
                                    sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                    CostPerWord
                                ),
                                div(
                                    sub(
                                        mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
                                        mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                    ),
                                    MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                )
                            )
                        )
                    }
                    // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                    // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                    // still available.
                    if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                        // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
                        returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                        // Revert, giving memory region with copied returndata.
                        revert(0, returndatasize())
                    }
                }
                // Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
                mstore(
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                )
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr, token)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr, from)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, identifier)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr, 1)
                revert(
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                )
            }
            // Restore the original free memory pointer.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
            // Restore the zero slot to zero.
            mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given
     *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
     *      the contract performing the transfer and contract recipients must
     *      implement the ERC1155TokenReceiver interface to indicate that they
     *      are willing to accept the transfer.
     *
     * @param token      The ERC1155 token to transfer.
     * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param identifier The id to transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount to transfer.
     */
    function _performERC1155Transfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC1155 token transfer.
        assembly {
            // If the token has no code, revert.
            if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
            }
            // The following memory slots will be used when populating call data
            // for the transfer; read the values and restore them later.
            let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            let slot0x80 := mload(Slot0x80)
            let slot0xA0 := mload(Slot0xA0)
            let slot0xC0 := mload(Slot0xC0)
            // Write call data into memory, beginning with function selector.
            mstore(
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature
            )
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr, from)
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr, to)
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr, identifier)
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr, amount)
            mstore(
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset
            )
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr, 0)
            // Perform the call, ignoring return data.
            let success := call(
                gas(),
                token,
                0,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length,
                0,
                0
            )
            // If the transfer reverted:
            if iszero(success) {
                // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient
                // gas remains to do so:
                if returndatasize() {
                    // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                    // returndata while expanding memory where necessary. Start
                    // by computing word size of returndata & allocated memory.
                    // Round up to the nearest full word.
                    let returnDataWords := div(
                        add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                        OneWord
                    )
                    // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to
                    // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize
                    // directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                    let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
                    // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                    let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                    // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                    if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                        cost := add(
                            cost,
                            add(
                                mul(
                                    sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                    CostPerWord
                                ),
                                div(
                                    sub(
                                        mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
                                        mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                    ),
                                    MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                )
                            )
                        )
                    }
                    // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                    // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                    // still available.
                    if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                        // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
                        returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                        // Revert, giving memory region with copied returndata.
                        revert(0, returndatasize())
                    }
                }
                // Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
                mstore(
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                )
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr, token)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr, from)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, identifier)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr, amount)
                revert(
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                )
            }
            mstore(Slot0x80, slot0x80) // Restore slot 0x80.
            mstore(Slot0xA0, slot0xA0) // Restore slot 0xA0.
            mstore(Slot0xC0, slot0xC0) // Restore slot 0xC0.
            // Restore the original free memory pointer.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
            // Restore the zero slot to zero.
            mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given
     *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
     *      the contract performing the transfer and contract recipients must
     *      implement the ERC1155TokenReceiver interface to indicate that they
     *      are willing to accept the transfer. NOTE: this function is not
     *      memory-safe; it will overwrite existing memory, restore the free
     *      memory pointer to the default value, and overwrite the zero slot.
     *      This function should only be called once memory is no longer
     *      required and when uninitialized arrays are not utilized, and memory
     *      should be considered fully corrupted (aside from the existence of a
     *      default-value free memory pointer) after calling this function.
     *
     * @param batchTransfers The group of 1155 batch transfers to perform.
     */
    function _performERC1155BatchTransfers(
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform optimized batch 1155 transfers.
        assembly {
            let len := batchTransfers.length
            // Pointer to first head in the array, which is offset to the struct
            // at each index. This gets incremented after each loop to avoid
            // multiplying by 32 to get the offset for each element.
            let nextElementHeadPtr := batchTransfers.offset
            // Pointer to beginning of the head of the array. This is the
            // reference position each offset references. It's held static to
            // let each loop calculate the data position for an element.
            let arrayHeadPtr := nextElementHeadPtr
            // Write the function selector, which will be reused for each call:
            // safeBatchTransferFrom(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)
            mstore(
                ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset,
                ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature
            )
            // Iterate over each batch transfer.
            for {
                let i := 0
            } lt(i, len) {
                i := add(i, 1)
            } {
                // Read the offset to the beginning of the element and add
                // it to pointer to the beginning of the array head to get
                // the absolute position of the element in calldata.
                let elementPtr := add(
                    arrayHeadPtr,
                    calldataload(nextElementHeadPtr)
                )
                // Retrieve the token from calldata.
                let token := calldataload(elementPtr)
                // If the token has no code, revert.
                if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                    mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                    mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                    revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
                }
                // Get the total number of supplied ids.
                let idsLength := calldataload(
                    add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset)
                )
                // Determine the expected offset for the amounts array.
                let expectedAmountsOffset := add(
                    ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset,
                    mul(idsLength, OneWord)
                )
                // Validate struct encoding.
                let invalidEncoding := iszero(
                    and(
                        // ids.length == amounts.length
                        eq(
                            idsLength,
                            calldataload(add(elementPtr, expectedAmountsOffset))
                        ),
                        and(
                            // ids_offset == 0xa0
                            eq(
                                calldataload(
                                    add(
                                        elementPtr,
                                        ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset
                                    )
                                ),
                                ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset
                            ),
                            // amounts_offset == 0xc0 + ids.length*32
                            eq(
                                calldataload(
                                    add(
                                        elementPtr,
                                        ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset
                                    )
                                ),
                                expectedAmountsOffset
                            )
                        )
                    )
                )
                // Revert with an error if the encoding is not valid.
                if invalidEncoding {
                    mstore(
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector
                    )
                    revert(
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length
                    )
                }
                // Update the offset position for the next loop
                nextElementHeadPtr := add(nextElementHeadPtr, OneWord)
                // Copy the first section of calldata (before dynamic values).
                calldatacopy(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr,
                    add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset),
                    ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size
                )
                // Determine size of calldata required for ids and amounts. Note
                // that the size includes both lengths as well as the data.
                let idsAndAmountsSize := add(TwoWords, mul(idsLength, TwoWords))
                // Update the offset for the data array in memory.
                mstore(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr,
                    add(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset,
                        idsAndAmountsSize
                    )
                )
                // Set the length of the data array in memory to zero.
                mstore(
                    add(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr,
                        idsAndAmountsSize
                    ),
                    0
                )
                // Determine the total calldata size for the call to transfer.
                let transferDataSize := add(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize,
                    idsAndAmountsSize
                )
                // Copy second section of calldata (including dynamic values).
                calldatacopy(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr,
                    add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset),
                    idsAndAmountsSize
                )
                // Perform the call to transfer 1155 tokens.
                let success := call(
                    gas(),
                    token,
                    0,
                    ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset, // Data portion start.
                    transferDataSize, // Location of the length of callData.
                    0,
                    0
                )
                // If the transfer reverted:
                if iszero(success) {
                    // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as
                    // sufficient gas remains to do so:
                    if returndatasize() {
                        // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                        // returndata while expanding memory where necessary.
                        // Start by computing word size of returndata and
                        // allocated memory. Round up to the nearest full word.
                        let returnDataWords := div(
                            add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                            OneWord
                        )
                        // Note: use transferDataSize in place of msize() to
                        // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing
                        // msize directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                        // The free memory pointer is not used here because
                        // this function does almost all memory management
                        // manually and does not update it, and transferDataSize
                        // should be the largest memory value used (unless a
                        // previous batch was larger).
                        let msizeWords := div(transferDataSize, OneWord)
                        // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                        let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                        // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                        if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                            cost := add(
                                cost,
                                add(
                                    mul(
                                        sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                        CostPerWord
                                    ),
                                    div(
                                        sub(
                                            mul(
                                                returnDataWords,
                                                returnDataWords
                                            ),
                                            mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                        ),
                                        MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                    )
                                )
                            )
                        }
                        // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                        // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                        // still available.
                        if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                            // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing.
                            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                            // Revert with memory region containing returndata.
                            revert(0, returndatasize())
                        }
                    }
                    // Set the error signature.
                    mstore(
                        0,
                        ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                    )
                    // Write the token.
                    mstore(ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr, token)
                    // Increase the offset to ids by 32.
                    mstore(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr,
                        ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset
                    )
                    // Increase the offset to amounts by 32.
                    mstore(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr,
                        add(
                            OneWord,
                            mload(BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr)
                        )
                    )
                    // Return modified region. The total size stays the same as
                    // `token` uses the same number of bytes as `data.length`.
                    revert(0, transferDataSize)
                }
            }
            // Reset the free memory pointer to the default value; memory must
            // be assumed to be dirtied and not reused from this point forward.
            // Also note that the zero slot is not reset to zero, meaning empty
            // arrays cannot be safely created or utilized until it is restored.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, DefaultFreeMemoryPointer)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
import { ConduitItemType } from "./ConduitEnums.sol";
struct ConduitTransfer {
    ConduitItemType itemType;
    address token;
    address from;
    address to;
    uint256 identifier;
    uint256 amount;
}
struct ConduitBatch1155Transfer {
    address token;
    address from;
    address to;
    uint256[] ids;
    uint256[] amounts;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
// error ChannelClosed(address channel)
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_signature = (
    0x93daadf200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_channel_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_length = 0x24;
// For the mapping:
// mapping(address => bool) channels
// The position in storage for a particular account is:
// keccak256(abi.encode(account, channels.slot))
uint256 constant ChannelKey_channel_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant ChannelKey_slot_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant ChannelKey_length = 0x40;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
/*
 * -------------------------- Disambiguation & Other Notes ---------------------
 *    - The term "head" is used as it is in the documentation for ABI encoding,
 *      but only in reference to dynamic types, i.e. it always refers to the
 *      offset or pointer to the body of a dynamic type. In calldata, the head
 *      is always an offset (relative to the parent object), while in memory,
 *      the head is always the pointer to the body. More information found here:
 *      https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.8.14/abi-spec.html#argument-encoding
 *        - Note that the length of an array is separate from and precedes the
 *          head of the array.
 *
 *    - The term "body" is used in place of the term "head" used in the ABI
 *      documentation. It refers to the start of the data for a dynamic type,
 *      e.g. the first word of a struct or the first word of the first element
 *      in an array.
 *
 *    - The term "pointer" is used to describe the absolute position of a value
 *      and never an offset relative to another value.
 *        - The suffix "_ptr" refers to a memory pointer.
 *        - The suffix "_cdPtr" refers to a calldata pointer.
 *
 *    - The term "offset" is used to describe the position of a value relative
 *      to some parent value. For example, OrderParameters_conduit_offset is the
 *      offset to the "conduit" value in the OrderParameters struct relative to
 *      the start of the body.
 *        - Note: Offsets are used to derive pointers.
 *
 *    - Some structs have pointers defined for all of their fields in this file.
 *      Lines which are commented out are fields that are not used in the
 *      codebase but have been left in for readability.
 */
uint256 constant AlmostOneWord = 0x1f;
uint256 constant OneWord = 0x20;
uint256 constant TwoWords = 0x40;
uint256 constant ThreeWords = 0x60;
uint256 constant FreeMemoryPointerSlot = 0x40;
uint256 constant ZeroSlot = 0x60;
uint256 constant DefaultFreeMemoryPointer = 0x80;
uint256 constant Slot0x80 = 0x80;
uint256 constant Slot0xA0 = 0xa0;
uint256 constant Slot0xC0 = 0xc0;
// abi.encodeWithSignature("transferFrom(address,address,uint256)")
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_signature = (
    0x23b872dd00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_length = 0x64; // 4 + 32 * 3 == 100
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
//     "safeTransferFrom(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"
// )
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature = (
    0xf242432a00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr = 0x84;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length = 0xc4; // 4 + 32 * 6 == 196
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset = 0xa0;
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
//     "safeBatchTransferFrom(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"
// )
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature = (
    0x2eb2c2d600000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
bytes4 constant ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_selector = bytes4(
    bytes32(ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature)
);
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_signature = ERC20_transferFrom_signature;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_length = 0x64; // 4 + 32 * 3 == 100
// abi.encodeWithSignature("NoContract(address)")
uint256 constant NoContract_error_signature = (
    0x5f15d67200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant NoContract_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant NoContract_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant NoContract_error_length = 0x24; // 4 + 32 == 36
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
//     "TokenTransferGenericFailure(address,address,address,uint256,uint256)"
// )
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature = (
    0xf486bc8700000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr = 0x84;
// 4 + 32 * 5 == 164
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length = 0xa4;
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
//     "BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(address,address,address,uint256)"
// )
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_signature = (
    0x9889192300000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr = 0x64;
// 4 + 32 * 4 == 132
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length = 0x84;
uint256 constant ExtraGasBuffer = 0x20;
uint256 constant CostPerWord = 3;
uint256 constant MemoryExpansionCoefficient = 0x200;
// Values are offset by 32 bytes in order to write the token to the beginning
// in the event of a revert
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr = 0x84;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_length_baseOffset = 0xc0;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_baseOffset = 0xe0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_head_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset = 0xc0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_calldata_baseSize = 0xc0;
// Note: abbreviated version of above constant to adhere to line length limit.
uint256 constant ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length = 0x04;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector = (
    0xeba2084c00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature = (
    0xafc445e200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset = 0xc0;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
/**
 * @title TokenTransferrerErrors
 */
interface TokenTransferrerErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC721 transfer with amount other than
     *      one is attempted.
     */
    error InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order where an
     *      item has an amount of zero.
     */
    error MissingItemAmount();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order where an
     *      item has unused parameters. This includes both the token and the
     *      identifier parameters for native transfers as well as the identifier
     *      parameter for ERC20 transfers. Note that the conduit does not
     *      perform this check, leaving it up to the calling channel to enforce
     *      when desired.
     */
    error UnusedItemParameters();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20, ERC721, or ERC1155 token
     *      transfer reverts.
     *
     * @param token      The token for which the transfer was attempted.
     * @param from       The source of the attempted transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the attempted transfer.
     * @param identifier The identifier for the attempted transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount for the attempted transfer.
     */
    error TokenTransferGenericFailure(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier,
        uint256 amount
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a batch ERC1155 token transfer reverts.
     *
     * @param token       The token for which the transfer was attempted.
     * @param from        The source of the attempted transfer.
     * @param to          The recipient of the attempted transfer.
     * @param identifiers The identifiers for the attempted transfer.
     * @param amounts     The amounts for the attempted transfer.
     */
    error ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] identifiers,
        uint256[] amounts
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20 token transfer returns a falsey
     *      value.
     *
     * @param token      The token for which the ERC20 transfer was attempted.
     * @param from       The source of the attempted ERC20 transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the attempted ERC20 transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount for the attempted ERC20 transfer.
     */
    error BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an account being called as an assumed
     *      contract does not have code and returns no data.
     *
     * @param account The account that should contain code.
     */
    error NoContract(address account);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute an 1155 batch
     *      transfer using calldata not produced by default ABI encoding or with
     *      different lengths for ids and amounts arrays.
     */
    error Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding();
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.9;
import "limit-break-contracts/contracts/adventures/AdventureNFT.sol";
import "limit-break-contracts/contracts/initializable/IMaxSupplyInitializer.sol";
error MaxSupplyAlreadyInitialized();
error MaxSupplyCannotBeSetToZero();
error MaxSupplyExceeded(uint256 supplyAfterMint, uint256 maxSupply);
/**
 * @title AirdroppableAdventureKey
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice An adventure key reference contract that can be airdropped and cloned using EIP-1167.
 * See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1167 for details.
 */
contract AirdroppableAdventureKey is AdventureNFT, IMaxSupplyInitializer {
    uint256 private nextTokenId;
    /// @dev The maximum token supply
    uint256 public maxSupply;
    constructor() ERC721("", "") {}
    /// @dev Initializes parameters of tokens with maximum supplies.
    /// These cannot be set in the constructor because this contract is optionally compatible with EIP-1167.
    function initializeMaxSupply(uint256 maxSupply_) public override onlyOwner {
        if(maxSupply > 0) {
            revert MaxSupplyAlreadyInitialized();
        }
        if(maxSupply_ == 0) {
            revert MaxSupplyCannotBeSetToZero();
        }
        maxSupply = maxSupply_;
    }
    /// @dev ERC-165 interface support
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(AdventureNFT, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return
        interfaceId == type(IMaxSupplyInitializer).interfaceId ||
        super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /// @notice Owner bulk mint to airdrop
    function airdropMint(address[] calldata to) external onlyOwner {
        if(nextTokenId == 0) {
            nextTokenId = 1;
        }
        uint256 batchSize = to.length;
        uint256 tokenIdToMint = nextTokenId;
        
        uint256 supplyAfterMint = tokenIdToMint + batchSize - 1;
        uint256 maxSupply_ = maxSupply;
        if(supplyAfterMint > maxSupply_) {
            revert MaxSupplyExceeded(supplyAfterMint, maxSupply_);
        }
        nextTokenId = nextTokenId + batchSize;
        unchecked {
            for(uint256 i = 0; i < batchSize; ++i) {
                _mint(to[i], tokenIdToMint + i);
            }
        }
    }
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./AdventureERC721.sol";
import "../initializable/IRoyaltiesInitializer.sol";
import "../initializable/IURIInitializer.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/common/ERC2981.sol";
error AlreadyInitializedRoyalties();
error AlreadyInitializedURI();
error ExceedsMaxRoyaltyFee();
error NonexistentToken();
/**
 * @title AdventureNFT
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice Standardizes commonly shared boilerplate code that adds base/suffix URI and EIP-2981 royalties to {AdventureERC721} contracts.
 */
abstract contract AdventureNFT is AdventureERC721, ERC2981, IRoyaltiesInitializer, IURIInitializer {
    using Strings for uint256;
    /// @dev The maximum allowable royalty fee is 10%
    uint96 public constant MAX_ROYALTY_FEE_NUMERATOR = 1000;
    /// @notice Specifies whether or not the contract is initialized
    bool public initializedRoyalties;
    /// @notice Specifies whether or not the contract is initialized
    bool public initializedURI;
    /// @dev Base token uri
    string public baseTokenURI;
    /// @dev Token uri suffix/extension
    string public suffixURI = ".json";
    /// @dev Emitted when base URI is set.
    event BaseURISet(string baseTokenURI);
    /// @dev Emitted when suffix URI is set.
    event SuffixURISet(string suffixURI);
    /// @dev Emitted when royalty is set.
    event RoyaltySet(address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator);
    /// @dev Initializes parameters of tokens with royalties.
    /// These cannot be set in the constructor because this contract is optionally compatible with EIP-1167.
    function initializeRoyalties(address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator) public override onlyOwner {
        if(initializedRoyalties) {
            revert AlreadyInitializedRoyalties();
        }
        setRoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
        initializedRoyalties = true;
    }
    /// @dev Initializes parameters of tokens with uri values.
    /// These cannot be set in the constructor because this contract is optionally compatible with EIP-1167.
    function initializeURI(string memory baseURI_, string memory suffixURI_) public override onlyOwner {
        if(initializedURI) {
            revert AlreadyInitializedURI();
        }
        setBaseURI(baseURI_);
        setSuffixURI(suffixURI_);
        initializedURI = true;
    }
    /// @dev Required to return baseTokenURI for tokenURI
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return baseTokenURI;
    }
    /// @notice Sets base URI
    function setBaseURI(string memory baseTokenURI_) public onlyOwner {
        baseTokenURI = baseTokenURI_;
        emit BaseURISet(baseTokenURI_);
    }
    /// @notice Sets suffix URI
    function setSuffixURI(string memory suffixURI_) public onlyOwner {
        suffixURI = suffixURI_;
        emit SuffixURISet(suffixURI_);
    }
    /// @notice Sets royalty information
    function setRoyaltyInfo(address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator) public onlyOwner {
        if(feeNumerator > MAX_ROYALTY_FEE_NUMERATOR) {
            revert ExceedsMaxRoyaltyFee();
        }
        _setDefaultRoyalty(receiver, feeNumerator);
        emit RoyaltySet(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }
    /// @notice Returns tokenURI if baseURI is set
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        if(!_exists(tokenId)) {
            revert NonexistentToken();
        }
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length > 0
            ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, tokenId.toString(), suffixURI))
            : "";
    }
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override (AdventureERC721, ERC2981, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return
        interfaceId == type(IRoyaltiesInitializer).interfaceId ||
        interfaceId == type(IURIInitializer).interfaceId ||
        super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @title IMaxSupplyInitializer
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice Allows cloneable contracts to include a maximum supply.
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1167 for details.
 */
interface IMaxSupplyInitializer is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @notice Initializes max supply parameters
     */
    function initializeMaxSupply(uint256 maxSupply_) external;
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/common/ERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../interfaces/IERC2981.sol";
import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the NFT Royalty Standard, a standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information.
 *
 * Royalty information can be specified globally for all token ids via {_setDefaultRoyalty}, and/or individually for
 * specific token ids via {_setTokenRoyalty}. The latter takes precedence over the first.
 *
 * Royalty is specified as a fraction of sale price. {_feeDenominator} is overridable but defaults to 10000, meaning the
 * fee is specified in basis points by default.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: ERC-2981 only specifies a way to signal royalty information and does not enforce its payment. See
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2981#optional-royalty-payments[Rationale] in the EIP. Marketplaces are expected to
 * voluntarily pay royalties together with sales, but note that this standard is not yet widely supported.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
abstract contract ERC2981 is IERC2981, ERC165 {
    struct RoyaltyInfo {
        address receiver;
        uint96 royaltyFraction;
    }
    RoyaltyInfo private _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    mapping(uint256 => RoyaltyInfo) private _tokenRoyaltyInfo;
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(IERC165, ERC165) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC2981).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @inheritdoc IERC2981
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _salePrice) public view virtual override returns (address, uint256) {
        RoyaltyInfo memory royalty = _tokenRoyaltyInfo[_tokenId];
        if (royalty.receiver == address(0)) {
            royalty = _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
        }
        uint256 royaltyAmount = (_salePrice * royalty.royaltyFraction) / _feeDenominator();
        return (royalty.receiver, royaltyAmount);
    }
    /**
     * @dev The denominator with which to interpret the fee set in {_setTokenRoyalty} and {_setDefaultRoyalty} as a
     * fraction of the sale price. Defaults to 10000 so fees are expressed in basis points, but may be customized by an
     * override.
     */
    function _feeDenominator() internal pure virtual returns (uint96) {
        return 10000;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information that all ids in this contract will default to.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setDefaultRoyalty(address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator) internal virtual {
        require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
        require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: invalid receiver");
        _defaultRoyaltyInfo = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes default royalty information.
     */
    function _deleteDefaultRoyalty() internal virtual {
        delete _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information for a specific token id, overriding the global default.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setTokenRoyalty(
        uint256 tokenId,
        address receiver,
        uint96 feeNumerator
    ) internal virtual {
        require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
        require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: Invalid parameters");
        _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId] = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Resets royalty information for the token id back to the global default.
     */
    function _resetTokenRoyalty(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        delete _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId];
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAdventurous.sol";
import "./AdventurePermissions.sol";
import "../initializable/IAdventureERC721Initializer.sol";
import "../utils/tokens/InitializableERC721.sol";
error AlreadyInitializedAdventureERC721();
error AlreadyOnQuest();
error AnActiveQuestIsPreventingTransfers();
error CallerNotTokenOwner();
error MaxSimultaneousQuestsCannotBeZero();
error MaxSimultaneousQuestsExceeded();
error NotOnQuest();
error QuestIdOutOfRange();
error TooManyActiveQuests();
/**
 * @title AdventureERC721
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice Implements the {IAdventurous} token standard for ERC721-compliant tokens.
 * @dev Inherits {InitializableERC721} to provide the option to support EIP-1167.
 */
abstract contract AdventureERC721 is InitializableERC721, AdventurePermissions, IAdventurous, IAdventureERC721Initializer {
    uint256 public constant MAX_UINT32 = type(uint32).max;
    /// @notice Specifies an upper bound for the maximum number of simultaneous quests.
    uint256 public constant MAX_CONCURRENT_QUESTS = 100;
    /// @notice Specifies whether or not the contract is initialized
    bool public initializedAdventureERC721;
    /// @dev The most simultaneous quests the token may participate in at a time
    uint256 public maxSimultaneousQuests;
    /// @dev Maps each token id to a mapping that can enumerate all active quests within an adventure
    mapping (uint256 => mapping (address => uint32[])) public activeQuestList;
    /// @dev Maps each token id to a mapping from adventure address to a mapping of quest ids to quest details
    mapping (uint256 => mapping (address => mapping (uint32 => Quest))) public activeQuestLookup;
    /// @dev Maps each token id to the number of blocking quests it is currently entered into
    mapping (uint256 => uint256) public blockingQuestCounts;
    /// @dev Initializes parameters of AdventureERC721 tokens.
    /// These cannot be set in the constructor because this contract is optionally compatible with EIP-1167.
    function initializeAdventureERC721(uint256 maxSimultaneousQuests_) public override onlyOwner {
        if(initializedAdventureERC721) {
            revert AlreadyInitializedAdventureERC721();
        }
        _validateMaxSimultaneousQuests(maxSimultaneousQuests_);
        maxSimultaneousQuests = maxSimultaneousQuests_;
        initializedAdventureERC721 = true;
    }
    /// @dev ERC-165 interface support
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override (InitializableERC721, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return 
        interfaceId == type(IAdventurous).interfaceId || 
        interfaceId == type(IAdventureERC721Initializer).interfaceId ||
        super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /// @notice Allows an authorized game contract to transfer a player's token if they have opted in
    function adventureTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) external override {
        _requireCallerIsWhitelistedAdventure();
        _requireCallerApprovedForAdventure(tokenId);
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    /// @notice Allows an authorized game contract to transfer a player's token if they have opted in
    function adventureSafeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) external override {
        _requireCallerIsWhitelistedAdventure();
        _requireCallerApprovedForAdventure(tokenId);
        _safeTransfer(from, to, tokenId, "");
    }
    /// @notice Allows an authorized game contract to burn a player's token if they have opted in
    function adventureBurn(uint256 tokenId) external override {
        _requireCallerIsWhitelistedAdventure();
        _requireCallerApprovedForAdventure(tokenId);
        _burn(tokenId);
    }
    /// @notice Allows an authorized game contract to enter a player's token into a quest if they have opted in
    function enterQuest(uint256 tokenId, uint256 questId) external override {
        _requireCallerIsWhitelistedAdventure();
        _requireCallerApprovedForAdventure(tokenId);
        _enterQuest(tokenId, _msgSender(), questId);
    }
    /// @notice Allows an authorized game contract to exit a player's token from a quest if they have opted in
    /// For developers of adventure contracts that perform adventure burns, be aware that the adventure must exitQuest
    /// before the adventure burn occurs, as _exitQuest emits the owner of the token, which would revert after burning.
    function exitQuest(uint256 tokenId, uint256 questId) external override {
        _requireCallerIsWhitelistedAdventure();
        _requireCallerApprovedForAdventure(tokenId);
        _exitQuest(tokenId, _msgSender(), questId);
    }
    /// @notice Admin-only ability to boot a token from all quests on an adventure.
    /// This ability is only unlocked in the event that an adventure has been unwhitelisted, as early exiting
    /// from quests can cause out of sync state between the ERC721 token contract and the adventure/quest.
    function bootFromAllQuests(uint256 tokenId, address adventure) external onlyOwner {
        _requireAdventureRemovedFromWhitelist(adventure);
        _exitAllQuests(tokenId, adventure, true);
    }
    /// @notice Gives the player the ability to exit a quest without interacting directly with the approved, whitelisted adventure
    /// This ability is only unlocked in the event that an adventure has been unwhitelisted, as early exiting
    /// from quests can cause out of sync state between the ERC721 token contract and the adventure/quest.
    function userExitQuest(uint256 tokenId, address adventure, uint256 questId) external {
        _requireAdventureRemovedFromWhitelist(adventure);
        _requireCallerOwnsToken(tokenId);
        _exitQuest(tokenId, adventure, questId);
    }
    /// @notice Gives the player the ability to exit all quests on an adventure without interacting directly with the approved, whitelisted adventure
    /// This ability is only unlocked in the event that an adventure has been unwhitelisted, as early exiting
    /// from quests can cause out of sync state between the ERC721 token contract and the adventure/quest.
    function userExitAllQuests(uint256 tokenId, address adventure) external {
        _requireAdventureRemovedFromWhitelist(adventure);
        _requireCallerOwnsToken(tokenId);
        _exitAllQuests(tokenId, adventure, false);
    }
    
    /// @notice Returns the number of quests a token is actively participating in for a specified adventure
    function getQuestCount(uint256 tokenId, address adventure) public override view returns (uint256) {
        return activeQuestList[tokenId][adventure].length;
    }
    /// @notice Returns the amount of time a token has been participating in the specified quest
    function getTimeOnQuest(uint256 tokenId, address adventure, uint256 questId) public override view returns (uint256) {
        (bool participatingInQuest, uint256 startTimestamp,) = isParticipatingInQuest(tokenId, adventure, questId);
        return participatingInQuest ? (block.timestamp - startTimestamp) : 0;
    } 
    /// @notice Returns whether or not a token is currently participating in the specified quest as well as the time it was started and the quest index
    function isParticipatingInQuest(uint256 tokenId, address adventure, uint256 questId) public override view returns (bool participatingInQuest, uint256 startTimestamp, uint256 index) {
        Quest memory quest = activeQuestLookup[tokenId][adventure][uint32(questId)];
        participatingInQuest = quest.isActive;
        startTimestamp = quest.startTimestamp;
        index = quest.arrayIndex;
        return (participatingInQuest, startTimestamp, index);
    }
    /// @notice Returns a list of all active quests for the specified token id and adventure
    function getActiveQuests(uint256 tokenId, address adventure) public override view returns (Quest[] memory activeQuests) {
        uint256 questCount = getQuestCount(tokenId, adventure);
        activeQuests = new Quest[](questCount);
        uint32[] memory activeQuestIdList = activeQuestList[tokenId][adventure];
        for(uint256 i = 0; i < questCount; ++i) {
            activeQuests[i] = activeQuestLookup[tokenId][adventure][activeQuestIdList[i]];
        }
        return activeQuests;
    }
    /// @dev Enters the specified quest for a token id.
    /// Throws if the token is already participating in the specified quest.
    /// Throws if the number of active quests exceeds the max allowable for the given adventure.
    /// Emits a QuestUpdated event for off-chain processing.
    function _enterQuest(uint256 tokenId, address adventure, uint256 questId) internal {
        _requireValidQuestId(questId);
        (bool participatingInQuest,,) = isParticipatingInQuest(tokenId, adventure, questId);
        if(participatingInQuest) {
            revert AlreadyOnQuest();
        }
        uint256 currentQuestCount = getQuestCount(tokenId, adventure);
        if(currentQuestCount == maxSimultaneousQuests) {
            revert TooManyActiveQuests();
        }
        uint32 castedQuestId = uint32(questId);
        activeQuestList[tokenId][adventure].push(castedQuestId);
        activeQuestLookup[tokenId][adventure][castedQuestId] = Quest({
            isActive: true,
            startTimestamp: uint64(block.timestamp),
            questId: castedQuestId,
            arrayIndex: uint32(currentQuestCount)
        });
        address ownerOfToken = ownerOf(tokenId);
        emit QuestUpdated(tokenId, ownerOfToken, adventure, questId, true, false);
        if(IAdventure(adventure).questsLockTokens()) {
            unchecked {
                ++blockingQuestCounts[tokenId];
            }
        }
        // Invoke callback to the adventure to facilitate state synchronization as needed
        IAdventure(adventure).onQuestEntered(ownerOfToken, tokenId, questId);
    }
    /// @dev Exits the specified quest for a token id.
    /// Throws if the token is not currently participating on the specified quest.
    /// Emits a QuestUpdated event for off-chain processing.
    function _exitQuest(uint256 tokenId, address adventure, uint256 questId) internal {
        _requireValidQuestId(questId);
        (bool participatingInQuest, uint256 startTimestamp, uint256 index) = isParticipatingInQuest(tokenId, adventure, questId);
        if(!participatingInQuest) {
            revert NotOnQuest();
        }
        uint32 castedQuestId = uint32(questId);
        uint256 lastArrayIndex = getQuestCount(tokenId, adventure) - 1;
        activeQuestList[tokenId][adventure][index] = activeQuestList[tokenId][adventure][lastArrayIndex];
        activeQuestLookup[tokenId][adventure][activeQuestList[tokenId][adventure][lastArrayIndex]].arrayIndex = uint32(index);
        
        activeQuestList[tokenId][adventure].pop();
        delete activeQuestLookup[tokenId][adventure][castedQuestId];
        address ownerOfToken = ownerOf(tokenId);
        emit QuestUpdated(tokenId, ownerOfToken, adventure, questId, false, false);
        if(IAdventure(adventure).questsLockTokens()) {
            --blockingQuestCounts[tokenId];
        }
        // Invoke callback to the adventure to facilitate state synchronization as needed
        IAdventure(adventure).onQuestExited(ownerOfToken, tokenId, questId, startTimestamp);
    }
    /// @dev Removes the specified token id from all quests on the specified adventure
    function _exitAllQuests(uint256 tokenId, address adventure, bool booted) internal {
        address tokenOwner = ownerOf(tokenId);
        uint256 questCount = getQuestCount(tokenId, adventure);
        if(IAdventure(adventure).questsLockTokens()) {
            blockingQuestCounts[tokenId] -= questCount;
        }
        for(uint256 i = 0; i < questCount; ++i) {
            uint256 questId = activeQuestList[tokenId][adventure][i];
            Quest memory quest = activeQuestLookup[tokenId][adventure][uint32(questId)];
            uint256 startTimestamp = quest.startTimestamp;
            emit QuestUpdated(tokenId, tokenOwner, adventure, questId, false, booted);
            delete activeQuestLookup[tokenId][adventure][uint32(questId)];
            
            // Invoke callback to the adventure to facilitate state synchronization as needed
            IAdventure(adventure).onQuestExited(tokenOwner, tokenId, questId, startTimestamp);
        }
        delete activeQuestList[tokenId][adventure];
    }
    /// @dev By default, tokens that are participating in quests are transferrable.  However, if a token is participating
    /// in a quest on an adventure that was designated as a token locker, the transfer will revert and keep the token
    /// locked.
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(address /*from*/, address /*to*/, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual override {        
        if(blockingQuestCounts[tokenId] > 0) {
            revert AnActiveQuestIsPreventingTransfers();
        }
    }
    /// @dev Validates that the caller owns the specified token
    /// Throws when the caller does not own the specified token.
    function _requireCallerOwnsToken(uint256 tokenId) internal view {
        if(ownerOf(tokenId) != _msgSender()) {
            revert CallerNotTokenOwner();
        }
    }
    /// @dev Validates that the specified quest id does not overflow a uint32
    /// Throws when questId exceeds the largest uint32 value.
    function _requireValidQuestId(uint256 questId) internal pure {
        if(questId > MAX_UINT32) {
            revert QuestIdOutOfRange();
        }
    }
    /// @dev Validates that the specified value of max simultaneous quests is in range [1-MAX_CONCURRENT_QUESTS]
    /// Throws when `maxSimultaneousQuests_` is zero.
    /// Throws when `maxSimultaneousQuests_` is more than MAX_CONCURRENT_QUESTS.
    function _validateMaxSimultaneousQuests(uint256 maxSimultaneousQuests_) internal pure {
        if(maxSimultaneousQuests_ == 0) {
            revert MaxSimultaneousQuestsCannotBeZero();
        }
        if(maxSimultaneousQuests_ > MAX_CONCURRENT_QUESTS) {
            revert MaxSimultaneousQuestsExceeded();
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @title IURIInitializer
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice Allows cloneable contracts to include a base uri and suffix uri.
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1167 for details.
 */
interface IURIInitializer is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @notice Initializes uri parameters
     */
    function initializeURI(string memory baseURI_, string memory suffixURI_) external;
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @title IRoyaltiesInitializer
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice Allows cloneable contracts to include OpenZeppelin ERC2981 functionality.
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1167 for details.
 */
interface IRoyaltiesInitializer is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @notice Initializes royalty parameters
     */
    function initializeRoyalties(address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator) external;
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
interface IERC2981 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be paid in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
        external
        view
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./Quest.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @title IAdventurous
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice The base interface that all `Adventurous` token contracts must conform to in order to support adventures and quests.
 * @dev All contracts that support adventures and quests are required to implement this interface.
 */
interface IAdventurous is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a token enters or exits a quest
     */
    event QuestUpdated(uint256 indexed tokenId, address indexed tokenOwner, address indexed adventure, uint256 questId, bool active, bool booted);
    /**
     * @notice Allows an authorized game contract to transfer a player's token if they have opted in
     */
    function adventureTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @notice Allows an authorized game contract to safe transfer a player's token if they have opted in
     */
    function adventureSafeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @notice Allows an authorized game contract to burn a player's token if they have opted in
     */
    function adventureBurn(uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @notice Allows an authorized game contract to enter a player's token into a quest if they have opted in
     */
    function enterQuest(uint256 tokenId, uint256 questId) external;
    /**
     * @notice Allows an authorized game contract to exit a player's token from a quest if they have opted in
     */
    function exitQuest(uint256 tokenId, uint256 questId) external;
    /**
     * @notice Returns the number of quests a token is actively participating in for a specified adventure
     */
    function getQuestCount(uint256 tokenId, address adventure) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @notice Returns the amount of time a token has been participating in the specified quest
     */
    function getTimeOnQuest(uint256 tokenId, address adventure, uint256 questId) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @notice Returns whether or not a token is currently participating in the specified quest as well as the time it was started and the quest index
     */
    function isParticipatingInQuest(uint256 tokenId, address adventure, uint256 questId) external view returns (bool participatingInQuest, uint256 startTimestamp, uint256 index);
    /**
     * @notice Returns a list of all active quests for the specified token id and adventure
     */
    function getActiveQuests(uint256 tokenId, address adventure) external view returns (Quest[] memory activeQuests);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAdventure.sol";
import "../utils/access/Ownable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol";
error AdventureApprovalToCaller();
error AdventureIsStillWhitelisted();
error AlreadyWhitelisted();
error CallerNotApprovedForAdventure();
error CallerNotAWhitelistedAdventure();
error InvalidAdventureContract();
error NotWhitelisted();
/**
 * @title AdventureERC721Permissions
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice Implements the basic security features of the {IAdventurous} token standard for ERC721-compliant tokens.
 * This includes a whitelist for trusted Adventure contracts designed to interoperate with this token and a user
 * approval mechanism specific to {IAdventurous} functionality.
 */
abstract contract AdventurePermissions is Ownable {
    struct AdventureDetails {
        bool isWhitelisted;
        uint128 arrayIndex;
    }
    /// @dev Emitted when the adventure whitelist is updated
    event AdventureWhitelistUpdated(address indexed adventure, bool whitelisted);
    /// @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets, for special in-game adventures.
    event AdventureApprovalForAll(address indexed tokenOwner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    
    /// @dev Whitelist array for iteration
    address[] public whitelistedAdventureList;
    /// @dev Whitelist mapping
    mapping (address => AdventureDetails) public whitelistedAdventures;
    /// @dev Mapping from owner to operator approvals for special gameplay behavior
    mapping (address => mapping (address => bool)) private _operatorAdventureApprovals;
    /// @notice Returns whether the specified account is a whitelisted adventure
    function isAdventureWhitelisted(address account) public view returns (bool) {
        return whitelistedAdventures[account].isWhitelisted;
    }
    /// @notice Whitelists an adventure and specifies whether or not the quests in that adventure lock token transfers
    /// Throws when the adventure is already in the whitelist.
    /// Throws when the specified address does not implement the IAdventure interface.
    ///
    /// Postconditions:
    /// The specified adventure contract is in the whitelist.
    /// An `AdventureWhitelistUpdate` event has been emitted.
    function whitelistAdventure(address adventure) external onlyOwner {
        if(isAdventureWhitelisted(adventure)) {
            revert AlreadyWhitelisted();
        }
        if(!IERC165(adventure).supportsInterface(type(IAdventure).interfaceId)) {
            revert InvalidAdventureContract();
        }
        whitelistedAdventures[adventure].isWhitelisted = true;
        whitelistedAdventures[adventure].arrayIndex = uint128(whitelistedAdventureList.length);
        whitelistedAdventureList.push(adventure);
        emit AdventureWhitelistUpdated(adventure, true);
    }
    /// @notice Removes an adventure from the whitelist
    /// Throws when the adventure is not in the whitelist.
    ///
    /// Postconditions:
    /// The specified adventure contract is no longer in the whitelist.
    /// An `AdventureWhitelistUpdate` event has been emitted.
    function unwhitelistAdventure(address adventure) external onlyOwner {
        if(!isAdventureWhitelisted(adventure)) {
            revert NotWhitelisted();
        }
        
        uint128 itemPositionToDelete = whitelistedAdventures[adventure].arrayIndex;
        whitelistedAdventureList[itemPositionToDelete] = whitelistedAdventureList[whitelistedAdventureList.length - 1];
        whitelistedAdventures[whitelistedAdventureList[itemPositionToDelete]].arrayIndex = itemPositionToDelete;
        whitelistedAdventureList.pop();
        delete whitelistedAdventures[adventure];
        emit AdventureWhitelistUpdated(adventure, false);
    }    
    /// @notice Similar to {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}, but for special in-game adventures only
    function setAdventuresApprovedForAll(address operator, bool approved) public {
        _setAdventuresApprovedForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
    }
    /// @notice Similar to {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}, but for special in-game adventures only
    function areAdventuresApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view returns (bool) {
        return _operatorAdventureApprovals[owner][operator];
    }    
    /// @dev Approve `operator` to operate on all of `owner` tokens for special in-game adventures only
    function _setAdventuresApprovedForAll(address tokenOwner, address operator, bool approved) internal {
        if(tokenOwner == operator) {
            revert AdventureApprovalToCaller();
        }
        _operatorAdventureApprovals[tokenOwner][operator] = approved;
        emit AdventureApprovalForAll(tokenOwner, operator, approved);
    }
    /// Modify to remove individual approval check
    /// @dev Returns whether `spender` is allowed to manage `tokenId`, for special in-game adventures only.
    function _isApprovedForAdventure(address spender, uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        address tokenOwner = IERC721(address(this)).ownerOf(tokenId);
        return (areAdventuresApprovedForAll(tokenOwner, spender));
    }
    /// @dev Validates that the caller is approved for adventure on the specified token id
    /// Throws when the caller has not been approved by the user.
    function _requireCallerApprovedForAdventure(uint256 tokenId) internal view {
        if(!_isApprovedForAdventure(_msgSender(), tokenId)) {
            revert CallerNotApprovedForAdventure();
        }
    }
    /// @dev Validates that the caller is a whitelisted adventure
    /// Throws when the caller is not in the adventure whitelist.
    function _requireCallerIsWhitelistedAdventure() internal view {
        if(!isAdventureWhitelisted(_msgSender())) {
            revert CallerNotAWhitelistedAdventure();
        }
    }
    /// @dev Validates that the specified adventure has been removed from the whitelist
    /// to prevent early backdoor exiting from adventures.
    /// Throws when specified adventure is still whitelisted.
    function _requireAdventureRemovedFromWhitelist(address adventure) internal view {
        if(isAdventureWhitelisted(adventure)) {
            revert AdventureIsStillWhitelisted();
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @title IAdventureERC721Initializer
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice Allows cloneable contracts to include Adventure ERC721 functionality.
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1167 for details.
 */
interface IAdventureERC721Initializer is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @notice Initializes parameters of {AdventureERC721} contracts
     */
    function initializeAdventureERC721(uint256 maxSimultaneousQuests_) external;
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../access/Ownable.sol";
import "../../initializable/IERC721Initializer.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/ERC721.sol";
error AlreadyInitializedERC721();
/**
 * @title InitializableERC721
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice Wraps OpenZeppelin ERC721 implementation and makes it compatible with EIP-1167.
 * @dev Because OpenZeppelin's `_name` and `_symbol` storage variables are private and inaccessible, 
 * this contract defines two new storage variables `_contractName` and `_contractSymbol` and returns them
 * from the `name()` and `symbol()` functions instead.
 */
abstract contract InitializableERC721 is Ownable, ERC721, IERC721Initializer {
    /// @notice Specifies whether or not the contract is initialized
    bool public initializedERC721;
    // Token name
    string internal _contractName;
    // Token symbol
    string internal _contractSymbol;
    /// @dev Initializes parameters of ERC721 tokens.
    /// These cannot be set in the constructor because this contract is optionally compatible with EIP-1167.
    function initializeERC721(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) public override onlyOwner {
        if(initializedERC721) {
            revert AlreadyInitializedERC721();
        }
        _contractName = name_;
        _contractSymbol = symbol_;
        initializedERC721 = true;
    }
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC721, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC721Initializer).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _contractName;
    }
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _contractSymbol;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @title Quest
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice Quest data structure for {IAdventurous} contracts.
 */
struct Quest {
    bool isActive;
    uint32 questId;
    uint64 startTimestamp;
    uint32 arrayIndex;
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @title IAdventure
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice The base interface that all `Adventure` contracts must conform to.
 * @dev All contracts that implement the adventure/quest system and interact with an {IAdventurous} token are required to implement this interface.
 */
interface IAdventure is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether or not quests on this adventure lock tokens.
     * Developers of adventure contract should ensure that this is immutable 
     * after deployment of the adventure contract.  Failure to do so
     * can lead to error that deadlock token transfers.
     */
    function questsLockTokens() external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev A callback function that AdventureERC721 must invoke when a quest has been successfully entered.
     * Throws if the caller is not an expected AdventureERC721 contract designed to work with the Adventure.
     * Not permitted to throw in any other case, as this could lead to tokens being locked in quests.
     */
    function onQuestEntered(address adventurer, uint256 tokenId, uint256 questId) external;
    /**
     * @dev A callback function that AdventureERC721 must invoke when a quest has been successfully exited.
     * Throws if the caller is not an expected AdventureERC721 contract designed to work with the Adventure.
     * Not permitted to throw in any other case, as this could lead to tokens being locked in quests.
     */
    function onQuestExited(address adventurer, uint256 tokenId, uint256 questId, uint256 questStartTimestamp) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../initializable/IOwnableInitializer.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Context.sol";
error CallerIsNotTheContractOwner();
error NewOwnerIsTheZeroAddress();
error OwnerAlreadyInitialized();
/**
 * @title Ownable
 * @author Limit Break, Inc. and OpenZeppelin
 * @notice A tailored version of the {Ownable}  permissions component from OpenZeppelin that is compatible with EIP-1167.
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 *
 * This version adds an `initializeOwner` call for use with EIP-1167, 
 * as the constructor will not be called during an EIP-1167 operation.
 * Because initializeOwner should only be called once and requires that 
 * the owner is not assigned, the `renounceOwnership` function has been removed to avoid
 * a scenario where a contract takeover could occur.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context, IOwnableInitializer {
    address private _owner;
    /// @dev Emitted when contract ownership has been transferred.
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev When EIP-1167 is used to clone a contract that inherits Ownable permissions,
     * this is required to assign the initial contract owner, as the constructor is
     * not called during the cloning process.
     */
    function initializeOwner(address owner_) public override {
      if(_owner != address(0)) {
          revert OwnerAlreadyInitialized();
      }
      _transferOwnership(owner_);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        if(owner() != _msgSender()) {
            revert CallerIsNotTheContractOwner();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual override onlyOwner {
        if(newOwner == address(0)) {
            revert NewOwnerIsTheZeroAddress();
        }
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @title IOwnableInitializer
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice Allows cloneable contracts to include OpenZeppelin Ownable functionality.
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1167 for details.
 */
interface IOwnableInitializer is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @notice Initializes the contract owner to the specified address
     */
    function initializeOwner(address owner_) external;
    /**
     * @notice Transfers ownership of the contract to the specified owner
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) external;
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol";
/**
 * @title IERC721Initializer
 * @author Limit Break, Inc.
 * @notice Allows cloneable contracts to include OpenZeppelin ERC721 functionality.
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1167 for details.
 */
interface IERC721Initializer is IERC721 {
    /**
     * @notice Initializes parameters of {ERC721} contracts
     */
    function initializeERC721(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) external;
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/ERC721/ERC721.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC721.sol";
import "./IERC721Receiver.sol";
import "./extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol";
import "../../utils/Address.sol";
import "../../utils/Context.sol";
import "../../utils/Strings.sol";
import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721[ERC721] Non-Fungible Token Standard, including
 * the Metadata extension, but not including the Enumerable extension, which is available separately as
 * {ERC721Enumerable}.
 */
contract ERC721 is Context, ERC165, IERC721, IERC721Metadata {
    using Address for address;
    using Strings for uint256;
    // Token name
    string private _name;
    // Token symbol
    string private _symbol;
    // Mapping from token ID to owner address
    mapping(uint256 => address) private _owners;
    // Mapping owner address to token count
    mapping(address => uint256) private _balances;
    // Mapping from token ID to approved address
    mapping(uint256 => address) private _tokenApprovals;
    // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract by setting a `name` and a `symbol` to the token collection.
     */
    constructor(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) {
        _name = name_;
        _symbol = symbol_;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC721).interfaceId ||
            interfaceId == type(IERC721Metadata).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        require(owner != address(0), "ERC721: address zero is not a valid owner");
        return _balances[owner];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        address owner = _owners[tokenId];
        require(owner != address(0), "ERC721: invalid token ID");
        return owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        _requireMinted(tokenId);
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length > 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, tokenId.toString())) : "";
    }
    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, can be overridden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return "";
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
        address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);
        require(to != owner, "ERC721: approval to current owner");
        require(
            _msgSender() == owner || isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender()),
            "ERC721: approve caller is not token owner nor approved for all"
        );
        _approve(to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        _requireMinted(tokenId);
        return _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        _setApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        //solhint-disable-next-line max-line-length
        require(_isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId), "ERC721: caller is not token owner nor approved");
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, "");
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) public virtual override {
        require(_isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId), "ERC721: caller is not token owner nor approved");
        _safeTransfer(from, to, tokenId, data);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * `data` is additional data, it has no specified format and it is sent in call to `to`.
     *
     * This internal function is equivalent to {safeTransferFrom}, and can be used to e.g.
     * implement alternative mechanisms to perform token transfer, such as signature-based.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        require(_checkOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, data), "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`),
     * and stop existing when they are burned (`_burn`).
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _owners[tokenId] != address(0);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `spender` is allowed to manage `tokenId`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function _isApprovedOrOwner(address spender, uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);
        return (spender == owner || isApprovedForAll(owner, spender) || getApproved(tokenId) == spender);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _safeMint(to, tokenId, "");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-ERC721-_safeMint-address-uint256-}[`_safeMint`], with an additional `data` parameter which is
     * forwarded in {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} to contract recipients.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, tokenId);
        require(
            _checkOnERC721Received(address(0), to, tokenId, data),
            "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer"
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {_safeMint} whenever possible
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        require(to != address(0), "ERC721: mint to the zero address");
        require(!_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: token already minted");
        _beforeTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId);
        _balances[to] += 1;
        _owners[tokenId] = to;
        emit Transfer(address(0), to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);
        _beforeTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);
        // Clear approvals
        _approve(address(0), tokenId);
        _balances[owner] -= 1;
        delete _owners[tokenId];
        emit Transfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *  As opposed to {transferFrom}, this imposes no restrictions on msg.sender.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _transfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) internal virtual {
        require(ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId) == from, "ERC721: transfer from incorrect owner");
        require(to != address(0), "ERC721: transfer to the zero address");
        _beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        _approve(address(0), tokenId);
        _balances[from] -= 1;
        _balances[to] += 1;
        _owners[tokenId] = to;
        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId`
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
        emit Approval(ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId), to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve `operator` to operate on all of `owner` tokens
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function _setApprovalForAll(
        address owner,
        address operator,
        bool approved
    ) internal virtual {
        require(owner != operator, "ERC721: approve to caller");
        _operatorApprovals[owner][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(owner, operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Reverts if the `tokenId` has not been minted yet.
     */
    function _requireMinted(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual {
        require(_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: invalid token ID");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target address.
     * The call is not executed if the target address is not a contract.
     *
     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
     * @param to target address that will receive the tokens
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
     * @param data bytes optional data to send along with the call
     * @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value
     */
    function _checkOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        if (to.isContract()) {
            try IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received(_msgSender(), from, tokenId, data) returns (bytes4 retval) {
                return retval == IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector;
            } catch (bytes memory reason) {
                if (reason.length == 0) {
                    revert("ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer");
                } else {
                    /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                    assembly {
                        revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                    }
                }
            }
        } else {
            return true;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before any token transfer. This includes minting
     * and burning.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, ``from``'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, ``from``'s `tokenId` will be burned.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after any transfer of tokens. This includes
     * minting and burning.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - when `from` and `to` are both non-zero.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) internal virtual {}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
 * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
 * from ERC721 asset contracts.
 */
interface IERC721Receiver {
    /**
     * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
     * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
     *
     * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
     * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
     *
     * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector`.
     */
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../IERC721.sol";
/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721Metadata is IERC721 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/Strings.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library Strings {
    bytes16 private constant _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
        // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 digits;
        while (temp != 0) {
            digits++;
            temp /= 10;
        }
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
        while (value != 0) {
            digits -= 1;
            buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
            value /= 10;
        }
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0x00";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 length = 0;
        while (temp != 0) {
            length++;
            temp >>= 8;
        }
        return toHexString(value, length);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
import { PayableProxyInterface } from "../interfaces/PayableProxyInterface.sol";
interface IUpgradeBeacon {
    /**
     * @notice An external view function that returns the implementation.
     *
     * @return The address of the implementation.
     */
    function implementation() external view returns (address);
}
/**
 * @title   PayableProxy
 * @author  OpenSea Protocol Team
 * @notice  PayableProxy is a beacon proxy which will immediately return if
 *          called with callvalue. Otherwise, it will delegatecall the beacon
 *          implementation.
 */
contract PayableProxy is PayableProxyInterface {
    // Address of the beacon.
    address private immutable _beacon;
    constructor(address beacon) payable {
        // Ensure the origin is an approved deployer.
        require(
            (tx.origin == address(0x939C8d89EBC11fA45e576215E2353673AD0bA18A) ||
                tx.origin ==
                address(0xe80a65eB7a3018DedA407e621Ef5fb5B416678CA) ||
                tx.origin ==
                address(0x86D26897267711ea4b173C8C124a0A73612001da) ||
                tx.origin ==
                address(0x3B52ad533687Ce908bA0485ac177C5fb42972962)),
            "Deployment must originate from an approved deployer."
        );
        // Set the initial beacon.
        _beacon = beacon;
    }
    function initialize(address ownerToSet) external {
        // Ensure the origin is an approved deployer.
        require(
            (tx.origin == address(0x939C8d89EBC11fA45e576215E2353673AD0bA18A) ||
                tx.origin ==
                address(0xe80a65eB7a3018DedA407e621Ef5fb5B416678CA) ||
                tx.origin ==
                address(0x86D26897267711ea4b173C8C124a0A73612001da) ||
                tx.origin ==
                address(0x3B52ad533687Ce908bA0485ac177C5fb42972962)),
            "Initialize must originate from an approved deployer."
        );
        // Get the implementation address from the provided beacon.
        address implementation = IUpgradeBeacon(_beacon).implementation();
        // Create the initializationCalldata from the provided parameters.
        bytes memory initializationCalldata = abi.encodeWithSignature(
            "initialize(address)",
            ownerToSet
        );
        // Delegatecall into the implementation, supplying initialization
        // calldata.
        (bool ok, ) = implementation.delegatecall(initializationCalldata);
        // Revert and include revert data if delegatecall to implementation
        // reverts.
        if (!ok) {
            assembly {
                returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                revert(0, returndatasize())
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Fallback function that delegates calls to the address returned by
     *      `_implementation()`. Will run if no other function in the contract
     *      matches the call data.
     */
    fallback() external payable override {
        _fallback();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal fallback function that delegates calls to the address
     *      returned by `_implementation()`. Will run if no other function
     *      in the contract matches the call data.
     */
    function _fallback() internal {
        // Delegate if call value is zero.
        if (msg.value == 0) {
            _delegate(_implementation());
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Delegates the current call to `implementation`.
     *
     * This function does not return to its internal call site, it will
     * return directly to the external caller.
     */
    function _delegate(address implementation) internal virtual {
        assembly {
            // Copy msg.data. We take full control of memory in this
            // inline assembly block because it will not return to
            // Solidity code. We overwrite the Solidity scratch pad
            // at memory position 0.
            calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize())
            // Call the implementation.
            // out and outsize are 0 because we don't know the size yet.
            let result := delegatecall(
                gas(),
                implementation,
                0,
                calldatasize(),
                0,
                0
            )
            // Copy the returned data.
            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
            switch result
            // delegatecall returns 0 on error.
            case 0 {
                revert(0, returndatasize())
            }
            default {
                return(0, returndatasize())
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev This function returns the address to which the fallback function
     *      should delegate.
     */
    function _implementation() internal view returns (address) {
        return IUpgradeBeacon(_beacon).implementation();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
/**
 * @title   PayableProxyInterface
 * @author  OpenSea Protocol Team
 * @notice  PayableProxyInterface contains all external function interfaces
 *          for the payable proxy.
 */
interface PayableProxyInterface {
    /**
     * @dev Fallback function that delegates calls to the address returned by
     *      `_implementation()`. Will run if no other function in the contract
     *      matches the call data.
     */
    fallback() external payable;
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;
import "./base/ModuleManager.sol";
import "./base/OwnerManager.sol";
import "./base/FallbackManager.sol";
import "./base/GuardManager.sol";
import "./common/EtherPaymentFallback.sol";
import "./common/Singleton.sol";
import "./common/SignatureDecoder.sol";
import "./common/SecuredTokenTransfer.sol";
import "./common/StorageAccessible.sol";
import "./interfaces/ISignatureValidator.sol";
import "./external/GnosisSafeMath.sol";
/// @title Gnosis Safe - A multisignature wallet with support for confirmations using signed messages based on ERC191.
/// @author Stefan George - <[email protected]>
/// @author Richard Meissner - <[email protected]>
contract GnosisSafe is
    EtherPaymentFallback,
    Singleton,
    ModuleManager,
    OwnerManager,
    SignatureDecoder,
    SecuredTokenTransfer,
    ISignatureValidatorConstants,
    FallbackManager,
    StorageAccessible,
    GuardManager
{
    using GnosisSafeMath for uint256;
    string public constant VERSION = "1.3.0";
    // keccak256(
    //     "EIP712Domain(uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)"
    // );
    bytes32 private constant DOMAIN_SEPARATOR_TYPEHASH = 0x47e79534a245952e8b16893a336b85a3d9ea9fa8c573f3d803afb92a79469218;
    // keccak256(
    //     "SafeTx(address to,uint256 value,bytes data,uint8 operation,uint256 safeTxGas,uint256 baseGas,uint256 gasPrice,address gasToken,address refundReceiver,uint256 nonce)"
    // );
    bytes32 private constant SAFE_TX_TYPEHASH = 0xbb8310d486368db6bd6f849402fdd73ad53d316b5a4b2644ad6efe0f941286d8;
    event SafeSetup(address indexed initiator, address[] owners, uint256 threshold, address initializer, address fallbackHandler);
    event ApproveHash(bytes32 indexed approvedHash, address indexed owner);
    event SignMsg(bytes32 indexed msgHash);
    event ExecutionFailure(bytes32 txHash, uint256 payment);
    event ExecutionSuccess(bytes32 txHash, uint256 payment);
    uint256 public nonce;
    bytes32 private _deprecatedDomainSeparator;
    // Mapping to keep track of all message hashes that have been approve by ALL REQUIRED owners
    mapping(bytes32 => uint256) public signedMessages;
    // Mapping to keep track of all hashes (message or transaction) that have been approve by ANY owners
    mapping(address => mapping(bytes32 => uint256)) public approvedHashes;
    // This constructor ensures that this contract can only be used as a master copy for Proxy contracts
    constructor() {
        // By setting the threshold it is not possible to call setup anymore,
        // so we create a Safe with 0 owners and threshold 1.
        // This is an unusable Safe, perfect for the singleton
        threshold = 1;
    }
    /// @dev Setup function sets initial storage of contract.
    /// @param _owners List of Safe owners.
    /// @param _threshold Number of required confirmations for a Safe transaction.
    /// @param to Contract address for optional delegate call.
    /// @param data Data payload for optional delegate call.
    /// @param fallbackHandler Handler for fallback calls to this contract
    /// @param paymentToken Token that should be used for the payment (0 is ETH)
    /// @param payment Value that should be paid
    /// @param paymentReceiver Adddress that should receive the payment (or 0 if tx.origin)
    function setup(
        address[] calldata _owners,
        uint256 _threshold,
        address to,
        bytes calldata data,
        address fallbackHandler,
        address paymentToken,
        uint256 payment,
        address payable paymentReceiver
    ) external {
        // setupOwners checks if the Threshold is already set, therefore preventing that this method is called twice
        setupOwners(_owners, _threshold);
        if (fallbackHandler != address(0)) internalSetFallbackHandler(fallbackHandler);
        // As setupOwners can only be called if the contract has not been initialized we don't need a check for setupModules
        setupModules(to, data);
        if (payment > 0) {
            // To avoid running into issues with EIP-170 we reuse the handlePayment function (to avoid adjusting code of that has been verified we do not adjust the method itself)
            // baseGas = 0, gasPrice = 1 and gas = payment => amount = (payment + 0) * 1 = payment
            handlePayment(payment, 0, 1, paymentToken, paymentReceiver);
        }
        emit SafeSetup(msg.sender, _owners, _threshold, to, fallbackHandler);
    }
    /// @dev Allows to execute a Safe transaction confirmed by required number of owners and then pays the account that submitted the transaction.
    ///      Note: The fees are always transferred, even if the user transaction fails.
    /// @param to Destination address of Safe transaction.
    /// @param value Ether value of Safe transaction.
    /// @param data Data payload of Safe transaction.
    /// @param operation Operation type of Safe transaction.
    /// @param safeTxGas Gas that should be used for the Safe transaction.
    /// @param baseGas Gas costs that are independent of the transaction execution(e.g. base transaction fee, signature check, payment of the refund)
    /// @param gasPrice Gas price that should be used for the payment calculation.
    /// @param gasToken Token address (or 0 if ETH) that is used for the payment.
    /// @param refundReceiver Address of receiver of gas payment (or 0 if tx.origin).
    /// @param signatures Packed signature data ({bytes32 r}{bytes32 s}{uint8 v})
    function execTransaction(
        address to,
        uint256 value,
        bytes calldata data,
        Enum.Operation operation,
        uint256 safeTxGas,
        uint256 baseGas,
        uint256 gasPrice,
        address gasToken,
        address payable refundReceiver,
        bytes memory signatures
    ) public payable virtual returns (bool success) {
        bytes32 txHash;
        // Use scope here to limit variable lifetime and prevent `stack too deep` errors
        {
            bytes memory txHashData =
                encodeTransactionData(
                    // Transaction info
                    to,
                    value,
                    data,
                    operation,
                    safeTxGas,
                    // Payment info
                    baseGas,
                    gasPrice,
                    gasToken,
                    refundReceiver,
                    // Signature info
                    nonce
                );
            // Increase nonce and execute transaction.
            nonce++;
            txHash = keccak256(txHashData);
            checkSignatures(txHash, txHashData, signatures);
        }
        address guard = getGuard();
        {
            if (guard != address(0)) {
                Guard(guard).checkTransaction(
                    // Transaction info
                    to,
                    value,
                    data,
                    operation,
                    safeTxGas,
                    // Payment info
                    baseGas,
                    gasPrice,
                    gasToken,
                    refundReceiver,
                    // Signature info
                    signatures,
                    msg.sender
                );
            }
        }
        // We require some gas to emit the events (at least 2500) after the execution and some to perform code until the execution (500)
        // We also include the 1/64 in the check that is not send along with a call to counteract potential shortings because of EIP-150
        require(gasleft() >= ((safeTxGas * 64) / 63).max(safeTxGas + 2500) + 500, "GS010");
        // Use scope here to limit variable lifetime and prevent `stack too deep` errors
        {
            uint256 gasUsed = gasleft();
            // If the gasPrice is 0 we assume that nearly all available gas can be used (it is always more than safeTxGas)
            // We only substract 2500 (compared to the 3000 before) to ensure that the amount passed is still higher than safeTxGas
            success = execute(to, value, data, operation, gasPrice == 0 ? (gasleft() - 2500) : safeTxGas);
            gasUsed = gasUsed.sub(gasleft());
            // If no safeTxGas and no gasPrice was set (e.g. both are 0), then the internal tx is required to be successful
            // This makes it possible to use `estimateGas` without issues, as it searches for the minimum gas where the tx doesn't revert
            require(success || safeTxGas != 0 || gasPrice != 0, "GS013");
            // We transfer the calculated tx costs to the tx.origin to avoid sending it to intermediate contracts that have made calls
            uint256 payment = 0;
            if (gasPrice > 0) {
                payment = handlePayment(gasUsed, baseGas, gasPrice, gasToken, refundReceiver);
            }
            if (success) emit ExecutionSuccess(txHash, payment);
            else emit ExecutionFailure(txHash, payment);
        }
        {
            if (guard != address(0)) {
                Guard(guard).checkAfterExecution(txHash, success);
            }
        }
    }
    function handlePayment(
        uint256 gasUsed,
        uint256 baseGas,
        uint256 gasPrice,
        address gasToken,
        address payable refundReceiver
    ) private returns (uint256 payment) {
        // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-tx-origin
        address payable receiver = refundReceiver == address(0) ? payable(tx.origin) : refundReceiver;
        if (gasToken == address(0)) {
            // For ETH we will only adjust the gas price to not be higher than the actual used gas price
            payment = gasUsed.add(baseGas).mul(gasPrice < tx.gasprice ? gasPrice : tx.gasprice);
            require(receiver.send(payment), "GS011");
        } else {
            payment = gasUsed.add(baseGas).mul(gasPrice);
            require(transferToken(gasToken, receiver, payment), "GS012");
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Checks whether the signature provided is valid for the provided data, hash. Will revert otherwise.
     * @param dataHash Hash of the data (could be either a message hash or transaction hash)
     * @param data That should be signed (this is passed to an external validator contract)
     * @param signatures Signature data that should be verified. Can be ECDSA signature, contract signature (EIP-1271) or approved hash.
     */
    function checkSignatures(
        bytes32 dataHash,
        bytes memory data,
        bytes memory signatures
    ) public view {
        // Load threshold to avoid multiple storage loads
        uint256 _threshold = threshold;
        // Check that a threshold is set
        require(_threshold > 0, "GS001");
        checkNSignatures(dataHash, data, signatures, _threshold);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Checks whether the signature provided is valid for the provided data, hash. Will revert otherwise.
     * @param dataHash Hash of the data (could be either a message hash or transaction hash)
     * @param data That should be signed (this is passed to an external validator contract)
     * @param signatures Signature data that should be verified. Can be ECDSA signature, contract signature (EIP-1271) or approved hash.
     * @param requiredSignatures Amount of required valid signatures.
     */
    function checkNSignatures(
        bytes32 dataHash,
        bytes memory data,
        bytes memory signatures,
        uint256 requiredSignatures
    ) public view {
        // Check that the provided signature data is not too short
        require(signatures.length >= requiredSignatures.mul(65), "GS020");
        // There cannot be an owner with address 0.
        address lastOwner = address(0);
        address currentOwner;
        uint8 v;
        bytes32 r;
        bytes32 s;
        uint256 i;
        for (i = 0; i < requiredSignatures; i++) {
            (v, r, s) = signatureSplit(signatures, i);
            if (v == 0) {
                // If v is 0 then it is a contract signature
                // When handling contract signatures the address of the contract is encoded into r
                currentOwner = address(uint160(uint256(r)));
                // Check that signature data pointer (s) is not pointing inside the static part of the signatures bytes
                // This check is not completely accurate, since it is possible that more signatures than the threshold are send.
                // Here we only check that the pointer is not pointing inside the part that is being processed
                require(uint256(s) >= requiredSignatures.mul(65), "GS021");
                // Check that signature data pointer (s) is in bounds (points to the length of data -> 32 bytes)
                require(uint256(s).add(32) <= signatures.length, "GS022");
                // Check if the contract signature is in bounds: start of data is s + 32 and end is start + signature length
                uint256 contractSignatureLen;
                // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                assembly {
                    contractSignatureLen := mload(add(add(signatures, s), 0x20))
                }
                require(uint256(s).add(32).add(contractSignatureLen) <= signatures.length, "GS023");
                // Check signature
                bytes memory contractSignature;
                // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                assembly {
                    // The signature data for contract signatures is appended to the concatenated signatures and the offset is stored in s
                    contractSignature := add(add(signatures, s), 0x20)
                }
                require(ISignatureValidator(currentOwner).isValidSignature(data, contractSignature) == EIP1271_MAGIC_VALUE, "GS024");
            } else if (v == 1) {
                // If v is 1 then it is an approved hash
                // When handling approved hashes the address of the approver is encoded into r
                currentOwner = address(uint160(uint256(r)));
                // Hashes are automatically approved by the sender of the message or when they have been pre-approved via a separate transaction
                require(msg.sender == currentOwner || approvedHashes[currentOwner][dataHash] != 0, "GS025");
            } else if (v > 30) {
                // If v > 30 then default va (27,28) has been adjusted for eth_sign flow
                // To support eth_sign and similar we adjust v and hash the messageHash with the Ethereum message prefix before applying ecrecover
                currentOwner = ecrecover(keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\
32", dataHash)), v - 4, r, s);
            } else {
                // Default is the ecrecover flow with the provided data hash
                // Use ecrecover with the messageHash for EOA signatures
                currentOwner = ecrecover(dataHash, v, r, s);
            }
            require(currentOwner > lastOwner && owners[currentOwner] != address(0) && currentOwner != SENTINEL_OWNERS, "GS026");
            lastOwner = currentOwner;
        }
    }
    /// @dev Allows to estimate a Safe transaction.
    ///      This method is only meant for estimation purpose, therefore the call will always revert and encode the result in the revert data.
    ///      Since the `estimateGas` function includes refunds, call this method to get an estimated of the costs that are deducted from the safe with `execTransaction`
    /// @param to Destination address of Safe transaction.
    /// @param value Ether value of Safe transaction.
    /// @param data Data payload of Safe transaction.
    /// @param operation Operation type of Safe transaction.
    /// @return Estimate without refunds and overhead fees (base transaction and payload data gas costs).
    /// @notice Deprecated in favor of common/StorageAccessible.sol and will be removed in next version.
    function requiredTxGas(
        address to,
        uint256 value,
        bytes calldata data,
        Enum.Operation operation
    ) external returns (uint256) {
        uint256 startGas = gasleft();
        // We don't provide an error message here, as we use it to return the estimate
        require(execute(to, value, data, operation, gasleft()));
        uint256 requiredGas = startGas - gasleft();
        // Convert response to string and return via error message
        revert(string(abi.encodePacked(requiredGas)));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Marks a hash as approved. This can be used to validate a hash that is used by a signature.
     * @param hashToApprove The hash that should be marked as approved for signatures that are verified by this contract.
     */
    function approveHash(bytes32 hashToApprove) external {
        require(owners[msg.sender] != address(0), "GS030");
        approvedHashes[msg.sender][hashToApprove] = 1;
        emit ApproveHash(hashToApprove, msg.sender);
    }
    /// @dev Returns the chain id used by this contract.
    function getChainId() public view returns (uint256) {
        uint256 id;
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            id := chainid()
        }
        return id;
    }
    function domainSeparator() public view returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encode(DOMAIN_SEPARATOR_TYPEHASH, getChainId(), this));
    }
    /// @dev Returns the bytes that are hashed to be signed by owners.
    /// @param to Destination address.
    /// @param value Ether value.
    /// @param data Data payload.
    /// @param operation Operation type.
    /// @param safeTxGas Gas that should be used for the safe transaction.
    /// @param baseGas Gas costs for that are independent of the transaction execution(e.g. base transaction fee, signature check, payment of the refund)
    /// @param gasPrice Maximum gas price that should be used for this transaction.
    /// @param gasToken Token address (or 0 if ETH) that is used for the payment.
    /// @param refundReceiver Address of receiver of gas payment (or 0 if tx.origin).
    /// @param _nonce Transaction nonce.
    /// @return Transaction hash bytes.
    function encodeTransactionData(
        address to,
        uint256 value,
        bytes calldata data,
        Enum.Operation operation,
        uint256 safeTxGas,
        uint256 baseGas,
        uint256 gasPrice,
        address gasToken,
        address refundReceiver,
        uint256 _nonce
    ) public view returns (bytes memory) {
        bytes32 safeTxHash =
            keccak256(
                abi.encode(
                    SAFE_TX_TYPEHASH,
                    to,
                    value,
                    keccak256(data),
                    operation,
                    safeTxGas,
                    baseGas,
                    gasPrice,
                    gasToken,
                    refundReceiver,
                    _nonce
                )
            );
        return abi.encodePacked(bytes1(0x19), bytes1(0x01), domainSeparator(), safeTxHash);
    }
    /// @dev Returns hash to be signed by owners.
    /// @param to Destination address.
    /// @param value Ether value.
    /// @param data Data payload.
    /// @param operation Operation type.
    /// @param safeTxGas Fas that should be used for the safe transaction.
    /// @param baseGas Gas costs for data used to trigger the safe transaction.
    /// @param gasPrice Maximum gas price that should be used for this transaction.
    /// @param gasToken Token address (or 0 if ETH) that is used for the payment.
    /// @param refundReceiver Address of receiver of gas payment (or 0 if tx.origin).
    /// @param _nonce Transaction nonce.
    /// @return Transaction hash.
    function getTransactionHash(
        address to,
        uint256 value,
        bytes calldata data,
        Enum.Operation operation,
        uint256 safeTxGas,
        uint256 baseGas,
        uint256 gasPrice,
        address gasToken,
        address refundReceiver,
        uint256 _nonce
    ) public view returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(encodeTransactionData(to, value, data, operation, safeTxGas, baseGas, gasPrice, gasToken, refundReceiver, _nonce));
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;
import "../common/Enum.sol";
/// @title Executor - A contract that can execute transactions
/// @author Richard Meissner - <[email protected]>
contract Executor {
    function execute(
        address to,
        uint256 value,
        bytes memory data,
        Enum.Operation operation,
        uint256 txGas
    ) internal returns (bool success) {
        if (operation == Enum.Operation.DelegateCall) {
            // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
            assembly {
                success := delegatecall(txGas, to, add(data, 0x20), mload(data), 0, 0)
            }
        } else {
            // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
            assembly {
                success := call(txGas, to, value, add(data, 0x20), mload(data), 0, 0)
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;
import "../common/SelfAuthorized.sol";
/// @title Fallback Manager - A contract that manages fallback calls made to this contract
/// @author Richard Meissner - <[email protected]>
contract FallbackManager is SelfAuthorized {
    event ChangedFallbackHandler(address handler);
    // keccak256("fallback_manager.handler.address")
    bytes32 internal constant FALLBACK_HANDLER_STORAGE_SLOT = 0x6c9a6c4a39284e37ed1cf53d337577d14212a4870fb976a4366c693b939918d5;
    function internalSetFallbackHandler(address handler) internal {
        bytes32 slot = FALLBACK_HANDLER_STORAGE_SLOT;
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            sstore(slot, handler)
        }
    }
    /// @dev Allows to add a contract to handle fallback calls.
    ///      Only fallback calls without value and with data will be forwarded.
    ///      This can only be done via a Safe transaction.
    /// @param handler contract to handle fallbacks calls.
    function setFallbackHandler(address handler) public authorized {
        internalSetFallbackHandler(handler);
        emit ChangedFallbackHandler(handler);
    }
    // solhint-disable-next-line payable-fallback,no-complex-fallback
    fallback() external {
        bytes32 slot = FALLBACK_HANDLER_STORAGE_SLOT;
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            let handler := sload(slot)
            if iszero(handler) {
                return(0, 0)
            }
            calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize())
            // The msg.sender address is shifted to the left by 12 bytes to remove the padding
            // Then the address without padding is stored right after the calldata
            mstore(calldatasize(), shl(96, caller()))
            // Add 20 bytes for the address appended add the end
            let success := call(gas(), handler, 0, 0, add(calldatasize(), 20), 0, 0)
            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
            if iszero(success) {
                revert(0, returndatasize())
            }
            return(0, returndatasize())
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;
import "../common/Enum.sol";
import "../common/SelfAuthorized.sol";
interface Guard {
    function checkTransaction(
        address to,
        uint256 value,
        bytes memory data,
        Enum.Operation operation,
        uint256 safeTxGas,
        uint256 baseGas,
        uint256 gasPrice,
        address gasToken,
        address payable refundReceiver,
        bytes memory signatures,
        address msgSender
    ) external;
    function checkAfterExecution(bytes32 txHash, bool success) external;
}
/// @title Fallback Manager - A contract that manages fallback calls made to this contract
/// @author Richard Meissner - <[email protected]>
contract GuardManager is SelfAuthorized {
    event ChangedGuard(address guard);
    // keccak256("guard_manager.guard.address")
    bytes32 internal constant GUARD_STORAGE_SLOT = 0x4a204f620c8c5ccdca3fd54d003badd85ba500436a431f0cbda4f558c93c34c8;
    /// @dev Set a guard that checks transactions before execution
    /// @param guard The address of the guard to be used or the 0 address to disable the guard
    function setGuard(address guard) external authorized {
        bytes32 slot = GUARD_STORAGE_SLOT;
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            sstore(slot, guard)
        }
        emit ChangedGuard(guard);
    }
    function getGuard() internal view returns (address guard) {
        bytes32 slot = GUARD_STORAGE_SLOT;
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            guard := sload(slot)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;
import "../common/Enum.sol";
import "../common/SelfAuthorized.sol";
import "./Executor.sol";
/// @title Module Manager - A contract that manages modules that can execute transactions via this contract
/// @author Stefan George - <[email protected]>
/// @author Richard Meissner - <[email protected]>
contract ModuleManager is SelfAuthorized, Executor {
    event EnabledModule(address module);
    event DisabledModule(address module);
    event ExecutionFromModuleSuccess(address indexed module);
    event ExecutionFromModuleFailure(address indexed module);
    address internal constant SENTINEL_MODULES = address(0x1);
    mapping(address => address) internal modules;
    function setupModules(address to, bytes memory data) internal {
        require(modules[SENTINEL_MODULES] == address(0), "GS100");
        modules[SENTINEL_MODULES] = SENTINEL_MODULES;
        if (to != address(0))
            // Setup has to complete successfully or transaction fails.
            require(execute(to, 0, data, Enum.Operation.DelegateCall, gasleft()), "GS000");
    }
    /// @dev Allows to add a module to the whitelist.
    ///      This can only be done via a Safe transaction.
    /// @notice Enables the module `module` for the Safe.
    /// @param module Module to be whitelisted.
    function enableModule(address module) public authorized {
        // Module address cannot be null or sentinel.
        require(module != address(0) && module != SENTINEL_MODULES, "GS101");
        // Module cannot be added twice.
        require(modules[module] == address(0), "GS102");
        modules[module] = modules[SENTINEL_MODULES];
        modules[SENTINEL_MODULES] = module;
        emit EnabledModule(module);
    }
    /// @dev Allows to remove a module from the whitelist.
    ///      This can only be done via a Safe transaction.
    /// @notice Disables the module `module` for the Safe.
    /// @param prevModule Module that pointed to the module to be removed in the linked list
    /// @param module Module to be removed.
    function disableModule(address prevModule, address module) public authorized {
        // Validate module address and check that it corresponds to module index.
        require(module != address(0) && module != SENTINEL_MODULES, "GS101");
        require(modules[prevModule] == module, "GS103");
        modules[prevModule] = modules[module];
        modules[module] = address(0);
        emit DisabledModule(module);
    }
    /// @dev Allows a Module to execute a Safe transaction without any further confirmations.
    /// @param to Destination address of module transaction.
    /// @param value Ether value of module transaction.
    /// @param data Data payload of module transaction.
    /// @param operation Operation type of module transaction.
    function execTransactionFromModule(
        address to,
        uint256 value,
        bytes memory data,
        Enum.Operation operation
    ) public virtual returns (bool success) {
        // Only whitelisted modules are allowed.
        require(msg.sender != SENTINEL_MODULES && modules[msg.sender] != address(0), "GS104");
        // Execute transaction without further confirmations.
        success = execute(to, value, data, operation, gasleft());
        if (success) emit ExecutionFromModuleSuccess(msg.sender);
        else emit ExecutionFromModuleFailure(msg.sender);
    }
    /// @dev Allows a Module to execute a Safe transaction without any further confirmations and return data
    /// @param to Destination address of module transaction.
    /// @param value Ether value of module transaction.
    /// @param data Data payload of module transaction.
    /// @param operation Operation type of module transaction.
    function execTransactionFromModuleReturnData(
        address to,
        uint256 value,
        bytes memory data,
        Enum.Operation operation
    ) public returns (bool success, bytes memory returnData) {
        success = execTransactionFromModule(to, value, data, operation);
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            // Load free memory location
            let ptr := mload(0x40)
            // We allocate memory for the return data by setting the free memory location to
            // current free memory location + data size + 32 bytes for data size value
            mstore(0x40, add(ptr, add(returndatasize(), 0x20)))
            // Store the size
            mstore(ptr, returndatasize())
            // Store the data
            returndatacopy(add(ptr, 0x20), 0, returndatasize())
            // Point the return data to the correct memory location
            returnData := ptr
        }
    }
    /// @dev Returns if an module is enabled
    /// @return True if the module is enabled
    function isModuleEnabled(address module) public view returns (bool) {
        return SENTINEL_MODULES != module && modules[module] != address(0);
    }
    /// @dev Returns array of modules.
    /// @param start Start of the page.
    /// @param pageSize Maximum number of modules that should be returned.
    /// @return array Array of modules.
    /// @return next Start of the next page.
    function getModulesPaginated(address start, uint256 pageSize) external view returns (address[] memory array, address next) {
        // Init array with max page size
        array = new address[](pageSize);
        // Populate return array
        uint256 moduleCount = 0;
        address currentModule = modules[start];
        while (currentModule != address(0x0) && currentModule != SENTINEL_MODULES && moduleCount < pageSize) {
            array[moduleCount] = currentModule;
            currentModule = modules[currentModule];
            moduleCount++;
        }
        next = currentModule;
        // Set correct size of returned array
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            mstore(array, moduleCount)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;
import "../common/SelfAuthorized.sol";
/// @title OwnerManager - Manages a set of owners and a threshold to perform actions.
/// @author Stefan George - <[email protected]>
/// @author Richard Meissner - <[email protected]>
contract OwnerManager is SelfAuthorized {
    event AddedOwner(address owner);
    event RemovedOwner(address owner);
    event ChangedThreshold(uint256 threshold);
    address internal constant SENTINEL_OWNERS = address(0x1);
    mapping(address => address) internal owners;
    uint256 internal ownerCount;
    uint256 internal threshold;
    /// @dev Setup function sets initial storage of contract.
    /// @param _owners List of Safe owners.
    /// @param _threshold Number of required confirmations for a Safe transaction.
    function setupOwners(address[] memory _owners, uint256 _threshold) internal {
        // Threshold can only be 0 at initialization.
        // Check ensures that setup function can only be called once.
        require(threshold == 0, "GS200");
        // Validate that threshold is smaller than number of added owners.
        require(_threshold <= _owners.length, "GS201");
        // There has to be at least one Safe owner.
        require(_threshold >= 1, "GS202");
        // Initializing Safe owners.
        address currentOwner = SENTINEL_OWNERS;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _owners.length; i++) {
            // Owner address cannot be null.
            address owner = _owners[i];
            require(owner != address(0) && owner != SENTINEL_OWNERS && owner != address(this) && currentOwner != owner, "GS203");
            // No duplicate owners allowed.
            require(owners[owner] == address(0), "GS204");
            owners[currentOwner] = owner;
            currentOwner = owner;
        }
        owners[currentOwner] = SENTINEL_OWNERS;
        ownerCount = _owners.length;
        threshold = _threshold;
    }
    /// @dev Allows to add a new owner to the Safe and update the threshold at the same time.
    ///      This can only be done via a Safe transaction.
    /// @notice Adds the owner `owner` to the Safe and updates the threshold to `_threshold`.
    /// @param owner New owner address.
    /// @param _threshold New threshold.
    function addOwnerWithThreshold(address owner, uint256 _threshold) public authorized {
        // Owner address cannot be null, the sentinel or the Safe itself.
        require(owner != address(0) && owner != SENTINEL_OWNERS && owner != address(this), "GS203");
        // No duplicate owners allowed.
        require(owners[owner] == address(0), "GS204");
        owners[owner] = owners[SENTINEL_OWNERS];
        owners[SENTINEL_OWNERS] = owner;
        ownerCount++;
        emit AddedOwner(owner);
        // Change threshold if threshold was changed.
        if (threshold != _threshold) changeThreshold(_threshold);
    }
    /// @dev Allows to remove an owner from the Safe and update the threshold at the same time.
    ///      This can only be done via a Safe transaction.
    /// @notice Removes the owner `owner` from the Safe and updates the threshold to `_threshold`.
    /// @param prevOwner Owner that pointed to the owner to be removed in the linked list
    /// @param owner Owner address to be removed.
    /// @param _threshold New threshold.
    function removeOwner(
        address prevOwner,
        address owner,
        uint256 _threshold
    ) public authorized {
        // Only allow to remove an owner, if threshold can still be reached.
        require(ownerCount - 1 >= _threshold, "GS201");
        // Validate owner address and check that it corresponds to owner index.
        require(owner != address(0) && owner != SENTINEL_OWNERS, "GS203");
        require(owners[prevOwner] == owner, "GS205");
        owners[prevOwner] = owners[owner];
        owners[owner] = address(0);
        ownerCount--;
        emit RemovedOwner(owner);
        // Change threshold if threshold was changed.
        if (threshold != _threshold) changeThreshold(_threshold);
    }
    /// @dev Allows to swap/replace an owner from the Safe with another address.
    ///      This can only be done via a Safe transaction.
    /// @notice Replaces the owner `oldOwner` in the Safe with `newOwner`.
    /// @param prevOwner Owner that pointed to the owner to be replaced in the linked list
    /// @param oldOwner Owner address to be replaced.
    /// @param newOwner New owner address.
    function swapOwner(
        address prevOwner,
        address oldOwner,
        address newOwner
    ) public authorized {
        // Owner address cannot be null, the sentinel or the Safe itself.
        require(newOwner != address(0) && newOwner != SENTINEL_OWNERS && newOwner != address(this), "GS203");
        // No duplicate owners allowed.
        require(owners[newOwner] == address(0), "GS204");
        // Validate oldOwner address and check that it corresponds to owner index.
        require(oldOwner != address(0) && oldOwner != SENTINEL_OWNERS, "GS203");
        require(owners[prevOwner] == oldOwner, "GS205");
        owners[newOwner] = owners[oldOwner];
        owners[prevOwner] = newOwner;
        owners[oldOwner] = address(0);
        emit RemovedOwner(oldOwner);
        emit AddedOwner(newOwner);
    }
    /// @dev Allows to update the number of required confirmations by Safe owners.
    ///      This can only be done via a Safe transaction.
    /// @notice Changes the threshold of the Safe to `_threshold`.
    /// @param _threshold New threshold.
    function changeThreshold(uint256 _threshold) public authorized {
        // Validate that threshold is smaller than number of owners.
        require(_threshold <= ownerCount, "GS201");
        // There has to be at least one Safe owner.
        require(_threshold >= 1, "GS202");
        threshold = _threshold;
        emit ChangedThreshold(threshold);
    }
    function getThreshold() public view returns (uint256) {
        return threshold;
    }
    function isOwner(address owner) public view returns (bool) {
        return owner != SENTINEL_OWNERS && owners[owner] != address(0);
    }
    /// @dev Returns array of owners.
    /// @return Array of Safe owners.
    function getOwners() public view returns (address[] memory) {
        address[] memory array = new address[](ownerCount);
        // populate return array
        uint256 index = 0;
        address currentOwner = owners[SENTINEL_OWNERS];
        while (currentOwner != SENTINEL_OWNERS) {
            array[index] = currentOwner;
            currentOwner = owners[currentOwner];
            index++;
        }
        return array;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;
/// @title Enum - Collection of enums
/// @author Richard Meissner - <[email protected]>
contract Enum {
    enum Operation {Call, DelegateCall}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;
/// @title EtherPaymentFallback - A contract that has a fallback to accept ether payments
/// @author Richard Meissner - <[email protected]>
contract EtherPaymentFallback {
    event SafeReceived(address indexed sender, uint256 value);
    /// @dev Fallback function accepts Ether transactions.
    receive() external payable {
        emit SafeReceived(msg.sender, msg.value);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;
/// @title SecuredTokenTransfer - Secure token transfer
/// @author Richard Meissner - <[email protected]>
contract SecuredTokenTransfer {
    /// @dev Transfers a token and returns if it was a success
    /// @param token Token that should be transferred
    /// @param receiver Receiver to whom the token should be transferred
    /// @param amount The amount of tokens that should be transferred
    function transferToken(
        address token,
        address receiver,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal returns (bool transferred) {
        // 0xa9059cbb - keccack("transfer(address,uint256)")
        bytes memory data = abi.encodeWithSelector(0xa9059cbb, receiver, amount);
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            // We write the return value to scratch space.
            // See https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.7.6/internals/layout_in_memory.html#layout-in-memory
            let success := call(sub(gas(), 10000), token, 0, add(data, 0x20), mload(data), 0, 0x20)
            switch returndatasize()
                case 0 {
                    transferred := success
                }
                case 0x20 {
                    transferred := iszero(or(iszero(success), iszero(mload(0))))
                }
                default {
                    transferred := 0
                }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;
/// @title SelfAuthorized - authorizes current contract to perform actions
/// @author Richard Meissner - <[email protected]>
contract SelfAuthorized {
    function requireSelfCall() private view {
        require(msg.sender == address(this), "GS031");
    }
    modifier authorized() {
        // This is a function call as it minimized the bytecode size
        requireSelfCall();
        _;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;
/// @title SignatureDecoder - Decodes signatures that a encoded as bytes
/// @author Richard Meissner - <[email protected]>
contract SignatureDecoder {
    /// @dev divides bytes signature into `uint8 v, bytes32 r, bytes32 s`.
    /// @notice Make sure to peform a bounds check for @param pos, to avoid out of bounds access on @param signatures
    /// @param pos which signature to read. A prior bounds check of this parameter should be performed, to avoid out of bounds access
    /// @param signatures concatenated rsv signatures
    function signatureSplit(bytes memory signatures, uint256 pos)
        internal
        pure
        returns (
            uint8 v,
            bytes32 r,
            bytes32 s
        )
    {
        // The signature format is a compact form of:
        //   {bytes32 r}{bytes32 s}{uint8 v}
        // Compact means, uint8 is not padded to 32 bytes.
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            let signaturePos := mul(0x41, pos)
            r := mload(add(signatures, add(signaturePos, 0x20)))
            s := mload(add(signatures, add(signaturePos, 0x40)))
            // Here we are loading the last 32 bytes, including 31 bytes
            // of 's'. There is no 'mload8' to do this.
            //
            // 'byte' is not working due to the Solidity parser, so lets
            // use the second best option, 'and'
            v := and(mload(add(signatures, add(signaturePos, 0x41))), 0xff)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;
/// @title Singleton - Base for singleton contracts (should always be first super contract)
///         This contract is tightly coupled to our proxy contract (see `proxies/GnosisSafeProxy.sol`)
/// @author Richard Meissner - <[email protected]>
contract Singleton {
    // singleton always needs to be first declared variable, to ensure that it is at the same location as in the Proxy contract.
    // It should also always be ensured that the address is stored alone (uses a full word)
    address private singleton;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;
/// @title StorageAccessible - generic base contract that allows callers to access all internal storage.
/// @notice See https://github.com/gnosis/util-contracts/blob/bb5fe5fb5df6d8400998094fb1b32a178a47c3a1/contracts/StorageAccessible.sol
contract StorageAccessible {
    /**
     * @dev Reads `length` bytes of storage in the currents contract
     * @param offset - the offset in the current contract's storage in words to start reading from
     * @param length - the number of words (32 bytes) of data to read
     * @return the bytes that were read.
     */
    function getStorageAt(uint256 offset, uint256 length) public view returns (bytes memory) {
        bytes memory result = new bytes(length * 32);
        for (uint256 index = 0; index < length; index++) {
            // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
            assembly {
                let word := sload(add(offset, index))
                mstore(add(add(result, 0x20), mul(index, 0x20)), word)
            }
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a delegetecall on a targetContract in the context of self.
     * Internally reverts execution to avoid side effects (making it static).
     *
     * This method reverts with data equal to `abi.encode(bool(success), bytes(response))`.
     * Specifically, the `returndata` after a call to this method will be:
     * `success:bool || response.length:uint256 || response:bytes`.
     *
     * @param targetContract Address of the contract containing the code to execute.
     * @param calldataPayload Calldata that should be sent to the target contract (encoded method name and arguments).
     */
    function simulateAndRevert(address targetContract, bytes memory calldataPayload) external {
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            let success := delegatecall(gas(), targetContract, add(calldataPayload, 0x20), mload(calldataPayload), 0, 0)
            mstore(0x00, success)
            mstore(0x20, returndatasize())
            returndatacopy(0x40, 0, returndatasize())
            revert(0, add(returndatasize(), 0x40))
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;
/**
 * @title GnosisSafeMath
 * @dev Math operations with safety checks that revert on error
 * Renamed from SafeMath to GnosisSafeMath to avoid conflicts
 * TODO: remove once open zeppelin update to solc 0.5.0
 */
library GnosisSafeMath {
    /**
     * @dev Multiplies two numbers, reverts on overflow.
     */
    function mul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // Gas optimization: this is cheaper than requiring 'a' not being zero, but the
        // benefit is lost if 'b' is also tested.
        // See: https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-solidity/pull/522
        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        }
        uint256 c = a * b;
        require(c / a == b);
        return c;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Subtracts two numbers, reverts on overflow (i.e. if subtrahend is greater than minuend).
     */
    function sub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        require(b <= a);
        uint256 c = a - b;
        return c;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Adds two numbers, reverts on overflow.
     */
    function add(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 c = a + b;
        require(c >= a);
        return c;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two numbers.
     */
    function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a >= b ? a : b;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;
contract ISignatureValidatorConstants {
    // bytes4(keccak256("isValidSignature(bytes,bytes)")
    bytes4 internal constant EIP1271_MAGIC_VALUE = 0x20c13b0b;
}
abstract contract ISignatureValidator is ISignatureValidatorConstants {
    /**
     * @dev Should return whether the signature provided is valid for the provided data
     * @param _data Arbitrary length data signed on the behalf of address(this)
     * @param _signature Signature byte array associated with _data
     *
     * MUST return the bytes4 magic value 0x20c13b0b when function passes.
     * MUST NOT modify state (using STATICCALL for solc < 0.5, view modifier for solc > 0.5)
     * MUST allow external calls
     */
    function isValidSignature(bytes memory _data, bytes memory _signature) public view virtual returns (bytes4);
}